Categories
BMW X5 PLUG-IN HYBRID

2023 BMW X5 PLUG-IN HYBRID Maintenance & Vehicle Care Guidance

BMW-Logo

BMW X5 PLUG-IN HYBRID 2023 Maintenance & Vehicle Care 

The way the 2023 BMW X5 Plug-In Hybrid is maintained and cared for shows how dedicated the brand is to providing not only top-notch performance but also the highest levels of dependability and life. With a strong focus on sustainability and efficiency, BMW offers a full servicing program specially designed for hybrid vehicles. This makes sure that the electric and combustion power sources work together smoothly. In addition to regular maintenance, the X5 Plug-In Hybrid often has advanced monitoring systems that keep an eye on the car’s health and let drivers know about any problems before they get too bad. Also, BMW has a large network of certified service shops with cutting-edge tools and experts to make sure that owners get the best care, which keeps the car running at its best and improves the ownership experience. This all-around approach makes the 2023 BMW X5 Plug-In Hybrid stand out as a forward-thinking and eco-friendly choice in the luxury hybrid SUV market, where careful vehicle maintenance fits with a sustainable, eco-friendly drive philosophy.

2023 BMW X5 Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Vehicle features and options

This chapter describes all standard, country-specific and optional features offered with the series. It also describes features and functions that are not necessarily available in your vehi-cle, e.g., due to the selected options or country versions. This also applies to safety-related functions and systems. When using these functions and systems, the applicable laws and regulations must be observed.

BMW maintenance system

The maintenance system provides service notifications and thereby provides support in maintaining road safety and the operational reliability of the vehicle.
In some cases, scopes and intervals of the maintenance system may vary according to the country version. Replacement work, spare parts, fuels and lubricants, and wear materials are calculated separately. Further information is available from an authorized service center or another qualified service center or repair shop.

Safety information

Warning
Improperly performed work, in particular maintenance and repair on the high-voltage system, can lead to electric shock. There is a risk of injury, fire and danger to life.
The manufacturer of your vehicle recom-mends that the work on the vehicle, in particular maintenance and repair, be performed by an authorized service center or another qualified service center or repair shop.

Condition Based Service

Principle
Condition Based Service determines the maintenance recommendation using sensors and special algorithms that take into account the operating conditions of the vehicle.
The system makes it possible to adapt the amount of maintenance corresponding to your user profile.

General information
Information on service notifications can be displayed on the control display.

Service data in the vehicle key
Information on the service notifications is continuously stored in the vehicle key. The service center can read this data out and suggest a maintenance scope for the vehicle. Therefore, hand the service advisor the vehicle key with which the vehicle was driven most recently.

Stationary periods
Stationary periods during which the vehicle battery was disconnected are not taken into account.
If this occurs, have an authorized service cen-ter or another qualified service centre or repair shop update the time-dependent maintenance procedures, such as checking brake fluid and, if necessary, changing the engine oil and the microfilter/activated charcoal filter.

Maintenance Booklet for US Models

Please consult your Maintenance Booklet for additional information on the performance of service and maintenance work.
The manufacturer of your vehicle recommends that maintenance and repair be performed by a service centre or another qualified service centre or repair shop. Records of regular maintenance and repair work should be retained.
Diagnostic socket

General information
Devices connected to the diagnostic socket will trigger the alarm system after locking the vehi-cle.
Remove devices connected to the diagnostic socket before locking the vehicle.

Safety information 

NOTICE
The socket for Onboard Diagnosis is an intricate component intended to be used in conjunction with specialized equipment to check the vehicle’s primary emissions system. Improper use of the socket for Onboard Diagnosis, or contact with the socket for onboard diagnosis for other than its intended purpose, can cause vehicle malfunctions and creates risks of personal and property damage. Given the foregoing, the manufacturer of your vehicle strongly recommends that access to the socket for Onboard Diagnosis be limited to an authorized service centre or another qualified service center or repair shop or other persons that have the specialized training and equipment for purposes of properly utilizing the socket for Onboard Diagnosis.

PositionBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Maintenance-&-Vehicle-Care-fig-1

There is a diagnostic socket on the driver’s side for reading out vehicle data.

Emissions 

  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Maintenance-&-Vehicle-Care-fig-2The warning light lights up: Emissions are deteriorating. Have the vehicle checked as soon as possible.
  • The warning light flashes under certain circumstances:
    This indicates that there is excessive misfiring in the engine.
    Reduce the vehicle speed and have the system checked immediately; otherwise, serious engine misfiring within a brief period can seriously damage emission control components, in particular the catalytic converter.

Replacing components

Vehicle features and options
This chapter describes all standard, country-specific and optional features offered with the series. It also describes features and functions that are not necessarily available in your vehi-cle, e.g., due to the selected options or country versions. This also applies to safety-related functions and systems. When using these functions and systems, the applicable laws and regulations must be observed.

Onboard vehicle tool kit BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Maintenance-&-Vehicle-Care-fig-3

The onboard vehicle tool kit is located under the cargo area floor.

Wiper blades

Safety information

NOTICE
The window may sustain damage if the wiper falls onto it without the wiper blade installed. There is a risk of damage to property, among other potential damage. Hold the wiper firmly when changing the wiper blade. Do not fold in or switch on the wiper without a wiper blade installed.

NOTICE
Folded-out wipers can be jammed when the hood is opened. There is a risk of damage to property, among other potential damage. Make sure that the wipers with the wiper blades mounted are folded down onto the windshield before opening the hood.

Replacing the front wiper blades

  1. To change the wiper blades, bring wipers into the fold-out position.
    Fold-out position of the wipers
  2. Lift the wiper off of the windshield and hold. BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Maintenance-&-Vehicle-Care-fig-4
  3. Press the button, arrow 1, and pull out the wiper blade, arrow 2. BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Maintenance-&-Vehicle-Care-fig-5
  4. Insert the new wiper blade and press it on until it you hear it snap into the holder.
  5. Fold in the wipers.

Replacing the rear wiper blade
The wiper blade is engaged at the end of the wiper arm.

  1. Lift off the wiper fully and pull off the wiper blade, and arrow.BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Maintenance-&-Vehicle-Care-fig-6
  2. Attach a new wiper blade. The wiper blade must engage audibly.
  3. Fold in the wipers.

Lights and bulbs

General information
Lights and bulbs make an essential contribution to driving safety.
All headlights and lights are made using LED or laser technology.
Some items of equipment use light-emitting diodes installed behind a cover as a light source. These light-emitting diodes are related to conventional lasers and are officially designated as Class 1 light-emitting diodes.
The manufacturer of the vehicle recommends that you let an authorized service center or another qualified service centre or repair shop perform the work in case of a malfunction.

Safety information

Warning
Focused laser light can irritate or permanently damage the retina of the eye. There is a risk of injury. The manufacturer of the vehicle recommends that the work on the lighting system including bulb exchange be performed by an authorized service center or another qualified service center or repair shop.

Warning
Intense brightness can irritate or damage the retina of the eye. There is a risk of injury. Do not look directly into the headlights or other light sources. Do not remove the LED covers.

Headlight glass
The inside of the headlight glass can fog up in cool or humid weather. When driving with the lights switched on, the condensation evaporates after a short time. The headlight glass does not need to be changed.
If, despite driving with the headlights switched on, moisture such as water droplets increasingly forms in the light, have the headlights checked.

Vehicle battery

General information
The battery is maintenance-free.
The vehicle battery must be exchanged no later than after 8 years to guarantee the error-free function of all systems. A Check Control message is displayed.
More information about the battery can be requested from an authorized service center or another qualified service center or repair shop.

Safety information

DANGER
Contact with live components can lead to an electric shock. There is a risk of injury or danger to life. Do not touch any components that are under voltage.

Warning
Vehicle batteries that are not compatible can damage vehicle systems and impair vehicle functions. There is a risk of an accident and damage to property. Only vehicle batteries that are compatible with your vehicle type should be installed in your vehicle. Information on compatible vehicle batteries is available at an authorized service center.

Warning
If the vehicle battery is too old or it has been overloaded for several years, the function of all systems can no longer be warranted, for instance, that of the steering support. There may be a risk of accident or risk of damage to property. Replace the vehicle battery after the Check Control message has been displayed.

Registering the battery to the vehicle
The manufacturer of the vehicle recommends that you have an authorized service center or another qualified service centre or repair shop register the vehicle battery to the vehicle after the battery has been changed. Once the battery has been registered again, all comfort features will be available without limitation and any Check Control messages displayed which relate to comfort features will disappear.

Charging the battery

General information
Make sure that the battery is always sufficiently charged to guarantee that the battery remains usable for its full-service life.

BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Maintenance-&-Vehicle-Care-fig-7A discharged battery is indicated by a red indicator light.

Charge the battery when acceleration is insufficient.
The following circumstances can have a negative effect on the performance of the battery:

  • Frequent short-distance drives.
  • Stationary periods of more than one month.

Safety information

NOTICE
Battery chargers that charge the vehicle battery via sockets or cigarette lighters in the vehicle may overload or damage the 12 V electrical system. There is a risk of damage to property, among other potential damage. Only connect battery chargers for the vehicle battery to the jump-start terminals in the engine compartment.

Charging the battery
Charge the battery only when the engine is off and via the jump-start terminals in the engine compartment.

Power interruption
After a power interruption, some equipment needs to be newly initialized or individual set-tings updated, for example:

  • With the Memory function: store the positions again.
  • Time: update.
  • Date: update.
  • Glass sunroof: initialize the system.

Disposing of old batteries 

Have old batteries disposed of by an authorized service center or another qualified service center or repair shop or take them to a collection point.
Maintain the filled battery in an upright position for transport and storage. Secure the battery so that it does not tip over during transport.

Fuses

General information
The fuses are located at different places in the vehicle.

Safety information

Warning
Incorrect and repaired fuses can overload electrical lines and components. There is a risk of fire. Never attempt to repair a blown fuse. Do not replace a nonworking fuse with a substitute of another color or amperage rating.

In the car’s interior
The fuses are located in the car’s interior in the front passenger footwell behind a cover.BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Maintenance-&-Vehicle-Care-fig-8

Loosen fasteners, arrows, and open cover.
The fuse box is located on the front right.
Information on the fuse layout as well as the positions of other fuse boxes is available on the Internet: fusecard.bmw.com.

In the cargo area
The fuses are located in the cargo area on the right side behind a cover.BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Maintenance-&-Vehicle-Care-fig-9

Press the button, arrow 1, and open the cover, arrow 2.
The fuse box may be located behind the sound insulation.
Information on the fuse layout as well as the positions of other fuse boxes is available on the Internet: fusecard.bmw.com.

Additional fuse boxes
Additional fuse boxes are located in the vehi-cle. In the case of a malfunction, contact an authorized service center or another qualified service centre or repair shop.

Replacing fuses
The vehicle manufacturer recommends that you have an authorized service center or another qualified service centre or repair shop replace the fuses.

Breakdown Assistance

Vehicle features and options

This chapter describes all standard, country-specific and optional features offered with the series. It also describes features and functions that are not necessarily available in your vehi-cle, e.g., due to the selected options or coun-try versions. This also applies to safety-related functions and systems. When using these functions and systems, the applicable laws and regulations must be observed.

Hazard warning flashers

BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Maintenance-&-Vehicle-Care-fig-10

The button is located in the center console.
The red light in the button flashes when the hazard warning flashers are activated.

2023 BMW X5 Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Warning triangle

The warning triangle is located in the left storage compartment of the cargo area.

  1. Unlock the cover of the left side trim panel, arrow 1, and fold open, arrow 2.BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Maintenance-&-Vehicle-Care-fig-11
  2. Take the warning triangle out in the direction of the car’s interior. BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Maintenance-&-Vehicle-Care-fig-12

First-aid kit

General information
Depending on the vehicle equipment and national-market version, the vehicle is equipped with a first-aid kit.
Some of the articles have a limited service life.
Check the expiration dates of the contents regularly and replace any expired items promptly.

Storage
Storage for the first-aid kit is provided in the left storage compartment of the cargo area.

  1. Unlock the cover of the left side trim panel, arrow 1, and fold open, arrow 2.BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Maintenance-&-Vehicle-Care-fig-13
  2. If necessary, remove the cargo cover from the storage under the cargo floor panel. Cargo cover

BMW Roadside Assistance

Principle
BMW Group Roadside Assistance can be contacted if assistance is needed in the event of a breakdown.

General information
In the event of a breakdown, data on the vehicle’s condition is transmitted to the BMW Roadside Assistance.
There are various ways of contacting BMW Roadside Assistance.

  • Via a Check Control message. For supplementary text messages
  • Via a call with a mobile phone.
  • Via the BMW app.

Functional requirements

  • Active ConnectedDrive contract, equipment with intelligent emergency call or BMW ConnectedDrive services.
  • Cellular network reception.
  • Standby state is switched on.

Starting BMW Roadside Assistance manually
If the vehicle is equipped with Teleservices, support is first offered through Teleservice Di-agnosis and, where applicable, then through Teleservice Help.

  1. APPS”
  2. Installed apps”
  3. BMW Assist”
  4. If necessary, “BMW Roadside Assistance” A voice connection is established.

Teleservice Diagnosis
Teleservice Diagnosis enables the wireless transmission of detailed vehicle data that is important for vehicle diagnosis. This data is transmitted automatically. It may be necessary to approve this on the control display.

Teleservice Help
Depending on the country, Teleservice Help enables an in-depth diagnosis of the vehicle by BMW Roadside Assistance via wireless transmission.
You can launch Teleservice Help by requesting it through BMW Roadside Assistance.

  1. Park the vehicle in a safe place.
  2. Set the parking brake.
  3. Control Display is switched on.
  4. Confirm Teleservice Help.

BMW Accident Assistance

Principle
BMW Group Accident Assistance can be contacted if assistance is needed in the event of an accident.

General information
If the vehicle sensors detect a minor to moderately severe accident, which did not deploy any airbags, a Check Control message appears on the instrument cluster. In addition, a text mes-sage appears on the Control Display.
When BMW Accident Assistance is triggered, data on the vehicle’s condition is sent to BMW.

Functional requirements 

  • Active ConnectedDrive contract, equipment with intelligent emergency call or BMW ConnectedDrive services.
  • Cellular network reception.
  • The Standby state is switched on.

Starting BMW Accident Assistance

If an accident is detected automatically
A text message relating to BMW Accident Assistance appears on the controlled display.
The connection can be established directly:
“Contact accident assistance”
The Check Control message for BMW Accident Assistance can also be called up from the stored Check Control messages for a certain length of time.

Starting manually
BMW Accident Assistance can also be contacted independently of the automatic accident detection function.

  1. APPS”
  2. Installed apps”
  3. BMW Assist”
  4. BMW Accident Assistance”
    Follow the displays on the control display. A voice connection is established.

Emergency Call

Intelligent emergency call

Principle
In case of an emergency, an emergency call can be triggered automatically by the system or manually.

General information
Depending on the vehicle equipment and national-market version, the vehicle is equipped with an Assist system.
Only press the SOS button in an emergency.
The Intelligent Assist system establishes a connection with the BMW Response Center.
For technical reasons, the emergency call cannot be guaranteed under unfavourable conditions.

Overview BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Maintenance-&-Vehicle-Care-fig-14

BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Maintenance-&-Vehicle-Care-fig-18SOS button.

Functional requirements 

  • The Standby state is switched on.
  • The Assist system is functional.
  • If the vehicle is equipped with intelligent emergency call: the integrated SIM card in the vehicle has been activated.

Automatic triggering
When certain prerequisites are met, for instance, if the airbags deploy, an emergency call is automatically initiated immediately after an accident of corresponding severity. Automatic Collision Notification is not affected by pressing the SOS button.

Manual triggering

  1. Tap the cover flap.
  2. Press and hold the SOS button until the LED in the area of the button illuminates green.
  • The LED is illuminated green when an emergency call has been initiated.
    If a cancel prompt appears on the control display, the emergency call can be aborted. If the situation allows, wait in your vehicle until the voice connection has been established.
  • The LED flashes green when a connection to the BMW Response Center has been established.
    The BMW Response Center then makes contact with the occupants of the vehicle and initiates further steps to help.
    Even if you are unable to respond, the BMW Response Center can take further steps to help you under certain circumstances.
    For this purpose, data that serves to determine the necessary rescue measures, for instance, the current position of the vehicle when it can be determined, is transmitted to the BMW Response Center.
    Even if the BMW Response Center is no longer heard through the loudspeakers, the BMW Response Center may still be able to hear the occupants of the vehicle.

The BMW Response Center ends the emergency call.

Malfunction
The function of the emergency call may be impaired.
The LED in the area of the SOS button blinks for approximately 30 seconds. A Check Control message is displayed.
Have it checked by an authorized service centre or another qualified service centre or repair shop.

What to do after an accident

General information
After an accident, comply with the following safety precautions with regard to the high-volt-age system:

  • Engage the selector lever position P, apply the parking brake and turn off the drive readiness and standby.
  • Secure the crash site.
  • Lock the vehicle after exiting.
  • Immediately notify rescue forces, police, or firefighters of the fact that your vehicle is equipped with a high-voltage system.
  • Do not inhale any gases escaping from the high-voltage battery; if needed, maintain a safe distance from the vehicle.

Safety information

DANGER
Contact with live components can lead to an electric shock. There is a risk of injury
or danger to life. After an accident, do not touch any high-voltage components such as orange colored high-voltage cables or parts that are in contact with exposed high-voltage cables.

Warning
Fluids in the high-voltage battery are corrosive. There is a risk of injury. Do not touch fluids escaping from the high-voltage battery.

Jump-starting

General information
If the battery is discharged, the engine can be started using the battery of another vehicle and two jumper cables. Only use jumper ca-bles with fully insulated clamp handles.
Do not jump-start vehicles with hybrid drive.

Safety information

DANGER
Contact with live components can lead to an electric shock. There is a risk of injury or danger to life. Do not touch any components that are under voltage.

Warning
If the jumper cables are connected in the incorrect order, spark formation may occur. There is a risk of injury. Pay attention to the correct order during connection.

NOTICE
In the case of body contact between the two vehicles, a short circuit can occur during jump-starting. There is a risk of damage to property, among other potential damage. Make sure that no body contact occurs.

NOTICE
Swapping the positive and negative terminals can permanently damage components of the hybrid system or vehicle electronics. There is a risk of damage to property, among other potential damage. Be careful not to swap the positive and negative terminals. Take note of the sign next to the positive terminal.

Preparation

  1. Check whether the battery of the other vehicle has a voltage of 12 volts. The voltage information can be found on the battery.
  2. Switch off the engine of the assisting vehi-cle.
  3. Switch off any electrical components in both vehicles.

Jump-start terminals
The jump-start terminal in the engine compartment acts as the positive battery terminal.
A special connection on the body in the engine compartment acts as the negative battery terminal.

Connecting the cables
Before you begin, switch off all unnecessary electronic systems/components, such as the radio, on the assisting and receiving vehicles.

  1. Open the lid of the jump-start terminal.
  2. Attach one terminal clamp of the positive jumper cable to the positive battery terminal, or to the corresponding jump-start terminal of the vehicle providing assistance.
  3. Attach the terminal clamp on the other end of the cable to the positive battery terminal, or to the corresponding jump-start terminal of the vehicle to be started.
  4. Attach one terminal clamp of the negative jumper cable to the negative battery terminal, or to the corresponding engine or body ground of assisting vehicle.
  5. Attach the second terminal clamp to the negative battery terminal, or to the corre-sponding engine or body ground of the vehicle to be started.

Establishing drive-ready state

  1. Start the engine of the assisting vehicle and let it run for several minutes at an increased idle speed.
  2. Establish the drive-ready state for the vehi-cle to be started as usual.
    If the first attempt to start the engine is not successful, wait a few minutes before making another attempt in order to allow the discharged battery to recharge.
  3. Disconnect the jumper cables in the reverse order. Check the battery and recharge, if needed.

2023 BMW X5 Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Tow-starting and towing

General information
Deactivate the air suspension level adjustment.
Two-axle ride level control

Safety information

Warning
When towing with Intelligent Safety systems enabled or Cruise Control switched on, individual functions may not work correctly. There is a risk of an accident. Switch off all Intelligent Safety systems and Cruise Control before towing.

Steptronic transmission: transporting the vehicle

General information
Do not transport the vehicle by towing it.

Safety information

NOTICE
The vehicle can be damaged when towing the vehicle with a single lifted axle. There is a risk of damage to property, among other potential damage. The vehicle should only be transported on a loading platform.

NOTICE
The vehicle can become damaged when lifting and securing it.
There is a risk of damage to property, among other potential damage.

  • Lift the vehicle using suitable means.
  • Do not lift or secure the vehicle by its tow fitting, body parts, or suspension parts.

Pushing the vehicle
To remove a broken-down vehicle from the hazardous area, push it for a short distance at a speed of no more than 6 mph/10 km/h.

Additional information:
Rolling or pushing the vehicle

Tow truckBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Maintenance-&-Vehicle-Care-fig-15

The vehicle should only be transported on a loading platform.

Towing other vehicles

General information
Switch on the hazard warning system, depending on local regulations.
If the electrical system has failed, clearly identify the vehicle being towed by placing a sign or a warning triangle in the rear window.

Safety information

Warning
If the approved gross vehicle weight of the towing vehicle is lighter than the vehicle to be towed, the tow fitting can tear off or it will not be possible to control handling. There is a risk of an accident. Make sure that the gross vehicle weight of the towing vehicle is heavier than the vehicle to be towed.

Warning
Different levels of braking may occur when towing with adaptive recuperation. There is a risk of an accident. Deactivate adaptive recuperation before towing.

NOTICE
If the tow bar or tow rope is attached incor-rectly, damage to other vehicle parts can oc-cur. There is a risk of damage to property, among other potential damage. Correctly attach the tow bar or tow rope to the tow fitting.

Tow bar
The tow fittings used should be on the same side on both vehicles.
If it is impossible to avoid mounting the tow bar at an inclination, note the following:

  • Free movement is limited when cornering.
  • The tow bar will generate lateral forces if it is secured with an inclination.

Tow rope
Observe the following notes when using the tow rope:

  • Use nylon ropes or straps, which will enable the vehicle to be towed without jerking.
  • Make sure the tow rope is not twisted when fastening.
  • Check the attachment of the tow fitting and tow rope in regular intervals.
  • Do not exceed a towing speed of 30 mph/50 km/h.
  • Do not exceed a towing distance of 3 miles/5 km.
  • When driving off to tow the vehicle, make sure that the tow rope is taut.

Tow fitting

General informationBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Maintenance-&-Vehicle-Care-fig-16

The screw-in tow fitting should always be carried in the vehicle.
The tow fitting can be screwed in at the front or rear of the vehicle.
The tow fitting is located beneath the cargo floor panel.
Observe the following notes when using the tow fitting:

  • Use only the tow fitting provided with the vehicle.
  • Turn the tow fitting at least 5 turns clockwise and screw it in as far as it will go. If necessary, tighten with a suitable object.
  • After use, unscrew the tow fitting counter-clockwise.
  • Use the tow fitting for towing on paved roads only.
  • Avoid lateral loading of the tow fitting, for instance, do not lift the vehicle by the tow fitting.
  • Check the attachment of the tow fitting in regular intervals.

Safety information

NOTICE
If the tow fitting is not used as intended, there may be damage to the vehicle or to the tow fitting. There is a risk of damage to property, among other potential damage. Follow the notes on using the tow fitting.

Screw thread for tow fittingBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Maintenance-&-Vehicle-Care-fig-17

Press on the mark on the edge of the cover to push it out.

Tow-starting
Do not tow-start the vehicle.
Start the engine by jump-starting, if possible.
Have the cause of the starting difficulties corrected by an authorized service center or another qualified service centre or repair shop.

Vehicle Care

Vehicle features and options

This chapter describes all standard, country-specific and optional features offered with the series. It also describes features and functions that are not necessarily available in your vehi-cle, e.g., due to the selected options or country versions. This also applies to safety-related functions and systems. When using these functions and systems, the applicable laws and regulations must be observed.

Washing the vehicle

General information
Regularly remove foreign bodies such as leaves in the area below the windshield when the hood is raised.
Wash your vehicle frequently, particularly in winter. Intense contamination and road salt can damage the vehicle.

Safety information 

Warning
Contact with live components can lead to an electric shock. High voltage is present at the charging connection. There is a risk of injury or danger to life.
The manufacturer of your vehicle recom-mends that work on the charging connection, for instance, cleaning, be performed by an authorized service centre or another qualified service center or repair shop.

NOTICE
When washing with an open charging socket cover, the charging socket can be damaged. There is a risk of damage to property, among other potential damage. Close the charging socket cover before washing. Clean dirt behind the charging socket and cover with a cloth.

NOTICE
When washing with an open fuel filler flap, damage may occur. There is a risk of damage to property, among other potential damage. Close the fuel filler flap before washing. Clean dirt behind the fuel filler flap with a cloth.

Steam cleaner and high-pressure cleaner

Safety information

NOTICE
When cleaning with high-pressure cleaners, components can be damaged due to the pressure or temperatures being too high. There is a risk of damage to property, among other potential damage. Maintain sufficient distance and do not spray too long. Follow the operating instructions for the high-pressure cleaners.

Distances and temperature

  • Maximum temperature: 140 ℉/60 ℃.
  • Minimum distance from sensors, cameras, seals and lights: 12 inches/30 cm.
  • Minimum distance from glass sunroof: 31.5 in/80 cm.

Automatic car washes or car washes

Safety information 

NOTICE
Improper use of automatic car washes can cause damage to the vehicle. There is a risk of damage to property, among other potential damage. Follow the following instructions:

  • Give preference to cloth car washes or those that use soft brushes in order to avoid paint damage.
  • Before driving into the car wash, make sure that the vehicle is not too large.
  • Do not drive through a car wash with guide rails higher than 4 in/10 cm to avoid damage to the body.
  • Observe the tire width of the guide rail to avoid damage to tires and rims.
  • Fold in exterior mirrors to avoid damage to the exterior mirrors.
  • Deactivate the wiper and, if necessary, rain sensor to avoid damage to the window wiper system.

Driving into a car wash with a Steptronic transmission

NOTICE
Selector lever position P is automatically engaged when the standby state is switched off. The wheels are blocked. There is a risk
of damage to property. Do not switch off standby if the vehicle is meant to coast, e.g., in a car wash.

In a car wash, the vehicle must be able to roll freely.
Some car washes do not permit persons in the vehicle. The vehicle cannot be locked from the outside when in selector lever position N. A signal sounds when an attempt is made to lock the vehicle.

Driving out of a car wash
Ensure that the vehicle key is in the car.
Turn on the drive-ready state.

Lights
Do not rub wet lights dry and do not use abrasive or acidic cleaning agents or cleaning agents containing alcohol.
Soak areas that have been dirtied, for instance from insects, with auto shampoo and wash off with water.
Thaw ice with de-icing spray; do not use an ice scraper.

After washing the vehicle
After washing the vehicle, apply the brakes briefly to dry them; otherwise, the braking effect can be reduced. The heat generated during braking dries brake disks and brake pads and protects them against corrosion.
Completely remove all residues on the windows to minimize loss of visibility due to smearing and to reduce wiper noises and wiper blade wear.

Vehicle care

Vehicle care products

General information
BMW recommends using vehicle care and cleaning agents from BMW. Suitable vehicle care products are available from an authorized service center or another qualified service cen-ter or repair shop.

Safety information

Warning
Cleaning agents can contain substances that are dangerous and harmful to your health. There is a risk of injury. When cleaning the interior, open the doors or windows. Only use products intended for cleaning vehicles. Follow the instructions on the packaging.

Vehicle paintwork

General information
Regular vehicle care contributes to driving safety and value retention. Environmental influences in areas with elevated air pollution or natural contaminants, such as tree resin or pollen, can affect the vehicle paintwork. Tailor the frequency and extent of your vehicle care to these influences.
Corrosive substances such as spilt fuel, oil, grease or bird droppings, must be removed immediately to prevent the finish from being altered or discoloured.

Matte paintwork
Only use cleaning and care products suitable for vehicles with matte paintwork.

Leather care
Remove dust from the leather regularly, using a cloth or vacuum cleaner.
Otherwise, particles of dust and road grime chafe in pores and folds, and lead to heavy abrasion and premature degradation of the leather surface.
To guard against discolouration, such as from clothing, clean leather and provide leather care roughly every two months.
Clean light-coloured leather more frequently because contamination on such surfaces is substantially more visible.
Use leather care products; otherwise, dirt and grease will gradually break down the protective coating of the leather surface.

Synthetic leather care
Clean synthetic leather regularly with a damp microfiber cloth or vacuum cleaner.
Otherwise, dust and road grime particles will rub into pores and folds, causing significant abrasion and premature degradation of the surface.
In case of major soiling, use a moist soft sponge or microfiber cloth with suitable interior cleaners.
Immediately remove aggressive substances such as sunscreen to prevent the synthetic leather from being altered or discoloured.

Upholstery material care

General information
Vacuum the cushions regularly with a vacuum cleaner. If upholstery is very contaminated, for instance with beverage stains, use a soft sponge or microfiber cloth with a suitable interior cleaner.
Clean the cushions down to the seams using large sweeping motions. Avoid rubbing the material vigorously.

Safety information

NOTICE
Open hook and loop fasteners on articles of clothing can damage the seat covers and other cloth upholstery in the vehicle. There is a risk of damage to property, among other potential damage. Ensure that any Velcro® fasteners are closed.

Caring for special components

Light-alloy wheels
When cleaning the vehicle, use only neutral rim cleaners having a pH value from 5 to 9. Do not use abrasive cleaning agents or steam cleaners above 140 ℉/60 ℃. Follow the manufacturer’s instructions.
Aggressive, acidic or alkaline cleaning agents can destroy the protective coating of adjacent components, such as the brake disk.
After cleaning, apply the brakes shortly to dry them. The heat generated during braking dries brake disks and brake pads and protects them against corrosion.

Chrome surfaces
Carefully clean Chrome surfaces, especially in case of exposure to road salt, with plenty of water and added auto shampoo as needed.

Rubber components
Environmental influences can cause surface contamination of rubber parts and a loss of gloss. Use only water and suitable cleaning agents for cleaning.

Treat especially worn rubber parts with rubber care products at regular intervals. When cleaning rubber seals, do not use any silicon-containing vehicle care products in order to avoid damage or noises.

Wiper blades
The wiper blades are cleaned by using the washer system.
Avoid cleaning the wiper blades manually, as this may reduce wiper performance.

Fine wood parts
Clean the fine wood veneer and fine wood components solely with a moist rag. Then dry with a soft cloth.

Kenaf
Only treat parts made of Kenaf fibers using suitable care products.

Plastic components

NOTICE
Solvent cleaners that contain alcohol or solvents, such as lacquer thinners, cold cleaning agents, fuel and such, can damage plastic parts. There is a risk of damage to property, among other potential damage. Clean with a microfiber cloth. Dampen the cloth lightly with water, if needed.

Clean with a microfiber cloth.
Dampen the cloth lightly with water, if needed. Do not soak the headliner.

Seat belts

Warning
Chemical solvent cleaners can destroy the seat belt fabric. Missing protective effect of the seat belts. There is a risk of injury or danger to life. Use only a mild soap solution for cleaning the seat belts.

Dirty belt straps impede the reeling action and thus have a negative impact on safety.
Use only a mild soap solution for cleaning the installed belt straps.
Seat belts should only be allowed to retract if they are dry.

Carpets and floor mats 

Warning
Objects in the driver’s footwell can limit the pedal travel or block a depressed pedal. There is a risk of an accident. Stow objects in the vehicle such that they are secured and cannot enter into the driver’s footwell. Use floor mats that are suitable for the vehicle and can be safely attached to the floor. Do not use loose floor mats and do not layer several floor mats. Make sure that there is sufficient clearance for the pedals. Ensure that the floor mats are securely fastened again after they were removed, for instance for cleaning.

The floor mats can be removed from the interior for cleaning.
If the floor carpets are very contaminated, clean with a microfiber cloth and water or a textile cleaner. To prevent matting of the car-pet, rub back and forth in the driving direction only.

Mount for trailer hitch
Keep the mount clean. Regularly grease or oil bearings and sliding surfaces with resin-free greases or oils.
Before using steam cleaners or high-pressure cleaners on the vehicle, remove the ball head and insert the cover into the mount.

Sensors and camera lenses
To clean sensors and camera lenses, use a cloth moistened with a small amount of glass detergent.

Displays, operating elements and protective glass of the Head-up display

NOTICE
Surfaces can be damaged by improper cleaning, e.g., by using chemical cleaners, or from moisture or liquid of any kind. Physical damage to the material is possible.

  • Avoid pressure that is too high and do not use any scratching materials.
  • Use a dry, clean antistatic microfiber cloth for cleaning displays.
  • Clean the operating elements and, depending on vehicle equipment, the protective glass of the Head-up display with a damp microfiber cloth and standard household dish soap.B

FAQ

How often should I service my BMW X5 Plug-In Hybrid 2023?

BMW typically recommends a service interval based on driving conditions and the vehicle’s onboard maintenance system notifications. However, it’s advisable to consult your owner’s manual or dealership for model-specific recommendations.

Do plug-in hybrids require more maintenance than traditional vehicles?

Plug-in hybrids generally have fewer maintenance needs than traditional combustion-engine vehicles due to fewer moving parts in the electric motor. However, they still have a combustion engine that requires regular upkeep.

How often should the battery be checked or replaced?

The hybrid battery in the BMW X5 Plug-In is designed to last for a significant portion of the vehicle’s lifespan. It’s best to monitor any notifications from the vehicle’s systems and consult your dealership for battery health checks.

What type of fuel should I use for the combustion engine?

It’s generally recommended to use premium unleaded gasoline for BMW vehicles but always refer to your owner’s manual for specific fuel grade recommendations.

Are there any special maintenance requirements for the electric motor?

Electric motors require less maintenance than combustion engines. However, it’s essential to ensure that electrical connections remain clean and secure. Regular inspections by professionals can ensure optimal performance.

How should I care for the vehicle’s exterior paint?

Regularly wash the vehicle using car-specific shampoo, use a soft microfiber cloth to avoid scratches, and consider applying a quality wax or ceramic coating for added protection.

Any special considerations for cleaning the interior due to hybrid components?

Ensure the vehicle is turned off before cleaning the interior. Avoid using excessive water or liquid cleaners near electronic components or displays.

How do I maintain the leather seats in the BMW X5?

Use a gentle leather cleaner and conditioner periodically to keep the leather soft, supple, and protected from stains and wear.

Is there a specific tire pressure recommended for the BMW X5 Plug-In Hybrid 2023?

The recommended tire pressure can vary based on the tire and wheel package. Check the label inside the driver’s door jamb or consult the owner’s manual for specific recommendations.

What precautions should be taken when washing the engine bay, given the hybrid components?

It’s advisable to avoid direct water contact with electronic components. If unsure, seek professional assistance or opt for a dry cleaning method for the engine bay.

Useful Link

View Full PDF: BMW X5 PLUG-IN HYBRID 2023 User Guide
Download Manual: https://www.bmwusa.com/owners-manuals.html
2023 BMW X5 Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (brochure)

Categories
BMW X5 PLUG-IN HYBRID

2023 BMW X5 PLUG-IN HYBRID Engine compartment Guidelines

BMW-Logo

BMW X5 PLUG-IN HYBRID 2023 Engine compartment 

The engine compartment of the 2023 BMW X5 Plug-In Hybrid is a great example of how far automobile engineering has come. It combines the power of combustion and electricity in a way that sounds great and is good for the environment. This technological marvel has a powerful but environmentally friendly turbocharged four-cylinder engine that works with an electric motor to produce a total power output that varies from 280 to 389 horsepower, based on the model and trim. This combination of traditional and electric power sources not only gives you incredible acceleration, but it also gives you an electric-only range of about 30 to 50 miles, thanks to a rechargeable battery carefully placed inside the engine compartment. A specialized cooling system protects the battery’s integrity and makes sure it works at its best. This makes switching between electric and hybrid driving modes smooth. The engine compartment of the 2023 BMW X5 Plug-In Hybrid is a big change in the world of cars. It shows us how sustainable transportation will work in the future without giving up the legendary BMW luxury and driving qualities.

2023 BMW X5 Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Vehicle features and options

This chapter describes all standard, country-specific and optional features offered by the series. It also describes features and functions that are not necessarily available in your vehi-cle, e.g., due to the selected options or country versions. This also applies to safety-related functions and systems. When using these functions and systems, the applicable laws and regulations must be observed.

OverviewBMW-X- PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Engine-compartment-fig-1

  1. Vehicle identification number
  2. Filler neck for washer fluid
  3. Jump-starting, negative battery terminal
  4. Jump-starting, positive battery terminal
  5. Oil filler neck
  6. Coolant reservoir, auxiliary cooling 7 Coolant reservoir, engine

Hood

Safety information

Warning
Improperly executed work in the engine compartment can damage vehicle components and impair vehicle functions. There is a risk of an accident and damage to property. Have work in the engine compartment performed by an authorized service center or another qualified service center or repair shop.

Warning
The engine compartment accommodates moving components. Certain components in the engine compartment can also move with the vehicle switched off, for instance, the radiator fan. There is a risk of injury. Do not reach into the area of moving parts. Keep articles of clothing and hair away from moving parts.

Warning
There are protruding parts, for instance, locking hooks, on the inside of the hood. There is a risk of injury. If the hood is open, pay attention to protruding parts and keep clear of these areas.

Warning
An incorrectly locked hood can open while driving and restrict visibility. There is a risk of an accident. Stop immediately and correctly close the hood.

Warning
Body parts can be jammed when opening and closing the hood. There is a risk of injury. Make sure that the area of movement of the hood is clear during opening and closing.

NOTICE
Folded-out wipers can be jammed when the hood is opened. There is a risk of damage to property, among other potential damage. Make sure that the wipers with the wiper blades mounted are folded down onto the windshield before opening the hood.

NOTICE
When the hood is closed, it must engage on both sides. Pressing again can damage the hood. There is a risk of damage to property, among other potential damage. Open the hood again and then close it energetically. Avoid pressing again.

Opening hood

  1. Pull lever, arrow 1. Hood is unlocked.BMW-X- PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Engine-compartment-fig-2
  2. After the lever is released, pull the lever again, arrow 2.
    Hood can be opened.
  3. Be careful of protruding parts on the hood.

Closing the hood

BMW-X- PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Engine-compartment-fig-3

Energetically close the hood from approx. 20 in/50 cm.
The hood must engage on both sides.

Vehicle features and options

This chapter describes all standard, country-specific and optional features offered with the series. It also describes features and functions that are not necessarily available in your vehi-cle, e.g., due to the selected options or country versions. This also applies to safety-related functions and systems. When using these functions and systems, the applicable laws and regulations must be observed.

Fuel recommendation

General information
Depending on the region, many filling stations sell fuel that has been customized to winter or summer conditions. Fuel that is available in winter, for instance helps make a cold start easier.

Gasoline

General information
For the best fuel efficiency, the gasoline should be sulfur-free or very low in sulfur content.
Fuels that are marked on the gas pump as containing metal must not be used.
Fuels with a maximum ethanol content of
25 %, i. e. E10 or E25, may be used for refuelling.
To achieve nominal values for mileage and consumption, follow the specified fuel quality in the sales literature.BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Operating-materials-fig-1

The use of fuels of minimum quality has no influence on the service life of the engine.

Safety information

Caution
The use of poor-quality fuels may result in harmful engine deposits or damage. Additionally, problems relating to drivability, starting and stalling, especially under certain environmental conditions such as high ambient temperature and high altitude, may occur.
If drivability problems are encountered, we recommend switching to a high-quality gas-line brand and a higher octane grade — AKI number — for a few tank fills. To avoid harmful engine deposits, it is highly recommended to purchase gasoline from top-tier retailers.
Failure to comply with these recommenda-tions may result in the need for additional maintenance.

NOTICE
Even small quantities of the wrong fuel or wrong fuel additives can damage the fuel system and engine. Furthermore, the catalytic converter is permanently damaged. There is a risk of damage to property, among other potential damage. Do not refuel or add the following in the case of gasoline engines:

  • Leaded gasoline.
  • Metallic additives, for instance, manganese or iron.

Do not press the Start/Stop button after refuelling with the wrong fuel. Contact an authorized service center or another qualified service center or repair shop.

NOTICE
Fuel that does not comply with the minimum quality can compromise engine function or cause engine damage. There is a risk of damage to property, among other potential damage. Do not fill with fuel that does not comply with the minimum quality.

NOTICE
Incorrect fuels can damage the fuel system and the engine. There is a risk of damage to property, among other potential damage. Do not use fuels with a higher ethanol content than recommended. Do not refuel with fuels containing methanol, e.g. M5 to M100.

Recommended gas quality
BMW recommends AKI 91.

Minimum fuel grade
BMW recommends AKI 87.
If you use gasoline with this minimum AKI Rating, the engine may produce knocking sounds when starting at high external temperatures. This has no effect on the engine life. BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Operating-materials-fig-6

Engine oil

General information
The engine oil consumption is dependent on your driving style and driving conditions.
Therefore, regularly check the engine oil level after refuelling by taking a detailed measurement.
The engine oil consumption can increase in the following situations, for instance:

  • Sporty driving style.
  • Break-in of the engine.
  • Idle operation of the engine.
  • With use of engine oil types that are classified as not suitable.

Different Check Control messages appear on the Control Display depending on the engine oil level.
The vehicle manufacturer recommends that you have an authorized service center or another qualified service center or repair shop change the engine oil.

Safety information 

NOTICE
An engine oil level that is too low causes engine damage. There is a risk of damage to property, among other potential damage. Immediately add engine oil.

NOTICE
Too much engine oil can damage the engine or the catalytic converter. There is a risk of damage to property, among other potential damage. Do not add too much engine oil. When too much engine oil is added, have the engine oil level corrected by an authorised service centre or another qualified service center or repair shop.

NOTICE
Engine oil that is not changed in a timely fashion can cause increased engine wear and thus engine damage. There is a risk of damage to property. It is recommended that you do not exceed the service intervals indicated in the vehicle.

2023 BMW X5 Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Electronic oil measurement

General information
The electronic oil measurement has two measuring principles:

  • Monitoring.
  • Detailed measurement.

When making frequent short-distance trips or using a sporty driving style, for instance when cornering aggressively, regularly perform a detailed measurement.

Monitoring

Principle
The engine oil level is monitored electronically while driving and can be shown on the Control Display.
If the engine oil level is outside its permissible operating range, a Check Control message is displayed.

Functional requirements
A current measured value is available after approx. 30 minutes of normal driving with the combustion engine running.

Displaying the engine oil level

  1. CAR”
  2. Vehicle status”
  3. BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Operating-materials-fig-2Engine oil level” The engine oil level is displayed.

System limits
When making frequent short-distance trips or using a sporty driving style, it may not be possible to calculate a measured value. In this case, the measured value for the last, sufficiently long trip is displayed.

Detailed measurement

Principle
The engine oil level is checked when the vehi-cle is stationary and displayed via a scale.
If the engine oil level is outside its permissible operating range, a Check Control message is displayed.

General information
During the measurement, the idle speed is increased somewhat.

Functional requirements 

  • The vehicle is parked in a horizontal position.
  • The selector lever in the selector lever position N or P and the accelerator pedal not depressed.
  • The drive-ready state is switched on by pressing the Start/Stop button.
  • The combustion engine is at operating temperature.

Performing a detailed measurement

  1. CAR”
  2. Vehicle status”
  3. Engine oil level”
  4. Engine oil measurement”
  5. Start measurement”

The engine oil level is checked and displayed via a scale.

Adding engine oil

General information
Only add engine oil when the message is displayed in the instrument cluster. The top-up quantity is indicated in the message shown on the Control Display.
Only add suitable types of engine oil.
Safely park the vehicle and switch off the drive-ready state before adding engine oil.
Take care not to add too much engine oil.

Safety information 

Warning
Operating materials, for instance, oils, greases, coolants, fuels, can contain harmful ingredients. There is a risk of injury or danger to life. Follow the instructions on the containers. Avoid the contact of articles of clothing, skin or eyes with operating materials. Do not refill operating materials into different bottles. Store operating materials out of reach of children.

NOTICE
An engine oil level that is too low causes engine damage. There is a risk of damage to property, among other potential damage. Immediately add engine oil.

NOTICE
Too much engine oil can damage the engine or the catalytic converter. There is a risk of damage to property, among other potential damage. Do not add too much engine oil. When too much engine oil is added, have the engine oil level corrected by an authorised service center or another qualified service center or repair shop.

Overview

The oil filler neck is located in the engine compartment.

Adding engine oil 

  1. Opening the hood.
    Opening
  2.  Open the lid counterclockwise.BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Operating-materials-fig-3
  3. Add engine oil.
  4. Close the lid.

Engine oil types to add

General information
The engine oil grade is critical for the service life of the engine.
Only add with the types of engine oil which are listed.

Safety information

NOTICE
Oil additives can damage the engine. There is a risk of damage to property, among other potential damage. Do not use oil additives.

NOTICE
Incorrect engine oil can cause malfunctions in the engine or damage it. There is a risk of damage to property, among other potential damage. When selecting an engine oil, make sure that the engine oil has the correct oil specification.

Suitable engine oil types
Up to 1 US quart/liter of engine oil with the following oil specification can be topped up:

Oil specification

  • BMW Longlife-01 FE.
  • BMW Longlife-17 FE+.

The BMW Longlife-17 FE+ oil specification is not suitable for the 50i gasoline engine.

Alternative engine oil types
If an engine oil suitable for continuous use is not available, up to 1 US quart/liter of engine oil with the following oil rating can be added:

Oil specification

  • API SL.
  • API SM.
  • API SN.

Viscosity grades
When selecting an engine oil, make sure that the engine oil has a suitable viscosity grade. The suitable viscosity grade is indicated on a sign in the engine compartment.

Viscosity grades

  • SAE 0W-20.
  • SAE 0W-30.

More information about suitable oil specifications and viscosity grades of engine oils can be requested from an authorized service center or another qualified service center or repair shop.BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Operating-materials-fig-7

Coolant

General information
Coolant consists of water and coolant additives.
Not all commercially available additives are suitable for the vehicle. The vehicle manufacturer recommends using coolant with the BMW LC-18 specification. Do not mix additives of different colors. Observe the water-additive mixture ratio of 50:50. Information about suitable additives is available from an authorized service center or another qualified service cen-ter or repair shop.

Safety information

Warning
With the engine hot and the cooling system open, coolant can escape and lead to scalding. There is a risk of injury. Only open the cooling system with the engine cooled down.

Warning
Additives are harmful and incorrect additives can damage the engine. There is a risk of injury and risk of damage to property. Do not allow additives to come into contact with skin, eyes or articles of clothing. Use suitable additives only.

Coolant level

General information
Depending on the motorization, there are up to two coolant reservoirs in the engine compartment. Check and add the coolant levels on a regular basis.
The coolant may be overfilled in the coolant reservoir when the vehicle is delivered from the factory. The normal coolant level is achieved by operating the vehicle for a longer period.
The coolant level is indicated using minimum and maximum marks in the filler neck of the coolant reservoir.

Checking the coolant level 

  1. Let the engine cool down.
  2. Opening the hood.
    Opening
  3. Turn the lid of the coolant reservoir slightly counterclockwise to allow any excess pressure to dissipate, then open it.
  4. Open the coolant reservoir lid.
  5. The coolant level is correct if it lies between the minimum and maximum marks in the filler neck. BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Operating-materials-fig-4
  6. Close the lid.

Adding coolant 

  1. Let the engine cool down.
  2. Opening the hood.
    Opening,
  3. Turn the lid of the coolant reservoir slightly counterclockwise to allow any excess pressure to dissipate, then open it.
  4. Open the coolant reservoir lid.
  5. If the coolant is low, slowly add coolant up to the specified fill level; do not overfill.
  6. Close the lid.
  7. Have the cause of the coolant loss eliminated as soon as possible.

Disposal
Comply with the relevant environmental protection regulations when disposing of coolant and coolant additives.

Washer fluid

General information
All windshield washer jets are supplied from one tank. Use a mixture of tap water and windshield washer concentrate. If desired, a windshield washer concentrate containing antifreeze can be used.

Recommended minimum fill quantity:
0.2 US gal/1 liter.

Safety information

Warning
Some types of antifreeze can contain harmful substances and are flammable. There is a risk of fire and an injury hazard. Follow the in-structions on the containers. Keep antifreeze away from ignition sources. Do not refill op-erating materials into different bottles. Store operating materials out of reach of children.
United States: the washer fluid mixture ratio is regulated by the U.S. EPA and many in-dividual states; do not exceed the allowable washer fluid dilution ratio limits that apply. Follow the usage instructions on the washer fluid container.
Use of BMW’s Windshield Washer Concentrate or the equivalent is recommended.

Warning
Some types of antifreeze can contain harmful substances and are flammable. There is a risk of fire and an injury hazard. Follow the instructions on the containers. Keep antifreeze away from ignition sources. Do not refill op-erating materials into different bottles. Store operating materials out of reach of children.
United States: the washer fluid mixture ratio is regulated by the U.S. EPA and many individual states; do not exceed the allowable washer fluid dilution ratio limits that apply. Follow the usage instructions on the washer fluid container.
Use of BMW’s Windshield Washer Concentrate or the equivalent is recommended.

NOTICE
Silicon-containing additives in the washer fluid for the water-repelling effect on the windows can lead to damage to the washing system. There is a risk of damage to property, among other potential damage. Do not add silicon-containing additives to the washer fluid.

NOTICE
Mixing different windshield washer fluid concentrates or antifreeze can damage the washer system. There is a risk of damage to property, among other potential damage. Do not mix different windshield washer fluid concentrates or antifreeze. Follow the information and mixture ratios provided on the containers.

OverviewBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Operating-materials-fig-5

The washer fluid reservoir is located in the engine compartment.

Malfunction
The use of undiluted windshield washer fluid concentrate or alcohol-based antifreeze can lead to incorrect readings at temperatures below +5 ℉/-15 ℃.

FAQ

What powers the 2023 BMW X5 Plug-In Hybrid?

The 2023 BMW X5 Plug-In Hybrid is powered by a combination of an internal combustion engine and an electric motor.

What is the internal combustion engine in the X5 Plug-In Hybrid?

The internal combustion engine is typically a turbocharged four-cylinder engine, but this can vary depending on the specific model and market.

How much power does the combined system produce?

The combined power output of the internal combustion engine and electric motor varies but is typically in the range of 280 to 389 horsepower, depending on the specific model and trim level.

What is the electric-only range of the X5 Plug-In Hybrid?

The electric-only range of the X5 Plug-In Hybrid can vary, but it’s generally around 30 to 50 miles on a full charge.

How is the electric motor charged?

The electric motor is primarily charged by plugging the vehicle into an electric charging station or a standard electrical outlet.

What charging options are available?

The X5 Plug-In Hybrid typically supports Level 1 and Level 2 charging, with Level 2 being faster. Charging times depend on the charger’s power output and the state of charge of the battery.

Does the X5 Plug-In Hybrid have regenerative braking?

Yes, the X5 Plug-In Hybrid is equipped with regenerative braking, which helps recharge the battery by capturing energy during braking and coasting.

What is the total driving range of the X5 Plug-In Hybrid?

The total driving range, combining both electric and gasoline power, is typically around 300 to 400 miles.

Can you manually switch between electric and hybrid modes?

Yes, drivers can often switch between electric-only mode, hybrid mode, and other driving modes to optimize efficiency and performance.

How does the engine and electric motor work together?

The engine and electric motor work in harmony, with the electric motor providing additional power during acceleration and the engine engaging when needed or for extended highway driving.

Is there an all-wheel-drive option for the X5 Plug-In Hybrid?

Yes, many X5 Plug-In Hybrid models come with BMW’s xDrive all-wheel-drive system for improved traction and handling.

How is the battery positioned in the engine compartment?

The battery is typically located in the engine compartment, often near the rear of the vehicle for optimal weight distribution.

Does the X5 Plug-In Hybrid have a special cooling system for the battery?

Yes, it usually has a dedicated cooling system to maintain the battery’s temperature and performance.

Are there any performance differences between the Plug-In Hybrid and standard X5 models?

The Plug-In Hybrid models may offer slightly different performance characteristics due to the electric motor’s instant torque and the battery’s weight, but they generally provide a comparable driving experience.

What are the benefits of choosing the X5 Plug-In Hybrid over the conventional models?

Benefits of the X5 Plug-In Hybrid include reduced fuel consumption, lower emissions, the potential for government incentives, and the ability to drive in electric-only mode for shorter trips, contributing to a greener and more economical driving experience.

Useful Link

View Full PDF: BMW X5 PLUG-IN HYBRID 2023 User Guide
https://www.bmwusa.com/owners-manuals.html
2023 BMW X5 Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (brochure)

Categories
BMW X5 PLUG-IN HYBRID

2023 BMW X5 PLUG-IN HYBRID Wheels and tires Guidelines

BMW-Logo

BMW X5 PLUG-IN HYBRID 2023 Wheels and Tires 

The wheels and tires package for the 2023 BMW X5 Plug-in Hybrid is the right combination of style, performance, and versatility. It also shows how committed the brand is to giving drivers a great experience. People with a wide range of tastes can get the X5 Plug-in Hybrid. It comes with a selection of wheel sizes and styles, including bigger wheels that can be added for a more commanding look on the road. Its tires, which come in a range of styles from all-season to performance-oriented, provide the best grip and handling in all kinds of driving situations. If you want the best in both form and function, the X5 Plug-in Hybrid is the best choice. Its wheels and tires are carefully designed to balance speed, comfort, and safety, whether you’re driving in the city or going off-road.

2023 BMW X5 Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Vehicle features and options

This chapter describes all standard, country-specific and optional features offered with the series. It also describes features and functions that are not necessarily available in your vehi-cle, e.g., due to the selected options or country versions. This also applies to safety-related functions and systems. When using these functions and systems, the applicable laws and regulations must be observed.

Tire pressure

General information
The tire condition and tire pressure influence the following:

  • The service life of the tires.
  • Driving safety.
  • Driving comfort.
  • Fuel consumption.

Safety information

Warning
A tire with too little or no tire inflation pressure may heat up significantly and sustain damage. This will have a negative impact on aspects of handling, such as steering and braking response. There is a risk of an accident. Regularly check the tire inflation pressure, and correct it as needed, for instance twice a month and before a long trip.

Tire pressure specifications

In the tire inflation pressure table
The tire inflation pressure table contains all tire inflation pressure specifications for the specified tire sizes at ambient temperature. The tire inflation pres-sure values apply to tire sizes approved by the manufacturer of the vehicle for the vehicle type.
To identify the correct tire inflation pressure, please note the following:

  • Tire sizes of your vehicle.
  • Maximum speed for driving.

On the control display
The current tire inflation pressure values and the intended tire inflation pressure values for the mounted tires can be displayed on the Control Display.
To ensure that they are displayed correctly, the tire sizes must be stored in the system and must have been set for the mounted tires.
The current tire inflation pressure value is located on each tire.
The reference tire inflation pressure value is located in the lower area of the control display.

Checking the tire pressure

General information
Tires heat up while driving. The tire pressure increases with the tire temperature.
Tires have a natural, consistent tire pressure loss.
The displays of inflation devices may be under-read by up to 0.1 bar/2 psi.

Checking using tire inflation pressure specifications in the tire inflation pressure table

  1. Determine the intended tire inflation pressure levels for the mounted tires.
  2. Check the tire inflation pressure in all four tires, using a pressure gage, for example.
  3. Correct the tire inflation pressure if the ac-tual tire inflation pressure deviates from the intended tire inflation pressure.
  4. Check whether all valve caps are screwed onto the tire valves.
    The tire inflation pressure specifications in the tire inflation pressure table only relate to cold tires or tires at the same temperature as the ambient temperature.
    Only check the tire inflation pressure levels when the tires are cold, i.e.:
    • A distance traveled of max. 1.25 miles/2 km has not been exceeded.
    • If the vehicle has not moved again for at least 2 hours after a trip.

Checking using the tire inflation pressure specifications on the Control Display 

  1. CAR”
  2. Vehicle status”
  3. BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Wheels-and-tires-fig-1Tire Pressure Monitor”
  4. Check whether the current tire inflation pressure levels deviate from the intended tire pressure value.
  5. Correct the tire inflation pressure if the actual tire inflation pressure deviates from the intended tire inflation pressure.

The display of the current tire pressure may be limited when the vehicle is stationary. After a short drive, the tire pressure is updated.
After correcting the tire pressure

For the flat tire monitor:
Reinitialize the Flat Tire Monitor.

With Tire Pressure Monitor:
The corrected tire inflation pressures are applied automatically. Make sure that the correct tire settings have been made.
With tires that cannot be found in the tire pres-sure values on the control display, reset the Tire Pressure Monitor (TPM).
Tire inflation pressures up to 100 mph/160 km/h
For speeds of up to 100 mph/160 km/h and for optimum driving comfort, note the pressure values in the tire inflation pressure table and adjust as necessary.BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Wheels-and-tires-fig-2

These pressure values can also be found on the tire pressure label on the driver’s door pil-lar.
Do not exceed a speed of 100 mph/160 km/h.

Tire inflation pressures at max. speeds above 100 mph/160 km/h

Warning
In order to drive at maximum speeds in excess of 100 mph/160 km/h, please observe and, if necessary, adjust tire pressures for speeds exceeding 100 mph/160 km/h from the relevant table on the following pages. Otherwise, tire damage and accidents could occur.

For speeds over 100 mph/160 km/h and for optimum driving comfort, note the pressure values in the tire inflation pressure table and adjust as necessary.

Tire marking

Tire size
245/45 R 18 96 Y
245: nominal width in mm
45: cross-sectional relationship in %
R: radial tire code
18: rim diameter in inches
96: load bearing capacity
Y: speed code letter
ZR tires: reinforced radial tire for speeds exceeding 150 mph/240 km/h

Maximum tire load
Maximum tire load is the maximum permissible weight for which the tire is approved.
Locate the maximum tire load on the tire sidewall and the Gross Axle Weight Rating –GAWR – on the certification label on the driver door B-pillar. Divide the tire load by 1.1. It must be greater than one-half of the vehicle’s Gross Axle Weight Rating – GAWR. Note, front vs. rear GAWR and tire loads, respectively.

Tire Identification Number
DOT code: DOT xxxx xxx 1922
xxxx: manufacturer code for the tire brand xxx: tire size and tire design
1922: tire age
Tires with DOT codes meet the guidelines of the U.S. Department of Transportation.

Tire age

Recommendation
Regardless of the tire tread depth, replace tires at least every 6 years.

Manufacture date
You can find the manufacture date of the tire on the tire sidewall.

Designation Manufacture date
DOT … 1922 19th week 2022

Uniform Tire Quality Grading
Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width.
E.g.: Treadwear 200; Traction AA; Temperature A

DOT Quality Grades
Treadwear
Traction AA A B C
Temperature A B C
All passenger vehicle tires must conform to Federal Safety Requirements in addition to these grades.

Treadwear
The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. E.g., a tire graded 150 would wear one and one-half, 1 g, times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however, and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate.

Traction
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C.
Those grades represent the tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction performance.
The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight-ahead braking traction tests, and does not include acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning, or peak traction characteristics.

Temperature
The temperature grades are A, the highest, B, and C, representing the tire’s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of performance that all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109. Grades Band A represents higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law.

Warning
The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded. Excessive speed, underinflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure.

Runflat tires
Runflat tires, are labeled with a circular icon containing the letters RSC marked on the tire sidewall.
M+S Winter and all-season tires with better cold-weather performance than summer tires.

Tire tread

Summer tires
Do not drive with a tire tread depth of less than 0.12 in/3 mm, otherwise, there is an increased risk of aquaplaning.

Winter tires
Do not drive with a tire tread depth of less than 0.16 in/4 mm, as such tires are less suitable for winter driving conditions.

Minimum tread depth
Distributed over the tire circumference are the tire manufacturer’s wear indicators with a height of at least 0.06 in/1.6 mm, which serve as an indicator of tire tread wear.
The positions of the wear indicators are marked on the tire sidewall with TWI, Tread Wear Indicator.
Irrespective of the wear indicators, observe the statutory regulations on the minimum tread depth.

Tire damage

General information
Check your tires regularly for damage, foreign bodies lodged in the tread, and tread wear.
Driving over rough or damaged road surfaces, as well as debris, curbs and other obstacles can cause serious damage to wheels, tires and suspension parts. This is more likely to occur with low-profile tires, which provide less cushioning between the wheel and the road. Be careful to avoid road hazards and reduce your speed, especially if your vehicle is equipped with low-profile tires.
Indications of tire damage or other vehicle mal-functions:

  • Unusual vibrations.
  • Unusual tire or running noises.
  • Unusual handling such as a strong tendency to pull to the left or right.
  • Uneven wear pattern, e.g., increased wear in the area of the tire shoulder.
    Damage can be caused by the following situations, for instance:
  • Driving over curbs.
  • Road damage.
  • Tire pressure too low.
  • Vehicle overloading.
  • Incorrect tire storage.

Safety information

Warning
Damaged tires can lose tire inflation pressure, which can lead to loss of vehicle con-trol. There is a risk of an accident. If tire damage is suspected while driving, immediately reduce speed and stop. Have wheels and tires checked. For this purpose, drive carefully to the nearest authorized service center or another qualified service center or repair shop. Have vehicle towed or transported as needed. Do not repair damaged tires, but have them replaced.

Warning
Tires can become damaged by driving over obstacles, e.g., curbs or road damage, at high speed. Larger wheels have a smaller tire cross-section. The smaller the tire cross-sec-tion, the higher the risk of tire damage. There may be a risk of accidents and risk of damage to property. If possible, avoid driving over objects or road conditions that may damage tires, or drive over them slowly and carefully.

Exchanging wheels and tires

Mounting and wheel balancing
Have mounting and wheel balancing carried out by an authorized service center or another qualified service center or repair shop.

Approved wheels and tires

General information
The following sizes are recommended and approved by the vehicle manufacturer for the approved wheels and tires per vehicle type and special equipment:

  • Wheel and tire combinations.
  • Rim designs.
  • Tire sizes.
  • Tire brands.

You can ask an authorized service center or another qualified service center or repair shop about the approved wheels and tires for the vehicle and the special equipment..

Safety information

Warning
Wheels and tires which are not suitable for your vehicle can damage parts of the vehicle, for instance, due to contact with the body due to tolerances despite the same official size rating. There is a risk of an accident. The manufacturer of your vehicle strongly suggests that you use wheels and tires that have been recommended by the vehicle manufacturer for your vehicle type.

Warning
Mounted steel wheels can cause technical problems, for instance, unexpected loosening of the lug bolts and damage to the brake disks. There is a risk of accident. Do not mount steel wheels.

Warning
Incorrect wheel/tire combinations will impair the vehicle’s handling characteristics and a variety of system functions, such as the Antilock Braking System or Dynamic Stability Control. There is a risk of an accident. To maintain good handling and vehicle response, use only tires with a single tread configuration from a single manufacturer. The manufacturer of the vehicle recommends that you use wheels and tires that have been recommended by the vehicle manufacturer for your vehicle type. Following tire damage, have the original wheel/tire combination remounted on the vehicle as soon as possible.

Warning
Unsuitable wheel studs, such as single-sec-tion wheel studs, may loosen or come off. The wheel may come loose during driving. There is a risk of an accident. Use only two-sec-tion wheel studs that have been categorized as suitable for the respective wheel type by the manufacturer of the vehicle.

Recommended tire brandsBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Wheels-and-tires-fig-4

For each tire size, the manufacturer of the ve-hicle recommends certain tire brands. The tire brands can be identified by a star on the tire sidewall.

New tires
Tire traction is not optimal due to manufacturing circumstances when tires are brand new.
Drive conservatively for the first 200 miles/300 km.

Retreaded tires

Warning
Retreated tires can have different tire casing structures. With advanced age the service life can be limited. There is a risk of an accident. The manufacturer of the vehicle does not recommend the use of retreaded tires.

Winter tires

General information
Winter tires are recommended for operating on winter roads.
Winter tires can be identified by the icon with mountain and snowflake, as well as the M+S marking on the tire sidewall.
All-season tires with the M+S designation, but without icon with mountain and snowflake, have better winter characteristics than summer tires but generally do not achieve the performance of winter tires.

Maximum speed of winter tires
If the maximum speed of the vehicle is higher than the permissible speed for the winter tires, then attach a sign showing the permissible maximum speed in the field of vision. The sign is available from an authorized service center or another qualified service center or repair shop.
With winter tires mounted, observe and do not exceed the permissible maximum speed.

Changing run-flat tires
When changing from run-flat tires to standard tires, it must be ensured that the vehicle contains an emergency wheel or tire mobility kit. Further information is available from an authorized service center or another qualified service center or repair shop.

Wheel change between axles

Warning
A wheel change between the axles on vehicles with different tire sizes or rim sizes on the front and rear axles can cause damage to the tires and the vehicle. There is a risk of accident. Do not rotate the tires between the axles on vehicles with different tire sizes or rim sizes on the front and rear axles.

Different abrasion patterns can occur on the front and rear axles depending on individual driving conditions. The tires can be rotated in pairs between the axles to achieve even abra-sion. Further information is available from an authorized service center or another qualified service center or repair shop. After changing, check the tire pressure and correct, if needed.

Storing tires

Tire pressure
Do not exceed the maximum tire inflation pressure indicated on the tire sidewall.

Storage 

  • Store wheels and tires in a cool, dry and dark place.
  • Always protect tires against all contact with oil, grease, and solvents.
  • Do not leave tires in plastic bags.
  • Remove dirt from wheels or tires.

Runflat tires

Principle
Runflat tires permit continued driving under limited conditions even in the event of a complete tire pressure loss.

General information
The wheels consist of tires that are self-sup-porting to a limited degree and may also include special rims.
The reinforcement of the sidewall allows the tire to remain drivable to a limited degree in the event of a tire pressure loss.
Follow the instructions for continued driving with a flat tire.

Safety information 

Warning
The vehicle handles differently when a run-flat tire has insufficient or no tire pressure; for instance, reduced directional stability when braking, braking distances are longer and the self-steering properties will change. There is a risk of an accident. Drive moderately and do not exceed a speed of 50 mph/80 km/h.

Warning
Heavy trailers can start swinging when continuing to drive with a flat tire. There may be a risk of accident or risk of damage to property. Do not exceed a speed
of 35 mph/60 km/h when driving with a trailer and a flat tire. Immediately brake in the case of swinging. Apply necessary steering corrections as carefully as possible.

IdentificationBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Wheels-and-tires-fig-6

Runflat tires are labeled with a circular icon containing the letters RSC marked on the tire sidewall.

Repairing a flat tire

Safety precautions

  • Park the vehicle as far away as possible from passing traffic and on solid ground.
  • Turn on the hazard warning system.
  • Secure the vehicle against rolling away by setting the parking brake.
  • Turn the steering wheel until the front wheels are in the straight-ahead position and engage the steering wheel lock. Have all vehicle occupants get out and make sure that they remain outside the hazardous area such as behind a guardrail.
  • If necessary, set up a warning triangle at an appropriate distance.

Tire repair set

Principle
With the tire repair set, minor tire damage can be sealed temporarily to enable continued driving.

General information

  • To enable continued driving, liquid sealant is pumped into the tire, which hardens and seals the damage from the inside.
  • Follow the instructions on using the tire re-pair set found on the compressor and sealant bottle.
  • The use of a tire repair set can be ineffective if the tire puncture measures above ap-prox. 0.16 in/4 mm.
  • Contact an authorized service center or another qualified service center or repair shop if the tire cannot be made drivable.
  • Do not remove foreign objects that have penetrated the tire. Remove foreign objects only when they are visibly protruding from the tire.
  • Detach the speed limit sticker from the sealant bottle and apply it to the steering wheel.
  • The use of a sealing compound can damage the wheel electronics. In this case, have the electronics checked and replaced at the next opportunity.
  • The compressor can be used to check the tire inflation pressure.

2023 BMW X5 Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Overview

Storage BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Wheels-and-tires-fig-7

The storage for the tire repair set is provided in the cargo area behind the left-side trim panel. Unlock the cover of the left side trim panel, arrow 1, and fold open, arrow 2.

Sealant bottleBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Wheels-and-tires-fig-8

  • Sealant bottle, arrow 1.
  • Filler hose, arrow 2.
    Observe expiration date on the sealant bottle.

Compressor BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Wheels-and-tires-fig-9

  1. Sealant bottle unlocking
  2. Sealant bottle mount
  3. Tire pressure display
  4. Reduce tire inflation pressure button 5 On/off switch
  5. Compressor
  6. Connector/cable for socket
  7. Connection hose

Safety precautions 

  • Park the vehicle as far away as possible from passing traffic and on solid ground.
  • Turn on the hazard warning system.
  • Secure the vehicle against rolling away by setting the parking brake.
    Turn the steering wheel until the front wheels are in the straight-ahead position and engage the steering wheel lock.
  • Have all vehicle occupants get out and make sure that they remain outside the hazardous area such as behind a guardrail.
  • If necessary, set up a warning triangle at an appropriate distance.

Filling the tire with sealing compound

Safety information

DANGER
If the exhaust pipe is blocked or ventilation is insufficient, harmful exhaust gases can penetrate the vehicle. The exhaust gases contain pollutants that are colorless and odorless. In enclosed areas, exhaust gases can also accumulate outside of the vehicle. There is a danger to life. Keep the exhaust pipe free and ensure sufficient ventilation.

NOTICE
The compressor can overheat during extended operation. There is a risk of damage to property, among other potential damage. Do not run the compressor for more than 10 minutes.

Filling

  1. Shake the sealant bottle.BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Wheels-and-tires-fig-10
  2. Pull filler hose completely out of the cover of the sealant bottle. Do not kink the hose. BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Wheels-and-tires-fig-11
  3. Slide the sealant bottle into the mount on the compressor housing, ensuring that it engages audibly. BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Wheels-and-tires-fig-12
  4. 4. Screw the filler hose of the sealant bottle onto the tire valve of the faulty wheel.BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Wheels-and-tires-fig-13
  5. With the compressor switched off, insert the connector into the power socket in the vehi-cle interior. BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Wheels-and-tires-fig-14
  6. With standby state or drive-ready state switched on, switch on the compressor.BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Wheels-and-tires-fig-15

Let the compressor run for a maximum of 10 minutes to fill the tire with sealant and reach a tire pressure of approx. 2 bar.
While the tire is being filled with sealing compound, the tire inflation pressure may sporadically reach approx. 5 bar. Do not switch off the compressor in this phase.

Checking and adjusting the tire inflation pressure

Checking

  1. Switch off the compressor.
  2. Read the tire pressure on the tire pressure display.

To continue the trip, a tire pressure of at least 2 bar must be reached.
Removing and stowing the sealant bottle

  1. Unscrew the filler hose of the sealant bottle from the tire valve.
  2. Press the red unlocking device.
  3. Remove the sealant bottle from the compressor.
  4. Wrap and store the sealant bottle in suitable material to avoid contamination of the cargo area.

Minimum tire inflation pressure is not reached

  1. Pull the connector out of the power socket in the vehicle interior.
  2. Drive 33 ft/10 m forward and back to distribute the sealing compound in the tire.
  3. Screw the connection hose of the compressor directly onto the tire valve stem. BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Wheels-and-tires-fig-17
  4. Insert the connector into the power socket in the vehicle interior. BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Wheels-and-tires-fig-18
  5. With standby or drive readiness turned on, turn on the compressor and let it run for a maximum of 10 minutes.
    When the tire pressure does not reach at least 2 bar, contact an authorized service center or another qualified service center or repair shop.
    When a tire pressure of at least 2 bar is reached, see Minimum tire inflation pressure is reached.
  6. Unscrew the connection hose of the compressor from the tire valve.
  7. Pull the connector out of the power socket in the vehicle interior.
  8. Stow the tire repair set in the vehicle.

Minimum tire inflation pressure is reached 

  1. Unscrew the connection hose of the compressor from the tire valve.
  2. Pull the connector out of the power socket in the vehicle interior.
  3. Stow the tire repair set in the vehicle.
  4. Immediately drive approx. 5 miles/10 km to ensure that the sealing compound is evenly distributed in the tire.
    Do not exceed a speed of
    50 mph/80 km/h.
    If possible, do not drive at speeds less than 12 mph/20 km/h.

Adjustment

  1. Stop at a suitable location.
  2. Screw the connection hose of the compressor directly onto the tire valve stem. BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Wheels-and-tires-fig-18
  3. Insert the connector into the power socket in the vehicle interior. BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Wheels-and-tires-fig-19
  4. Correct the tire pressure to at least 2 bar:
    • Increase tire pressure: with standby or drive readiness turned on, turn on the compressor and let it run for a maximum of 10 minutes.
    • Reduce tire inflation pressure: press the button on the compressor.
  5. Unscrew the connection hose of the compressor from the tire valve.
  6. Pull the connector out of the power socket in the vehicle interior.
  7. Stow the tire repair set in the vehicle.

Continuing the trip
Do not exceed the permissible maximum speed of 50 mph/80 km/h.
Reinitialize the Flat Tire Monitor.
Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor again.

Replace the faulty tire and the sealant bottle of the tire repair set promptly.

Tire chains

Safety information 

Warning
Mounting tire chains on unsuitable tires can cause the tire chains to come into contact with vehicle parts. There may be a risk of accident or risk of damage to property. Only mount tire chains on tires that are designated by their manufacturer as suitable for the use of tire chains.

Warning
Insufficiently tight tire chains may damage tires and vehicle components. There may be a risk of accident or risk of damage to prop-erty. Make sure that the tire chains are al-ways sufficiently tight. Re-tighten as needed according to the tire chain manufacturer’s instructions.

Fine-link tire chains
The manufacturer of the vehicle recommends the use of fine-link tire chains. Certain types of fine-link tire chains have been tested by the manufacturer of the vehicle and recommended as road-safe and suitable.
Information regarding suitable tire chains is available from an authorized service center or another qualified service center or repair shop.

Use
Use only in pairs on the rear wheels, equipped with the tires of the following size:

  • 265/50 R19.
     275/45 R20.

Information on the wheel size and rim offset is located on the inside of the wheel.
The list can also include wheel/tire sizes that are only suitable for certain models.
Information about approved wheels and tires for the vehicle can be requested from an authorized service center or another qualified service center or repair shop.
Follow the tire chain manufacturer’s instructions.
Do not initialize the flat tire monitor after mounting tire chains, as doing so may result in incorrect readings.
Do not reset the Tire Pressure Monitor after mounting tire chains, as doing so may result in incorrect readings.
When driving with tire chains, activate the Dynamic Traction Control briefly to optimize the drive power.

Maximum speed with tire chains
Do not exceed a speed of 30 mph/50 km/h when using tire chains.

Rear axle steering during operation with snow chains

General information
In order to guarantee free movement of the wheels when operating with tire chains, rear axle steering of the integral active steering must be switched off when tire chains are mounted.

Safety information

Warning
When rear-axle steering is switched on and tire chains are mounted, there can be contact between tire chains and the body. There may be a risk of accident or risk of damage to property. With mounted tire chains, switch off the rear axle steering.

Switching off rear axle steering
The rear axle steering is switched off by specifying that tire chains are installed.

  1. CAR”
  2. Settings”
  3. General settings”
  4. Tire chains”
  5. Tire chains installed”

Starting with the permissible maximum speed with snow chains of 30 mph/50 km/h the rear axle steering will be switched on again automatically.

Tire pressure monitor

Principle
The Tire Pressure Monitor monitors the tire pressure and issues a warning if the tire pressure has dropped.

General information
Sensors in the tire valves measure the tire inflation pressure and tire temperature.
Depending on the tires detected or registered, the system displays the specified nominal pressures on the control display and compares them with the current tire pressures.
If tires are being used that are not specified in the tire inflation pressure details on the vehicle, such as tires with special approval, the system needs to be actively reset. The system will then take over the actual tire inflation pressures as the target pressures.
When operating the system, also note the information found in the Tire inflation pressure chapter.

Safety information

Warning
The display of the target pressures is not a substitute for the tire inflation pressure de-tails on the vehicle. Incorrect entries in the tire settings can lead to incorrect target tire inflation pressure values. In this case, it cannot be guaranteed that the notification of a tire pressure loss will be reliable. There is a risk of injury and risk of damage to property. Ensure that the tire sizes of the mounted tires are displayed correctly and match the details on the tires and on the vehicle.

Functional requirements
The following prerequisites must be met for the system; otherwise, reliable notification of a tire pressure loss is not assured:

  • Every time a tire or wheel is changed, the correct details on the mounted tires must be entered in the tire settings.
  • The Tire Pressure Monitor does not activate until after driving for a few minutes:
    • After a tire or wheel change.
    • After a reset, for tires with special approval.
    • After changing the tire setting.
  • For tires with special approval:
    • After a tire or wheel change, a reset was performed with the correct tire inflation pressure.
    • After the tire inflation pressure was adjusted to a new value, a reset was performed.
  • Wheels with wheel electronics.

Tire settings

General information
The tire sizes of the mounted tires can be gathered from the tire inflation pressure details on the vehicle or directly on the tires.
The tire details do not need to be re-entered when the tire pressure is corrected.
For summer and winter tires, the tire details entered last are stored. After a tire or wheel change, the settings of the tire sets used last can be selected.

Changing settings 

  1. CAR”
  2. Vehicle status”
  3. Tire Pressure Monitor”
  4. Tire settings”
  5. Tire selection”
  6. Manual”
  7. Tire type”
  8. Select the tire type that is mounted on the rear axle.
    For tires with special approval:
    “Other tires”
    Observe further proceeding in the perform a reset section.
    9. Select the maximum road speed that will be used with the tires.
    10. “Save tire settings”
    The measurement of the current tire inflation pressure is started. The measurement process is displayed.

Status display

Current status
The system status can be displayed on the Control Display, e.g., whether or not the sys-tem is active.

  1. CAR”
  2. Vehicle status”
  3. BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Wheels-and-tires-fig-1Tire Pressure Monitor”
    The current status is displayed.

Current tire pressure
The current tire pressure is displayed for each tire.
The current tire inflation pressures may change during driving or depending on the outside temperature.

Current tire temperature
Depending on the model, the current tire temperatures are displayed.
The current tire temperatures may change while driving or due to the outside temperature.

Nominal pressure
The nominal pressure for the tires on the front and rear axles is displayed.
The specified nominal pressures take the influence of driving and outside temperature on the tire temperature into account. The appropriate nominal pressure is always displayed, independent of the weather situation, tire temperatures and travel times.
The displayed nominal pressure may change and may differ from the tire inflation pressure details on the door pillar of the driver’s door. The tire inflation pressure can thus be correlated to the value of the displayed target pressures. The nominal pressure is immediately adjusted if the vehicle load status is changed in the tire settings.

Tire conditions

General information
Tire and system status are indicated by the color of the wheels and a text message on the control display.
Any existing messages may not be deleted if the nominal pressure is not reached after the tire inflation pressure is corrected.

All wheels green

  • The system is active and bases warnings on the target pressures.
  • For tires with special approval: the system is active and bases warnings on the tire inflation pressures stored during the last re-set.

One to four yellow wheels
A flat tire or major tire pressure loss has occurred in the indicated tires.

Gray wheels
It may not be possible to identify tire pressure losses.

Possible causes:

  • Malfunction.
  • During tire inflation pressure measurement, after confirmation of the tire settings.
  • For tires with special approval: a reset is performed for the system.

For tires with special approval: performing a reset

  1. CAR”
  2. Vehicle status”
  3. Tire Pressure Monitor”
  4. Make sure that the correct tire settings have been made.
  5. Turn on the drive-ready state and do not drive off.
  6. Reset tire pressure: “Perform reset”.
  7. Drive off.

The wheels are displayed in gray and the following is displayed: “Resetting tire pressure…”.
After a travel time of several minutes, the set tire inflation pressures are accepted as the predefined tire inflation pressures. The reset is completed automatically while driving.
After a successfully completed reset, the wheels on the control display are shown in green and the following is displayed: “Reset successful.”
You may interrupt this trip at any time. When you continue driving the reset resumes automatically.

Messages: for tires without special approval

General information
When a flat tire is indicated, the Dynamic Stability Control may be turned on.

Safety information

Warning
A damaged regular tire with low or no tire inflation pressure impacts handling, such as steering and braking response. Runflat tires can maintain limited stability. There is a risk of an accident. Do not continue driving if the vehicle is equipped with normal tires. Follow the information on run-flat tires and continue driving with these tires.

If a tire inflation pressure check is required

Message
An icon with a Check Control message appears on the control display.

Icon Possible cause
BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Wheels-and-tires-fig-20Inflation was not carried out according to specifications, for instance when the tire has not been sufficiently inflated or in the case of a natural steady tire pressure loss.

Measure
Check the tire pressure and correct as needed.

If the tire inflation pressure is too low
Message

BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Wheels-and-tires-fig-21A yellow warning light is illuminated in the instrument cluster.

In addition, an icon with a Check Control message appears on the control display.

Icon Possible cause
BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Wheels-and-tires-fig-22There is a tire pressure loss.

Measure

  1. Reduce the vehicle speed. Do not exceed a speed of 80 mph/130 km/h.
  2. At the next opportunity, for instance, at a filling station, check the tire inflation pressure in all four tires and correct if necessary.

If there is a significant tire pressure loss
Message

BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Wheels-and-tires-fig-21A yellow warning light is illuminated in the instrument cluster.
In addition, an icon with the affected tire appears in a Check Control message on the con-trol display.

Icon Possible cause
BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Wheels-and-tires-fig-23There is a flat tire or a major tire pressure loss.

Measure

  1. Reduce your speed and stop cautiously. Avoid sudden braking and steering maneuvers.
  2. Check whether the vehicle is fitted with standard tires or runflat tires.
    Runflat tires are labeled with a circular icon containing the letters RSC marked on the tire sidewall.
  3. Read the description on what to do in case of a flat tire.

Messages: for tires with special approval

General information
When a flat tire is indicated, the Dynamic Stability Control may be turned on.

Safety information

Warning
A damaged regular tire with low or no tire inflation pressure impacts handling, such as steering and braking response. Runflat tires can maintain limited stability. There is a risk of accident. Do not continue driving if the vehicle is equipped with normal tires. Follow the information on runflat tires and continue driving with these tires.

If a tire inflation pressure check is required
Message
An icon with a Check Control message appears on the control display.

Icon Possible cause
BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Wheels-and-tires-fig-20Inflation was not carried out according to specifications, e.g., the tire has not been sufficiently inflated.
The system has detected a wheel change, but no reset was done.
The tire inflation pressure has fallen below the level of the last reset.
No reset was performed for the sys-tem. The system issues a warning based on the tire inflation pressures stored during the last reset.

Measure

  1. Check the tire pressure and correct as needed.
  2. Perform a system reset.

If the tire inflation pressure is too low
Message

BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Wheels-and-tires-fig-21A yellow warning light is illuminated in the instrument cluster.

In addition, an icon with a Check Control message appears on the control display.

Icon Possible cause
BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Wheels-and-tires-fig-22There is a tire pressure loss.
No reset was performed for the sys-tem. The system issues a warning based on the tire inflation pressures stored during the last reset.

Measure

  1. Reduce the vehicle speed. Do not exceed a speed of 80 mph/130 km/h.
  2. At the next opportunity, for instance, at a filling station, check the tire inflation pressure in all four tires and correct if necessary.
  3. Reset the system.

If there is a significant tire pressure loss
Message

BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Wheels-and-tires-fig-21A yellow warning light is illuminated in the instrument cluster.

In addition, an icon with the affected tire ap-pears in a Check Control message on the con-trol display.

Icon Possible cause
There is a flat tire or a major tire pressure loss.
No reset was performed for the sys-tem. The system issues a warning based on the tire inflation pressures stored during the last reset.

Measure

  1. Reduce your speed and stop cautiously. Avoid sudden braking and steering maneuvers.
  2. Check whether the vehicle is fitted with standard tires or runflat tires.
    Runflat tires are labeled with a circular icon containing the letters RSC marked on the tire sidewall.
  3. Read the description on what to do in case of a flat tire.

Actions in the event of a flat tire

Standard tires

  1. Identify the damaged tire.
    Check the tire pressure in all four tires, for instance using the tire pressure display from a tire repair set.
    For tires with special approval: when the tire pressure in all four tires is correct, the Tire Pressure Monitor may not have been reset. In this case, perform the reset.
    If tire damage cannot be found, contact an authorized service center or another qualified service center or repair shop.
  2. Repair the flat tire, for instance with a tire repair set or by changing the wheel.

Using a sealing compound, for instance, from the tire repair set, may damage the wheel electronics. Have the electronics replaced at the next opportunity?

Runflat tires

Safety information

Warning
The vehicle handles differently when a runflat tire has insufficient or no tire pressure; for instance, reduced directional stability when braking, braking distances are longer and the self-steering properties will change. There is a risk of an accident. Drive moderately and do not exceed a speed of 50 mph/80 km/h.

Warning
Heavy trailers can start swinging when continuing to drive with a flat tire. There may be a risk of accident or risk of dam-age to property. Do not exceed a speed
of 35 mph/60 km/h when driving with a trailer and a flat tire. Immediately brake in the case of swinging. Apply necessary steering corrections as carefully as possible.

Maximum speed
You may continue driving with a damaged tire at speeds up to 50 mph/80 km/h.

Continued driving with a flat tire
Follow the following when continuing to drive with a damaged tire:

  1. Avoid sudden braking and steering maneuvers.
  2. Do not exceed a speed of 50 mph/80 km/h.
  3. Check the tire inflation pressure in all four tires at the next opportunity.

Possible distance traveled with a depressurized tire
The possible distance that may be safely traveled varies depending on how the vehicle is loaded and used, e.g., speed, road condi-tions, outside temperature. The distance traveled may be less but may also be more if an economical driving style is used.
If the vehicle is loaded with an average weight and used under favorable conditions, the possible distance traveled may be up to 50 miles/80 km.

Vehicle handling with damaged tires
Vehicles driven with a damaged tire will handle differently, potentially leading to conditions such as the following:

  • Greater likelihood of skidding of the vehicle.
  • Longer braking distances.
  • Changed self-steering properties.

Modify your driving style. Avoid abrupt steering or driving over obstacles, for instance, curbs or potholes.

Final tire failure
Vibrations or loud noises while driving can indicate the final failure of a tire.
Reduce speed and stop; otherwise, pieces of the tire could come loose and cause an accident.
Do not continue driving. Contact an authorized service center or another qualified service center or repair shop.

System limits

Temperature
The tire inflation pressure depends on the tire’s temperature.
Driving or exposure to the sun will increase the tire temperature, thus increasing the tire inflation pressure.
The tire inflation pressure is reduced when the tire temperature falls again.
These circumstances may cause a warning when temperatures fall very sharply.
Following a temperature-related warning, the target pressures are displayed on the Control Display again after a short distance.

Sudden tire pressure loss
The system cannot indicate sudden serious tire damage caused by external circumstances.

Failure to perform a reset
Tires with special approval: the system will not function correctly if a reset was not performed, for example, a flat tire may be indicated although the tire inflation pressures are correct.

Malfunction

Message
The yellow warning light flashes and is then illuminated continuously. A Check Control message is displayed. It may not be possible to identify tire pressure losses.

Measure

  • A wheel without wheel electronics is mounted: have the wheels checked, if needed.
  • Fault caused by systems or devices with the same radio frequency: after leaving the area of the interference, the system automatically becomes active again.
  • For tires with special approval: the system was unable to complete the reset. Perform a system reset again.
  • Tire Pressure Monitor malfunction: have the system checked by an authorized service center or another qualified service center or repair shop.

Declaration according to NHTSA/FMVSS 138 Tire Pressure Monitoring System
Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.) As an added safety feature, your vehi-cle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure.

Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle’s handling and stopping ability. Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver’s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale. Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly. The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists. When the malfunctioning indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevents the TPMS from functioning properly. Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly.

2023 BMW X5 Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Flat tire monitor

Principle
The flat tire monitor detects a tire pressure loss while driving and issues a warning if the tire pressure has dropped.

General information
The system detects tire pressure loss on the basis of rotation speed differences between the individual wheels while driving.
In the event of a tire pressure loss, the diameter and therefore the rotational speed of the corresponding wheel changes. The difference will be detected and reported as a flat tire.
The system does not measure the actual inflation pressure in the tires.

Functional requirements
The following prerequisites must be met for the system; otherwise, reliable notification of a tire pressure loss is not assured:

  • After a tire or wheel change, an initialization was performed with the correct tire inflation pressure.
  • After the tire pressure was adjusted to a new value, an initialization was performed.

Status display
The current status of the flat tire monitor can be displayed, e.g., whether the flat tire monitor is active.

  1. CAR”
  2. Vehicle status”
  3. BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Wheels-and-tires-fig-1Flat Tire Monitor” The status is displayed.

Initialization required
An initialization must be performed in the following situations:

  • After the tire inflation pressure has been adjusted.
  • After a tire or wheel change.

Performing initialization
When initializing, the set tire inflation pressures serve as reference values in order to detect a flat tire. Initialization is started by confirming the tire inflation pressures.
Do not initialize the system when driving with tire chains.

  1. CAR”
  2. Vehicle status”
  3. Flat Tire Monitor”
  4. Turn on the drive-ready state and do not drive off.
  5. Start the initialization with: “Perform reset”
  6. Drive off.

The initialization is completed while driving, which can be interrupted at any time.
The initialization automatically continues when driving continues.

Messages
General information
When a flat tire is indicated, the Dynamic Stability Control (DSC) is turned on, if needed.

Safety information

Warning
A damaged regular tire with low or no tire inflation pressure impacts handling, such as steering and braking response. Runflat tires can maintain limited stability. There is a risk of accident. Do not continue driving if the vehicle is equipped with normal tires. Follow the information on runflat tires and continue driving with these tires.

Indication of a flat tire

BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Wheels-and-tires-fig-21A yellow warning light is illuminated in the instrument cluster.
In addition, an icon with a Check Control message appears on the control display.

Icon Possible cause
BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Wheels-and-tires-fig-21There is a flat tire or a major tire pressure loss.

Measure

  1. Reduce your speed and stop cautiously. Avoid sudden braking and steering maneuvers.
  2. Check whether the vehicle is fitted with standard tires or runflat tires.
    Runflat tires are labeled with a circular icon containing the letters RSC marked on the tire sidewall.

Actions in the event of a flat tire

Standard tires

  1. Identify the damaged tire.
    To do this, check the tire pressure in all four tires, for instance using the tire pressure display from a tire repair set.
    When the tire inflation pressure in all four tires is correct, the flat tire monitor may not have been initialized. In this case, initialize the system.
    If identification of flat tire damage is not possible, please contact an authorized service center or another qualified service center or repair shop.
  2. Repair the flat tire, for instance with a tire repair set or by changing the wheel.

Runflat tires

Safety information

Warning
The vehicle handles differently when a runflat tire has insufficient or no tire pressure; for instance, reduced directional stability when braking, braking distances are longer and the self-steering properties will change. There is a risk of an accident. Drive moderately and do not exceed a speed of 50 mph/80 km/h.

Warning
Heavy trailers can start swinging when continuing to drive with a flat tire. There may be a risk of accident or risk of damage to property. Do not exceed a speed
of 35 mph/60 km/h when driving with a trailer and a flat tire. Immediately brake in the case of swinging. Apply necessary steering corrections as carefully as possible.

Maximum speed
You may continue driving with a damaged tire at speeds up to 50 mph/80 km/h.

Continued driving with a flat tire
Follow the following when continuing to drive with a damaged tire:

  1. Avoid sudden braking and steering maneuvers.
  2. Do not exceed a speed of 50 mph/80 km/h.
  3. Check the tire inflation pressure in all four tires at the next opportunity.

When the tire inflation pressure in all four tires is correct, the flat tire monitor may not have been initialized. In this case, initialize the system.

Possible distance traveled with a depressurized tire
The possible distance that may be safely traveled varies depending on how the vehicle is loaded and used, e.g., speed, road condi-tions, outside temperature. The distance traveled may be less but may also be more if an economical driving style is used.
If the vehicle is loaded with an average weight and used under favorable conditions, the possible distance traveled may be up to 50 miles/80 km.

Vehicle handling with damaged tires
Vehicles driven with a damaged tire will handle differently, potentially leading to conditions such as the following:

  • Greater likelihood of skidding of the vehicle.
  • Longer braking distances.
  • Changed self-steering properties.

Modify your driving style. Avoid abrupt steering or driving over obstacles, for instance, curbs or potholes.

Final tire failure
Vibrations or loud noises while driving can indicate the final failure of a tire.
Reduce speed and stop; otherwise, pieces of the tire could come loose and cause an accident.
Do not continue driving. Contact an authorized service center or another qualified service cen-ter or repair shop.

System limits
The system could be delayed or malfunction in the following situations:

  • ▷ A natural, even tire pressure loss in all four tires will not be recognized. Therefore, check the tire inflation pressure regularly.
    ▷ Sudden serious tire damage caused by external circumstances cannot be recognized in advance.
    ▷ The system has not been initialized.
    ▷ When driving on a snowy or slippery road.
    ▷ Sporty driving style: slip on traction wheels, high lateral acceleration (drifting).
    ▷ When driving with tire chains.

Changing wheels/tires

General information
When using runflat tires or a tire repair set, the wheel does not always need to be changed immediately in the event of a breakdown when there is tire pressure loss.
If needed, the appropriate tool for a wheel change, e.g., a jack, is available as an accessory from an authorized service center, another qualified service center or a repair shop.

Safety information

Warning
The jack is only provided for short-term lifting of the vehicle for wheel changes. Even if all safety precautions are observed, there is a risk of the raised vehicle falling if the jack tips over. There is a risk of injury or danger to life. When the vehicle is raised with the jack, do not lie under the vehicle and do not switch on the drive-ready state.

Warning
Supports such as wooden blocks under the jack reduce the load-carrying capacity of the jack to bear weight. The load-carrying capacity of the wooden blocks may be exceeded and the vehicle may tip over. There is a risk of injury or danger to life. Do not place supports under the jack.

Warning
The jack, issued by the vehicle manufacturer, is provided in order to perform a wheel change in the event of a breakdown. The jack is not designed for frequent use; for example, changing from summer to winter tires. Using the jack frequently may cause it to become jammed or damaged. There is a risk of injury and risk of damage to property. Only use the jack to change an emergency or spare wheel in the event of a breakdown.

Warning
On soft, uneven or slippery ground, for example snow, ice, tiles, etc., the jack can slip away. There is a risk of injury. If possible, change the wheel on a flat, solid, and slip-re-sistant surface.

Warning
The jack is optimized for lifting the vehicle and for the jacking points on the vehicle only. There is a risk of injury. Do not lift any other vehicle or cargo using the jack.

Warning
When the jack is not inserted into the jacking point provided for this purpose, the vehicle may be damaged or the jack may slip when it is being cranked up. There is a risk of injury or risk of damage to property. When cranking up the jack, ensure that it is inserted in the jacking point next to the wheel well.

Warning
A vehicle that is raised on a jack may fall
off of the jack if lateral forces are exerted on it. There is a risk of injury and risk of damage to property. While the vehicle is raised, do not exert lateral effort on the vehicle or pull abruptly on the vehicle. Have a stuck wheel removed by an authorized service center or another qualified service center or repair shop.

Warning
Incorrect handling of the jack can damage the vehicle’s underbody and expose high-voltage components. There is a risk of injury or risk of damage to property. When cranking up the jack, ensure that it is inserted in the jacking point next to the wheel well. Make sure not to damage any of the underbody parts.

NOTICE
Using an impact wrench to loosen or tighten the wheel lock bolt can damage it. There is a risk of damage to property, among other potential damage. Only use a lug wrench to loosen and tighten the wheel lock bolt.

Securing the vehicle against rolling away

General information
The vehicle manufacturer recommends to additionally secure the vehicle against rolling away when changing a wheel.

On a level surfaceBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Wheels-and-tires-fig-24

Place wheel chocks or other suitable objects in front and behind the wheel that is diagonal to the wheel to be changed.

On a slight downhill gradientBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Wheels-and-tires-fig-25

If you need to change a wheel on a slight downhill grade, place chocks and other suitable objects, for instance, rocks, under the proper side of the wheels of both the front and rear axles to block the car from rolling downhill.

Lug bolt lock

Principle
The wheel lug bolts have a special coding. The lug bolts can only be released with the adapter which matches the coding.

Overview
The adapter of the lug bolt lock is in the onboard vehicle tool kit or in a storage compart-ment close to the onboard vehicle tool kit.BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Wheels-and-tires-fig-26

  • Lug lock bolt, arrow 1.
  • Adapter, arrow 2.

Unscrewing

  1. Attach the adapter to the lug lock bolt.
  2. Unscrew the lug lock bolt.
  3. Remove the adapter after unscrewing the lug bolt.

Screwing on

  1. Attach the adapter to the lug lock bolt. If necessary, turn the adapter until it fits on the lug lock bolt.
  2. Screw on the lug lock bolt. The tightening torque is 101 lbs ft/140 Nm.
  3. Remove the adapter and stow it after screwing on the lug bolt.

Preparing the vehicle

  • Park the vehicle on solid and non-slip ground at a safe distance from road traffic.
  • Turn on the hazard warning system.
  • Set the parking brake.
  • Engage a gear or move the selector lever to position P.
  • As soon as permitted by the traffic flow, have all vehicle occupants get out and make sure that they remain outside the hazardous area such as behind a guardrail.
  • Depending on the vehicle equipment, get wheel change tools and, if necessary, the emergency wheel from the vehicle.
  • If necessary, set up a warning triangle or portable hazard warning light at an appropriate distance.
  • Secure the vehicle additionally against rolling away.
  • Loosen the lug bolts a half turn.
  • Deactivate the air suspension level adjustment.

Jacking pointsBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Wheels-and-tires-fig-27

The jacking points are located at the indicated positions.

Jacking up the vehicle0

Warning
Hands and fingers can be jammed when using the jack. There is a risk of injury. Comply with the described hand position and do not change this position while using the jack.

  1. Hold the vehicle jack with one hand, ar-row 1, and grasp the jack crank handle or lever with your other hand, arrow 2. BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Wheels-and-tires-fig-28
  2. Insert the jack into the rectangular recess of the jacking point closest to the wheel to be changed. BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Wheels-and-tires-fig-29
  3. Extend the jack by turning the jack crank handle or lever clockwise. BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Wheels-and-tires-fig-30
  4. Take your hand away from the jack as soon as the jack is under load and continue turn-ing the jack crank handle or lever with one hand.
  5. Make sure that the car jack foot extends vertically and is at a right angle beneath the jacking point.BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Wheels-and-tires-fig-31
  6. Make sure that the car jack foot is verticalBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Wheels-and-tires-fig-32
  7. Crank the vehicle up until the vehicle jack has the entire surface on the ground and the relevant wheel is a maximum 1.2 inches/3 cm above the ground.

Mounting a wheel

Warning
Unsuitable wheel studs, such as single-section wheel studs, may loosen or come off. The wheel may come loose during driving. There is a risk of an accident. Use only two section wheel studs that have been categorized as suitable for the respective wheel type by the manufacturer of the vehicle.

Mount one emergency wheel only, as required.

  1. Unscrew the lug bolts.
  2. Remove the wheel.
  3. Put the new wheel or emergency wheel on and screw in at least two lug bolts in a crosswise pattern until hand-tight.
    When non-original light alloy wheels of the vehicle manufacturer are mounted, the ac-companying lug bolts may have to be used as well.
  4. Hand-tighten the remaining lug bolts and tighten all lug bolts well in a crosswise pattern.
  5. Turn the jack crank handle counterclockwise to retract the jack and lower the vehicle.
  6. Remove the jack and stow it securely.

After the wheel change

  1. Tighten the lug bolts crosswise. The tightening torque is 101 lbs-ft/140 Nm.
  2. Stow the faulty wheel in the cargo area, if necessary.
  3. Check tire inflation pressure at the next opportunity and correct as needed.
  4. Re-initialize the flat tire monitor or reset the Tire Pressure Monitor.
  5. Check to make sure the lug bolts are tight with a calibrated torque wrench.
  6. Have the damaged tire renewed at the nearest authorized service center or another qualified service center or repair shop.

FAQ

What size wheels come standard on the 2023 BMW X5 Plug-in Hybrid?

The standard wheel size on the 2023 BMW X5 Plug-in Hybrid varies by trim level but typically ranges from 18 to 20 inches.

Are there optional wheel sizes available for the X5 Plug-in Hybrid?

Yes, BMW often offers optional larger wheel sizes for those who prefer a more customized look or performance.

Can you get all-season tires on the X5 Plug-in Hybrid?

Yes, the X5 Plug-in Hybrid is typically available with all-season tires for versatile year-round driving.

Are performance tires an option for this vehicle?

Depending on the trim level and package options, performance tires may be available for enhanced handling and grip.

What is the recommended tire pressure for the X5 Plug-in Hybrid?

The recommended tire pressure can vary depending on the tire size and specific model configuration. It is advisable to refer to the vehicle’s manual or the tire placard inside the driver’s door for the correct tire pressure information.

Does the X5 Plug-in Hybrid come with a spare tire?

The availability of a spare tire can depend on the specific trim level and options chosen. Some models may come with a spare tire, while others might have run-flat tires or a tire repair kit.

Are there wheel and tire packages available for customization?

BMW often offers a variety of wheel and tire packages to allow buyers to customize the look and performance of their X5 Plug-in Hybrid.

What type of tire maintenance is recommended for the X5 Plug-in Hybrid?

Regular tire maintenance, including tire rotation, balancing, and alignment, is recommended to ensure even wear and optimal performance. Checking tire pressure regularly is also essential.

Are there any special wheel finishes or designs for the X5 Plug-in Hybrid?

BMW frequently offers a range of wheel finishes and designs to suit various aesthetic preferences, from classic to sporty to elegant.

Can you get winter tires for the X5 Plug-in Hybrid?

Yes, winter tire options are typically available for those who need enhanced traction and safety in snowy or icy conditions.

Does the X5 Plug-in Hybrid have a tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS)?

Yes, the X5 Plug-in Hybrid typically comes equipped with a TPMS to alert drivers to any significant changes in tire pressure.

What is the maximum load capacity for the X5 Plug-in Hybrid’s tires?

The maximum load capacity can vary based on the specific tire size and type. It’s essential to refer to the tire specifications for this information.

Are there any off-road or all-terrain tire options for the X5 Plug-in Hybrid?

BMW pimarily equips the X5 Plug-in Hybrid with tires designed for on-road performance and comfort, but all-terrain or off-road tire options may be available through aftermarket sources.

Are there any warranties or maintenance packages for the X5 Plug-in Hybrid’s wheels and tires?

BMW often offers warranty coverage for its wheels and tires, and maintenance packages may be available for added peace of mind.

Can you switch to larger or smaller wheels on the X5 Plug-in Hybrid after purchase?

It’s possible to switch to larger or smaller wheels, but it’s essential to consult with a BMW dealership to ensure that the new wheels and tires are compatible with the vehicle’s specifications and do not affect performance or safety adversely.

Useful Link

View Full PDF: BMW X5 PLUG-IN HYBRID 2023 User Guide
Download Manual: https://www.bmwusa.com/owners-manuals.html
2023 BMW X5 Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (brochure)

Categories
BMW X5 PLUG-IN HYBRID

2023 bmw x5 plug-in hybrid refueling Guidelines

BMW-Logo

BMW X5 PLUG-IN HYBRID 2023 Refueling System 

The BMW X5 Plug-In Hybrid 2023 is a big step forward in the world of luxury SUVs. It combines cutting-edge technology with engineering that is good for the environment. This amazing car has a plug-in hybrid engine, which makes it efficient and good for the environment. It also has the dynamic performance and high-quality craftsmanship that BMW is known for. As the car industry continues to move toward greener solutions, the X5 Plug-In Hybrid stands out as a strong contender. It can be driven only on electricity and can also be refueled with gasoline, giving it a lot of options. In this in-depth look, we’ll go over the most important parts of refueling this great hybrid SUV. We’ll talk about everything from charging at home to using public charging infrastructure and making sure that your driving experience is not only efficient but also incredibly easy.

2023 BMW X5 Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Charging the vehicle

Vehicle features and options

This chapter describes all standard, country-specific and optional features offered by the series. It also describes features and functions that are not necessarily available in your vehi-cle, e.g., due to the selected options or country versions. This also applies to safety-related functions and systems. When using these functions and systems, the applicable laws and regulations must be observed.

General information
The vehicle can be charged using various charging cables at charging stations or domes-tic socket outlets.
Control and monitoring of the charging process are handled fully automatically. When charging with AC, the charge current level can be adjusted via iDrive.

Safety information

Warning
Working with electrical current improperly can lead to electric shock due to high voltages or high currents. There is a risk of fire or danger to life. Observe the general safety regulations when working with electrical current.

Warning
A faulty or incorrectly designed charging device at the charging location can cause damage to the vehicle and overload the power supply at the charging location. There is a risk of fire and an injury hazard. The manufacturer of your vehicle recommends that, prior to your first use of a charging location, you have the compatibility of the following components confirmed:

  • Charging cable.
  • Charging station.
  • Domestic socket outlet and connected circuits.

Warning
Damaged or worn chargers, for instance, worn contacts, can heat up. There is a risk of fire. Only use chargers that are in good condition.

Warning
Simultaneous charging and refueling pose a risk of fire if a sufficient safety distance from easily flammable materials is not maintained. There is a risk of injury or risk of damage to property. Do not refuel and charge the vehicle at the same time.

Warning
Contact with live components can lead to an electric shock. High voltage is present at the charging connection. There is a risk of injury or danger to life.
The manufacturer of your vehicle recommends that work on the charging connection, for instance, cleaning, be performed by an authorized service center or another qualified service center or repair shop.

NOTICE
The charging cable connected to the vehicle and the charging cable connections may be damaged due to mechanical load. There is a risk of damage to property, among other potential damage. Do not apply mechanical loads to the charging cable and the charging cable connections. Route the charging cable to the vehicle freely and avoid stress due to pulling or bending.

Charging from the power grid

The high-voltage battery is used as an energy accumulator. The high-voltage battery can be charged utilizing energy recovery during the trip or via the power grid.
Charge the vehicle at a suitable charging device.
Charge the high-voltage battery regularly so that it operates optimally.
When charging via the power grid, you can choose between the following variants:

  • Domestic socket outlet.
  • AC charging station.

For optimal use of the energy from the power grid, charging at a charging station, e.g., at a BMW Wallbox, is recommended.
Ensure that the charging station is installed according to the technical requirements of the power grid, e.g. by a qualified electrician.

Charge current

General information
The charge current strength is indicated in amperes. There are differences in the maximum permissible charging current depending on the local power grid.
Before charging, set a suitable current limit for the charging current.
When charging at charging stations, the permissible charging current is automatically detected and a current limit is set.
When charging at a domestic socket outlet, set the current limit yourself.
Charging on a domestic socket
outlet
The permitted charge current strength must be determined, for instance by a qualified electrician, before first charging with your own domestic socket outlet or when charging with third-party domestic socket outlets.
The current limit of the charge current strength can be set via iDrive.

Current limit

General information
The current limit for charging via the Mode 2 charging cable can be set.
Depending on the electrical mains, the vehicle must be charged with a different charge current strength.

Setting the current limit

  1. CAR”
  2. Plan charge/climate”
  3. Tilt the Controller to the right.
  4. Settings”
  5. AC settings”
  6. Current limit”
  7. Select the desired setting.

Settings are stored. When you change charging locations you also might need to change the setting for charging. Set the charge current strength at third-party domestic socket outlets to the lowest level.

Maintaining the charge state

If it is necessary to conserve the electrical range for a later time during the trip, for example, BATTERY CONTROL can be used to maintain or increase the current charge state of the high-voltage battery.

Charging cable

General information
Use a Mode 2 charging cable, a Mode 3 charging cable, or the permanently installed charging cable of a charging station to charge the vehi-cle.
Different charging cables can be required depending on the country.

Safety information

Warning
Non-compatible charging cables or unsuitable charging stations can heat up and cause damage to the vehicle. There is a risk of fire. Use charging cables or charging stations for charging that are suitable for the respective vehicle type.
An authorized service center will be glad to provide information about suitable charging cables.

Warning
Improper use of the charging cable can prevent charging and lead to damage, for instance cable fire. There is a risk of fire. Use the charging cable only for charging the vehicle, and do not extend it using cables or adapters.

Warning
Damaged charging cables can heat up or lead to an electric shock. There is a risk of fire or an injury hazard. Use undamaged charging cables only.

Mode 2 charging cable
Depending on the national market version, the vehicle scope of delivery includes a Mode 2 charging cable.
Mode 2 charging cables can be used to charge the vehicle from grounded domestic socket outlets. Charging at domestic socket outlet electrical connections is performed with alternating current.
When a Mode 2 charging cable is used, the efficiency values may differ from those stated on the energy label.
The Mode 2 charging cable is also referred to as a standard charging cable.

Mode 3 charging cable
Depending on the national market version, the vehicle scope of delivery includes a Mode 3 charging cable.
The Mode 3 charging cable makes it possible to quickly recharge at sockets of designated AC charging stations using a special connector. Charging is performed with alternating current at designated AC charging stations. The charging process can be completed faster than at domestic socket outlets.
A charge current level up max. 16 A is possible.
The charging cable may be permanently installed at the charging station.
The Mode 3 charging cable is also referred to as AC quick charging cable.

Storage
For the delivery, the charging cable is stowed in the luggage compartment, for instance, under the cargo floor panel or in a bag.
Stow the charging cable after use in the same place again.
If the charging cable is stowed in a bag, fasten the bag at an open lashing eye in the luggage compartment.
If required, store the charging cable with the installed connector cover to prevent moisture in the charging cable plug.

Connecting

General information
Before connecting, if necessary clean the charging cable plug and the area between the charging socket cover and charging socket, e.g., remove snow.

Charging socket coverBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Refueling

The charging socket cover is located in front on the left side of the vehicle.
Always keep the charging socket clean and unobstructed.
Keep the charging socket cover closed when the charging socket is not used.

Connecting a charging cable
To connect, engage the selector lever position P, deactivate the drive-ready state and unlock the vehicle. Set the parking brake, if needed.

  1. To open the charging socket cover, press on the rear edge, arrow. The charging socket cover opens.BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Refueling-fig-2
  2. Connect the Mode 2 charging cable to the domestic socket outlet or the Mode 3 charging cable to the port at the AC charging station.
  3. Insert the appropriate charging cable connection, and push it in until it engages.
  4. Hold the charging cable until it is correctly locked.

2023 BMW X5 Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Removing

General information
When the vehicle is locked, the charging cable is locked. Unlock the vehicle before removing the cable.
If necessary, clean the area between the charging socket cover and charging socket, for instance from snow, before removing it.

Disconnecting a charging cable

  1. Unlock the vehicle with the vehicle key if it is locked. The charging cable is unlocked.
  2. Press the release button on the handle, arrow 1, and grasp the charging cable at the gripping areas.BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Refueling-fig-3
  3. Detach the charging cable from the charging socket, arrow 2.
  4. Press on the charging socket cover until it engages.
  5. Attach cover of the charging cable connector, if needed.
  6. Remove the mode 2 charging cable from the domestic socket outlet or the fast charging cable (mode 3) from the socket on the AC charging station as needed.
  7. Stow the charging cable.
    At a charging station, insert the permanently installed charging cable in the place provided for it.

Performing emergency release
The charging cable is locked when the vehicle is locked and during the charging process.
In case of an electrical malfunction, the charging cable can be manually unlocked.

  1. Opening the hood.
  2. Release the button from the holder.
  3. BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Refueling-fig-21Pull the knob.
    The charging cable is manually unlocked.BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Refueling-fig-4
  4. The charging cable is manually unlocked.
    Detach
    Have the locking system of the charging socket checked at the authorized service center or an-other qualified service center or repair shop after the emergency unlocking of the charging cable.

Charging process

General information
At high or low outside temperatures, preheat-ing/precooling the high-voltage battery may lead to longer charging times.
If the Mode 2 charging cable is exposed to high temperatures and direct sunlight, this may interrupt the charging process. Charging will resume automatically.
A charging procedure is canceled or not started due to the installation of a Remote Software Upgrade. The charging procedure may not continue automatically after the successful installation.

Safety information

Warning
Improper use of the power mains connection can lead to damage, for instance cable fire. There is a risk of injury or risk of damage to property. Use the charging cable only for charging the vehicle, and do not extend it using cables or adapters.

Warning
If the charge current strength is adjusted incorrectly, the power grid of the domestic socket outlet can be overloaded and over-heat. There is a risk of fire. Adjust the charge current strength to the power grid prior to charging on domestic socket outlets. With unknown power networks, set on the lowest level.

Warning
An incorrectly connected charging cable can lead to damage, for instance, cable fire. There is a risk of injury or risk of damage to property. Make sure that the charging cable connector is completely inserted in the charging socket.

NOTICE
The charging socket cover and charging socket outlet cover may be damaged by strain. There is a risk of damage to property, among other potential damage. Do not strain the charging socket cover and charging socket outlet cover, e.g., by dropping the charging cable.

Starting the charging process

  1. Engage selector lever position P. Set the parking brake, if needed.
  2. Planning the charging process.
    For planning the charging process
  3. Switch off the drive-ready state.
  4. Connect the Mode 2 charging cable to the domestic socket outlet or the Mode 3 charging cable to the port at the AC charging station as needed.
  5. Open the charging socket cover.
  6. Connect the charging cable to the vehicle. To connect the charging cable
  7. Lock the vehicle if it is unlocked.

Charging status display

Indicator light on the charging socket BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Refueling-fig-5

The charging status for charging with a charging cable is indicated on the charging socket indicator light.

Charging status
Light Charging status

  • The White Charging cable can be connected or removed.
  • Flashing yellow Charging process is being prepared.
  • The Blue Charging process paused.
  • Flashing blue Charging process is active.
  • Flashing red Fault in the charging process.
  • The Green Charging process is complete.

When the vehicle is locked, the indicator light goes out after some time. When the vehicle is unlocked, the blue indicator light flashes continuously. The other indicator lights turn off after some time.
BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Refueling-fig-22Press the button on the vehicle key to check the charging state. The charging status is indicated on the indicator light. In some cases the vehicle is locked.
Additional messages about the charging status can be displayed in the instrument cluster, on the BMW display key, or via the BMW app on the mobile device.

Planning the charging process

General information
The charging process can be adapted to constraints, such as the cost of electricity, available current sources, or a low ambient temperature. The vehicle controls the charging process in such a way that the charging process is completed if possible at the departure time. A departure time must be set for this purpose.
The following functions are available:

  • Immediate charging.
  • Charging in the time frame.

If the drive-ready state is switched off, changes can be made via iDrive. Settings for the pre-conditioning and charging process are also accepted for planned departure times.

  1. Switch off the drive-ready state.
  2. Charge immediately once” 

Setting the charging mode

  1. CAR”
  2. Plan charge/climate”
  3. Charging mode:”
  4. Select the desired settings:
  • Charge immediately”: the charging process starts as soon as the charging cable is connected.
  • Charging in time slot”: If a departure time is set, a time frame for charging can be set, e.g., to charge using a cheap electricity rate.

Charging in the time frame

General information
A time frame can be set for the charging process, e.g., to charge using a cheap electricity rate.
To set a time frame for favorable charging, a departure time must be set.
If the drive-ready state is switched off, changes can be made via iDrive.

Setting a time frame for charging
If a departure time is set, a time frame can be set.

  1. CAR”
  2. Plan charge/climate”
  3. Tilt the Controller to the right.
  4. Settings”
  5. AC settings”
  6. Charging time slot”
  7. Select the desired setting.

The vehicle can also start the charging process before the selected time frame begins or end it after the selected time frame finishes. The status update of the charging process is adjusted so the vehicle can be as fully charged as possible and, if applicable, its climate adjusted by the departure time.
If the drive-ready state is switched off, changes can be made via iDrive.
The set time frame can be ignored for the next charging process: “Charge immediately once”

Stopping the charging process
The charging process can be stopped at any time by removing the charging cable and continue at a later time by connecting the charging cable. For example, so that other people can use the electrical connection in the meantime, or in order to avoid excessive strain on the electrical connection.

Continuing the charging process
If the charging process is interrupted, for instance, due to a temporary power failure, the charging process will continue automatically after the interruption.
Ending the charging process

  1. Remove the charging cable from the vehicle.
  2. Stow the charging cable as required.
  3. Press on the charging socket cover until it engages.
  4. Lock the vehicle if it is unlocked.

2023 BMW X5 Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Displays in the instrument cluster

The charge state indicator light shows the charge state of the high-voltage battery in the instrument cluster if the standby state is switched on. If all bars are filled, the high-voltage battery is fully charged.
Even if no bars are filled, the high-voltage sys-tem is still under high voltage.
Information regarding the charging process is shown on the charging screen.

Display Meaning

  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Refueling-fig-6Blue connector: charging process active or completed.
    White connector: charging process interrupted.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Refueling-fig-7End of charging time. Set departure time.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Refueling-fig-8Charging progress bar.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Refueling-fig-9Indicator in blue: charged electrical range.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Refueling-fig-10Display in white: actual maximum available electric range with fully charged high-voltage battery.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Refueling-fig-11Maximum current limit or currently set current limit.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Refueling-fig-12Departure time set.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Refueling-fig-13Climate control is activated at departure time.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Refueling-fig-13Blinking: ventilation active.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Refueling-fig-14Blinking: heating active.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Refueling-fig-15Blinking: cooling active.

Departure time

Principle
For optimum range and climate control, the departure time can be set before parking the vehicle.

General information
With a set departure time, the vehicle is pre-heated or precooled if climate control is set.
The following settings are possible for departure time:

  • Climate control for departure time.
  • Scheduling of up to three regular departure times.
  • Planning a one-time departure time.

If the drive-ready state is switched off, changes can be made via iDrive. Settings for climate control and charging process are also applied for scheduled departure times.

Climate control for departure time

  1. CAR”
  2. Plan charge/climate”
  3. Tilt the Controller to the right.
  4. Precond. for depart.”

Setting the departure time

  1. CAR”
  2. Plan charge/climate”
  3. Tilt the Controller to the right.
  4. Departure plan”
  5. Select the desired departure time.
  6. Set the time and weekday.
    Up to three regular departure times and a one-time departure time can be set.

Activating the departure time

  1. CAR”
  2. Plan charge/climate”
  3. Tilt the Controller to the right.
  4. Departure plan”
  5. Select the desired departure time.
  6. Activate departure”

Up to three regular departure times or a one-time departure time can be activated.
The set departure time will be deactivated if the departure time was ignored three times in a row.

Climate control

General information
The following settings for vehicle air conditioning are possible:

  • Activate stationary climate control immediately.
    The range is reduced if pre-conditioning is activated without a charging cable connected.
  • Planned climate control at the set departure time.

Discharged high-voltage battery and vehicle battery

General information
In addition to the high-voltage battery, the vehicle has a 12-volt vehicle battery, which is required for operation of the onboard electronics.
If the high-voltage battery is discharged and the combustion engine is started, air conditioning may be limited. With a discharged vehicle battery, no operation of the vehicle is possible.

Put the vehicle into operation
If the vehicle battery is discharged, the combustion engine can be started using the battery of another vehicle and two jumper cables.

Service life of the high-voltage battery

General information
The performance of the high-voltage battery decreases over its service life. The service life of the high-voltage battery can be optimized by how it is used.

Long stationary periods
Keeping the vehicle stationary for longer periods can reduce the charge state of the high-voltage battery.
To optimize the service life of the high-voltage battery, note the following:

  • Do not park the vehicle for longer than 14 days if the electric range is exhausted.

Taking out of service
For information on taking the battery out of service and maintenance and repair of the battery, please consult the New Vehicle Limited Warranty Booklet and the Maintenance Book. The Maintenance Book is available online and accessible via a QR code in the New Vehicle Limited Warranty Booklet.

Maintenance
The high-voltage battery is maintenance-free.

Refueling

Vehicle features and options

This chapter describes all standard, country-specific and optional features offered by the series. It also describes features and functions that are not necessarily available in your vehi-cle, e.g., due to the selected options or country versions. This also applies to safety-related functions and systems. When using these functions and systems, the applicable laws and regulations must be observed.

Follow the following when refueling

General information
Follow the fuel recommendation prior to refueling.
To also ensure all engine functions under un-favorable conditions, for instance, steep vehi-cle inclinations, at least 3 US gal/10 liters fuel should be refueled.
When refueling, hook the filler nozzle completely into the filler pipe. Lifting up the filler nozzle during refueling causes:

  • Premature switching off.
  • Reduced return of the fuel vapors.

The fuel tank is full when the filler nozzle clicks off the first time.
Make sure that the fuel cap is closed properly after refueling, otherwise, the emissions warning light may light up.
Follow safety regulations posted at the filling station.

Safety information

Warning
Simultaneous charging and refueling poses a risk of fire if a sufficient safety distance from easily flammable materials is not maintained. There is a risk of injury or risk of damage to property. Do not refuel and charge the vehicle at the same time.

NOTICE
With a range below 30 miles/50 km, the engine may no longer have sufficient fuel. Engine functions are not ensured anymore. There is a risk of damage to property, among other potential damage. Refuel promptly.

NOTICE
Fuels are toxic and aggressive. Overfilling of the fuel tank can damage the fuel system. Painted surfaces may be damaged by contact with fuel. Escaping fuel can harm the environment. There is a risk of damage to property, among other potential damage. Avoid overfilling.

Tank ventilation system

Principle
The vehicle is equipped with a special fuel tank. The fuel tank is designed for special requirements that arise from the hybrid operation of the vehicle, i.e., alternating drive with combination engine or electric motor.

General information
Excess pressure may build up in the fuel tank as a result of gasoline vapors; this pressure is dissipated before the fuel cap is opened.

OverviewBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Refueling-fig-16

The button is located in the storage compart-ment of the driver’s door.

Ventilate the tank

  1. Switch off the drive-ready state.
  2. BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Refueling-fig-23Press the button to start the pressure compensation.
    The tank ventilation system status is displayed in the instrument cluster. In rare cases, tank ventilation can last several minutes.
    When tank ventilating has finished, a message is displayed in the instrument cluster. The fuel filler flap is released for opening.
  3. Open the fuel filler flap.
    If it is not possible to open the fuel filler flap after tank ventilating, press the button again.
    If it is still not possible to open the fuel filler flap even after pressing the button again, unlock the fuel filler flap manually.

Fuel cap

Opening
Before opening, ventilate the tank.

  1. To open the fuel filler flap, press on the rear edge, arrow. The fuel filler flap opens. BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Refueling-fig-17
  2. Turn the fuel cap counterclockwise.BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Refueling-fig-18
  3. Place the fuel cap in the bracket attached to the fuel filler flap. BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Refueling-fig-19

Closing

Warning
The retaining strap of the fuel cap can be jammed and crushed during closing. The cap cannot be correctly closed. Fuel or fuel va-pors can escape. There is a risk of injury or risk of damage to property. Pay attention that the retaining strap is not jammed or crushed when closing the cap.

  1. Fit the fuel cap and turn it clockwise until you clearly hear a click.
  2. Press on the fuel filler flap until it engages.

Emergency unlocking
It may be necessary in certain situations to unlock the fuel filler flap manually, for instance with an electrical malfunction.
The release is located in the cargo area.

  1. Press the button, arrow 1, and open the cover, arrow 2.BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Refueling-fig-20
  2. Pull the green button with the fuel pump icon. This silently releases the fuel filler flap.
  3. To open the fuel filler flap, press on the rear edge, arrow. The fuel filler flap opens.
  4. Carefully open the fuel cap. Excess pressure can build up in the fuel tank from gasoline vapor.
  5. Refuel the vehicle as usual. The residual pressure in the tank may make refueling difficult, for instance, the filler nozzle may shut off frequently. Have the vehicle checked immediately by an authorized service center or another qualified service center or repair shop.

FAQ

Q: What type of fuel does the BMW X5 Plug-In Hybrid 2023 use?

A: The BMW X5 Plug-In Hybrid 2023 uses a combination of gasoline and electricity as fuel.

Q: Can I charge the BMW X5 Plug-In Hybrid 2023 at home?

A: Yes, you can charge the X5 Plug-In Hybrid at home using a standard electrical outlet or a Level 2 charging station.

Q: What is the electric-only range of the BMW X5 Plug-In Hybrid 2023?

A: The electric-only range of the BMW X5 Plug-In Hybrid 2023 is approximately 30 miles, depending on driving conditions and battery charge.

Q: How long does it take to fully charge the BMW X5 Plug-In Hybrid 2023’s battery?

A: Charging times vary, but using a Level 2 charger, it typically takes around 2-3 hours to fully charge the battery.

Q: Is it possible to charge the BMW X5 Plug-In Hybrid 2023 at public charging stations?

A: Yes, the X5 Plug-In Hybrid can be charged at public charging stations equipped with Level 2 or DC fast chargers.

Q: Does the BMW X5 Plug-In Hybrid 2023 come with a regenerative braking system?

A: Yes, the X5 Plug-In Hybrid is equipped with regenerative braking, which helps recharge the battery while driving.

Q: What is the total driving range of the BMW X5 Plug-In Hybrid 2023 on a full tank of gas and a fully charged battery?

A: The total driving range depends on factors like driving conditions and battery charge, but it’s typically around 350-400 miles.

Q: Can I refuel the gasoline engine of the BMW X5 Plug-In Hybrid 2023 at any gas station?

A: Yes, you can refuel the gasoline engine at any standard gas station.

Q: How does the BMW X5 Plug-In Hybrid 2023 switch between electric and gasoline modes?

A: The X5 Plug-In Hybrid automatically switches between electric and gasoline modes based on driving conditions and the state of charge of the battery.

Q: Is there a specific charging cable that comes with the BMW X5 Plug-In Hybrid 2023?

A: Yes, the vehicle typically comes with a charging cable for standard home charging.

Q: Can I charge the BMW X5 Plug-In Hybrid 2023 using a DC fast charger?

A: Yes, the X5 Plug-In Hybrid can be charged using a DC fast charger for quicker charging times.

Q: Does the BMW X5 Plug-In Hybrid 2023 have a “hold mode” to save battery charge for later use?

A: Yes, many plug-in hybrids, including the X5, have a “hold mode” that allows you to conserve battery charge for use in specific situations.

Q: What is the MPG (Miles Per Gallon) rating for the gasoline engine of the BMW X5 Plug-In Hybrid 2023?

A: The exact MPG rating for the gasoline engine may vary, but it’s generally competitive with other midsize SUVs.

Q: Can I use renewable or biofuels in the gasoline engine of the BMW X5 Plug-In Hybrid 2023?

A: The compatibility of renewable or biofuels may vary by region, so it’s best to check with BMW or your local authorities for specific guidance.

Q: Are there any government incentives or tax credits available for purchasing the BMW X5 Plug-In Hybrid 2023?

A: Government incentives and tax credits for plug-in hybrid vehicles can vary by location, so it’s advisable to research available incentives in your area to see if you qualify.

Useful Link

View Full PDF: BMW X5 PLUG-IN HYBRID 2023 User Guide
Download Manual: 2023 BMW X5 Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (brochure)
2023 BMW X5 Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Categories
BMW X5 PLUG-IN HYBRID

2023 BMW X5 PLUG-IN HYBRID Cargo Area Instructions

BMW-Logo

BMW X5 PLUG-IN HYBRID 2023 Cargo Area Instructions

The 2023 BMW X5 Plug-In Hybrid’s cargo area is flexible and well-thought-out, combining usefulness with ease of use. This shows that the brand is committed to meeting the needs of modern drivers while keeping a high level of luxury. The X5 Plug-In Hybrid has a large trunk space of about 33.9 cubic feet and easy-folding rear seats that can be split 40/20/40 for maximum versatility. It can easily accommodate a wide range of items, from luggage and food to sports gear and more. The power liftgate makes it easy to get to the trunk, and the choice to operate it without using your hands makes it even more convenient. Organizational tools like cargo tie-downs, hooks, and an optional cargo management system help keep things safe and in order. Pass-through and underground storage options make the truck more flexible. Whether you’re running chores or going on an exciting trip, the 2023 BMW X5 Plug-In Hybrid’s trunk has plenty of space for everything. This makes it a great choice for people who want a luxurious car that is also good for the environment.

2023 BMW X5 Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Vehicle features and options

BMW X5 PLUG-IN HYBRID 2023 Cargo area User Guide

This chapter describes all standard, country-specific and optional features offered with the series. It also describes features and functions that are not necessarily available in your vehicle, e.g., due to the selected options or country versions. This also applies to safety-related functions and systems. When using these functions and systems, the applicable laws and regulations must be observed.

Loading

Safety information

Warning
High gross vehicle weight can overheat the tires, damage them internally and cause
a sudden tire pressure loss. Driving characteristics may be negatively impacted, reducing directional stability, lengthening the braking distances and changing the steering response. There is a risk of an accident. Pay attention to the permitted load-carrying capacity of the tires and never exceed the permitted gross vehicle weight.

Warning
Devices connected to the vehicle via a cable, such as mobile phones or loose objects, can be thrown through the vehicle interior while driving, such as in the event of an accident, braking or evasive maneuver. There is a risk of injury. Secure loose objects or devices that are connected to the vehicle via a cable.

Warning
Improperly stowed objects can slip and be thrown into the car’s interior, for instance in the event of an accident, braking or an evasive maneuver. Vehicle occupants can be hit and injured. There is a risk of injury. Stow and secure objects and cargo properly.

NOTICE
Fluids in the cargo area can cause damage. There is a risk of damage to property, among other potential damage. Make sure that no fluids leak in the cargo area.

Steps for determining the correct load limit

  1. Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs” on your vehicle’s placard.
  2. Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle.
  3. Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs
  4. The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, if the “XXX” amount equals 1,400 lbs and there will be five 150 lbs passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs (1,400 – 750 (5 x
    150) = 650 lbs)
  5. Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4.
  6. If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle.

PayloadBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Cargo-area-fig-1

The maximum payload is the sum of the weight of the occupants and the cargo.
The greater the weight of the occupants, the less cargo that can be transported.

Stowing and securing cargo

  • Cover sharp edges and corners on the cargo.
    Heavy cargo: stow as far forward as possible, directly behind and at the bottom of the rear seat backrests.
  • Very heavy cargo: stow as far forward as possible, directly behind and at the bottom of the rear seat backrests. When the rear seat is not occupied, secure each of the outer seat belts in the opposite buckle. Fold down the rear seat backrests completely to stow large cargo.
  • Do not stack cargo above the upper edge of the backrests.
  • Use the cargo area partition net to protect occupants. Make sure that objects cannot penetrate the cargo area partition net.
  • Small and light cargo: secure with luggage straps or, depending on the equipment, with a cargo net or draw straps.
  • Larger and heavy cargo: secure with cargo straps.

Lashing eyes in the cargo area

General information
Attach auxiliary materials to secure the cargo, such as lashing straps, tensioning straps, draw straps or cargo nets, to the lashing eyes in the cargo area.

Lashing eyesBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Cargo-area-fig-2

There are four lashing eyes in the cargo area for securing cargo.
The front lashing eyes are located under covers.

Multifunction hook

General information
A multifunction hook is located on the left and right side in the cargo area.

Safety information

Warning
Improper use of the multifunction hooks can lead to a risk of objects flying about, e.g., during braking and evasive maneuvers. There is a risk of injury and risk of damage to property. Only hang lightweight objects from the multifunction hooks. Only transport heavy luggage in the cargo area if it has been appropriately secured.

Folding out the multifunction hookBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Cargo-area-fig-3

Press on the multifunction hook and turn until it engages.

Net
Small objects can be stowed in the net on the right side.

Storage compartment on the left side

General information
A storage compartment is located on the left side in the cargo area.

Opening the storage compartmentBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Cargo-area-fig-4

Press the button, arrow 1, and open the cover, arrow 2.

Storage compartment under the cargo floor panel

General information
There is a storage compartment under the cargo area floor.

Opening the storage compartmentBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Cargo-area-fig-4

Fold up the cargo floor panel.

Closing the storage compartment
Push the cargo floor panel downward.

Enlarging the cargo area

Principle
The cargo area can be enlarged by folding down the rear seat backrests.
General information
The rear seat backrests can be folded down from the rear or from the cargo area.
Depending on the equipment version, the rear seat backrests can be folded down either manually or electrically.

Safety information

Warning
There is a danger of jamming with folding down the rear seat backrests. There is a risk of injury or risk of damage to property. Make sure that the area of movement of the rear seat backrest and the of the head restraint is clear prior to folding down.

Warning
If a rear seat backrest is not locked, unsecured cargo can be thrown about the car’s interior; for instance, in the event of an accident, braking or an evasive maneuver. There is a risk of injury. Make sure that the rear seat backrest is locked after folding it back.

Warning
The stability of the child restraint system is limited or compromised with incorrect seat setting or improper installation of the child seat. There is a risk of injury or danger to life. Make sure that the child restraint system fits securely against the backrest. If possible, adjust the backrest tilt for all affected backrests and correctly adjust the seats. Make sure that seats and backrests are securely engaged or locked. If possible and necessary, adjust the height of the head restraints or remove them.

Warning
Once the rear seat backrest has been folded down, the locking bracket protrudes into the car’s interior. There is a risk of damage to property, among other potential damage. When the rear seat backrest is folded down, pay attention to the protruding locking bracket and keep this area unobstructed.

NOTICE
Vehicle parts can be damaged when folding down the rear seat backrest. There is a risk of damage to property, among other potential damage. Make sure that the area of movement of the rear seat backrest including head restraint is clear when folding down.

2023 BMW X5 Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Folding down the rear seat backrest manually

From the rear BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Cargo-area-fig-6

Pull the lever and fold the rear seat backrest forward.

Folding back the backrest
Return the rear seat backrest to the seat position and engage it. The red marking behind the lever disappears completely.

Folding down the center sectionBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Cargo-area-fig-7

Fold down the center armrest and pull on the loop.

Cargo cover

Safety information

Warning
Devices connected to the vehicle via a cable, such as mobile phones or loose objects, can be thrown through the vehicle interior while driving, such as in the event of an accident, braking or evasive maneuver. There is a risk of injury. Secure loose objects or devices that are connected to the vehicle via a cable.

Warning
A cargo cover that snaps back quickly can jam body parts or cause damage. There is a risk of injury or risk of damage to property. Do not let the cargo cover snap back into place.

Warning
An incorrectly inserted cargo cover can be thrown about the car’s interior, such as in the event of an accident or a braking or evasive maneuver. There is a risk of injury and risk of damage to property. Make sure the cargo cover is securely engaged in the brackets.

Closing the cargo coverBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Cargo-area-fig-8

Pull out the cargo cover, arrow 1, and hook both sides into the brackets, arrow 2.

Removing the cargo cover
The cover can be removed to load bulky luggage. BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Cargo-area-fig-9

Press the release button, arrow 1, and pull the cargo cover out toward the rear, arrow 2.

Stowing the cargo cover

  1. Open the storage compartment on the left side. Storage compartment on the left side
  2. Fold up the cargo floor panel.
  3. Stow the cargo cover on the left and lower it on the right side.BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Cargo-area-fig-10
  4. Push the cargo floor down and close the storage compartment on the left side.
    Inserting the cargo cover
    Slide the cover forward horizontally into the two side brackets. Make sure that the cover audibly engages on both sides.

Cargo net, FlexNet

General information
The flexible cargo net can also be used for securing the cargo.

Attaching the FlexNet 

  1. Hook the FlexNet to the side panel with the upper hooks.
  2. Hook the FlexNet in the lashing eyes with the lower hooks.

FAQ’s

What is the cargo capacity of the 2023 BMW X5 Plug-In Hybrid?

The cargo capacity of the X5 Plug-In Hybrid can vary depending on the configuration, but it typically offers around 33.9 cubic feet of cargo space behind the second-row seats.

Can the rear seats be folded down to expand cargo space?

Yes, the X5 Plug-In Hybrid often features a 40/20/40 split-folding rear seat configuration, allowing you to fold down the rear seats to increase cargo capacity further.

Are there cargo area covers or privacy screens available?

Yes, it may offer available cargo area covers or privacy screens to shield your belongings from view.

Is there a power liftgate or hands-free liftgate available?

Yes, the X5 Plug-In Hybrid often comes equipped with a power liftgate that can be operated with the key fob or through a hands-free gesture control feature.

Does it include cargo tie-downs or hooks for securing items?

Yes, it typically offers cargo tie-downs or hooks to secure items and prevent them from shifting during transit.

Is there underfloor storage or a spare tire compartment in the cargo area?

Some versions may feature underfloor storage compartments or a spare tire compartment in the cargo area, providing additional storage options.

Can you tow a trailer with the X5 Plug-In Hybrid, and if so, what is the towing capacity?

The X5 Plug-In Hybrid is often capable of towing, with a towing capacity that can vary, but it typically ranges from around 3,500 to 7,200 pounds, depending on the configuration.

Does it come with a cargo management system for organizing items?

Yes, it may offer an available cargo management system that includes dividers, nets, or organizers to keep items organized and secure.

Are there cargo area lighting options for improved visibility at night?

Yes, the X5 Plug-In Hybrid typically includes cargo area lighting to enhance visibility when accessing the cargo space in low-light conditions.

Can the cargo area be accessed from the rear seats?

Yes, there is typically a pass-through option in the rear seats that allows longer items to extend into the cabin while still accommodating passengers.

Does the X5 Plug-In Hybrid have a hands-free tailgate feature?

Yes, it often includes an available hands-free tailgate feature that allows you to open or close the rear hatch with a foot gesture or a button press.

Are roof rails available for additional cargo-carrying capacity?

Yes, roof rails are often available as an option, allowing you to attach roof-mounted carriers or racks for additional cargo space.

Is there a spare tire or a tire inflation kit in the cargo area?

The X5 Plug-In Hybrid typically includes a tire inflation kit rather than a spare tire to save space and weight.

Can you access the cargo area from the cabin without exiting the vehicle?

Yes, you can often access the cargo area from the cabin by folding down the rear seats or using a pass-through feature.

Does the X5 Plug-In Hybrid offer a power-folding rear seat feature for added convenience?

Yes, it may include an available power-folding rear seat feature, allowing you to fold down the rear seats at the touch of a button for increased cargo capacity and convenience.

Useful Link

View Full PDF: BMW X5 PLUG-IN HYBRID 2023 User Guide
Download Manual: https://www.bmwusa.com/owners-manuals.html
2023 BMW X5 Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Categories
BMW X5 PLUG-IN HYBRID

2023 BMW X5 PLUG-IN HYBRID Storage compartments guidelines

BMW-Logo

BMW X5 PLUG-IN HYBRID 2023 Storage compartments 

The 2023 BMW X5 Plug-in Hybrid has a lot of different storage spaces that meet the practical needs and organizational tastes of today’s drivers. This luxury SUV puts ease first, with a large glovebox and door pockets that make it easy to get to everyday items and a safe place to store personal items in the center console. In addition to these conveniences, it also has a large cargo area in the back that can easily fit luggage and food, and the rear seats can be folded down to make it even bigger. The X5 Plug-in Hybrid’s storage options are the perfect mix of style, functionality, and security, whether you’re looking for discreetly hidden storage, smartphone-friendly compartments, or designated spaces for hybrid components and charging cables. This makes every trip easy and well-organized.

2023 BMW X5 Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Vehicle features and options

BMW X5 PLUG-IN HYBRID 2023 Storage compartments User Guide
This chapter describes all standard, country-specific and optional features offered with the series. It also describes features and functions that are not necessarily available in your vehicle, e.g., due to the selected options or country versions. This also applies to safety-related functions and systems. When using these functions and systems, the applicable laws and regulations must be observed.

Storage compartments

General information
The vehicle interior contains multiple storage compartments for stowing objects.
Safety information

Warning
Devices connected to the vehicle via a cable, such as mobile phones or loose objects, can be thrown through the vehicle interior while driving, such as in the event of an accident, braking or evasive maneuver. There is a risk of injury. Secure loose objects or devices that are connected to the vehicle via a cable.

NOTICE
Anti-slip pads such as anti-slip mats can damage the dashboard. There is a risk of damage to property, among other potential damage. Do not use anti-slip pads.

Glove compartment

Safety information

Warning
Folded open, the glove compartment protrudes in the car’s interior. Objects in the glove compartment can be thrown into the car’s interior while driving, for instance in the event of an accident, braking or evasive maneuvers. There is a risk of injury. Always close the glove compartment immediately after using it.

Opening the glove compartmentBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Storage-compartments-fig-2

Pull the handle.
The light in the glove compartment switches on.

Closing the glove compartment
Fold the lid closed.

Locking the glove compartment
The glove compartment can be locked with an integrated key. This prevents access to the glove compartment.
After the glove compartment is locked, the vehicle key can be handed over without the integrated key, for instance when the vehicle is parked by valet parking.

Fold-out compartment

Safety information

Warning
The open fold-out compartment protrudes into the vehicle interior. Objects in the fold-out compartment can be thrown into the vehicle interior during the trip, for instance, in the event of an accident or braking or evasive maneuvers. There is a risk of injury. Always close the fold-out compartment immediately after using it.

Opening the fold-out compartment BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Storage-compartments-fig-1

Pull the handle.

Closing the fold-out compartment
Fold the lid closed.

Storage compartments in the doors

General information
There are storage compartments in the doors.

Safety information

Warning
Breakable objects, such as glass bottles or glasses, can break in the event of an accident, braking or an evasive maneuver. Broken glass can be scattered in the car’s interior. There is a risk of injury or risk of damage to property. Do not use any breakable objects while driving. Only stow breakable objects in closed storage compartments.

Storage compartment in the center console

Opening the storage compartmentBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Storage-compartments-fig-3

Press on the cover.

Closing the storage compartment
Pull the cover on the handle back.

Storage compartment in the rear center console

The rear of the center console contains one or two storage compartments.

Center armrest, front

General information
A storage compartment is located in the center armrest between the seats.

Opening the storage compartmentBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Storage-compartments-fig-4

Press the button.

Closing the storage compartment
Press the lid down until it clicks into place.

Rear center armrest

General information
A storage compartment is located in the center armrest between the seats.

Folding down the center armrestBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Storage-compartments-fig-6

Fold the center armrest forward.

Opening the storage compartmentBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Storage-compartments-fig-6

Press the button, arrow 1, and fold the lid up, arrow 2.

Closing the storage compartment
Press the lid down until it engages.

2023 BMW X5 Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Front cup holder

Safety information

Warning
Unsuitable containers in the cup holders may damage the cup holders or be thrown about the car’s interior in the event of an accident, an evasive maneuver, or forceful braking. Spilled liquids can distract from the surrounding traffic conditions and lead to an accident. Hot drinks can damage the cup holder or lead to scalding. There is a risk of injury
or risk of damage to property. Do not force objects into the cup holder. Use lightweight, shatterproof, and sealable containers. Do not transport hot beverages.

Opening the cup holderBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Storage-compartments-fig-7

Press on the cover.BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Storage-compartments-fig-8

Two cup holders are located in the center console.
Closing the cup holder
Pull the cover on the handle back.

Maintaining the drink temperature

General information
When equipped with a thermoelectric cooling and heating system for a cup holder, drinks can be kept cool or warm.

Safety information

Warning
Contact with the hot metal insert of the thermoelectric cooling and heating system for a cup holder can cause burn injuries. There is a risk of injury. Do not touch the metal insert when the thermoelectric cooling and heating system for a cup holder is switched on.

NOTICE
When the thermoelectric cooling and heating system for a cup holder is switched on and the cover is closed, the thermoelectric cooling and heating system for a cup holder can overheat. There is a risk of damage to property, among other potential damage. Switch the thermoelectric cooling and heating system for a cup holder off before closing the cover.

NOTICE
Temperature-sensitive items may be damaged by the hot metal insert of the thermo-electric cooling and heating system for a cup holder. There is a risk of damage to property, among other potential damage. Use suitable containers only.

Turning on
BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Storage-compartments-fig-9Press the button to keep cool or warm once each.

  • Blue LED lights up: keep drinks cool.
  • Red LED lights up: keep drinks warm.

Turning off
BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Storage-compartments-fig-10Press the button repeatedly until the LEDs turn off.

Rear cup holder

Safety information

Warning
Unsuitable containers in the cup holders may damage the cup holders or be thrown about the car’s interior in the event of an accident, an evasive maneuver, or forceful braking. Spilled liquids can distract from the surrounding traffic conditions and lead to an accident. Hot drinks can damage the cup holder or lead to scalding. There is a risk of injury
or risk of damage to property. Do not force objects into the cup holder. Use lightweight, shatterproof, and sealable containers. Do not transport hot beverages.

NOTICE
With an open cup holder, the center armrest cannot be folded back up. There is a risk of damage to property, among other potential damage. Press back the covers before the center armrest is folded up.

Second row of seats

General information
The cup holder can be adjusted for three different container sizes.

Opening the cup holderBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Storage-compartments-fig-11

Fold the center armrest forward.
Press the button and fold out the cup holder fully.
Downsizing the cup holder
To make it smaller, the cup holder can be folded at 2 levels.

Enlarging the cup holder
To make a smaller cup holder bigger, first fold it in completely. Then fold the cup holder out again fully.

Closing the cup holder
Fold in the cup holder fully, until it engages.

Coat hooks

General information
The coat hooks are located in the grab handles in the rear and on the door pillar in the rear.

Safety information

Warning
Clothing articles on the coat hooks can obstruct the view while driving. There is a risk of an accident. When suspending clothing articles from the coat hooks, ensure that they will not obstruct the driver’s view.

Warning
Improper use of the coat hooks can lead to a risk of objects flying about during braking and evasive maneuvers. There is a risk of injury and risk of damage to property. Only hang lightweight objects, for instance, clothing articles, from the coat hooks.

FAQ

How many storage compartments are there in the 2023 BMW X5 Plug-in Hybrid?

The 2023 BMW X5 Plug-in Hybrid comes with multiple storage compartments.

Can you describe the size of the glovebox in the X5 Plug-in Hybrid?

The glovebox in the X5 Plug-in Hybrid is typically spacious enough to store small items, documents, and some personal belongings.

Are there storage compartments in the doors of the X5 Plug-in Hybrid?

Yes, the X5 Plug-in Hybrid usually features storage compartments in the front and rear doors for holding bottles, maps, or other items.

Is there a center console storage compartment in the 2023 X5 Plug-in Hybrid?

Yes, there is a center console storage compartment in the 2023 X5 Plug-in Hybrid for storing various items like sunglasses, snacks, or electronic devices.

Can the center console compartment be locked?

Typically, the center console storage compartment in the X5 Plug-in Hybrid can be locked to secure valuable items.

Are there any additional hidden storage compartments in the X5 Plug-in Hybrid?

Some vehicles may have hidden storage compartments, but the availability can vary by trim level and configuration.

How large is the storage area in the rear cargo area of the X5 Plug-in Hybrid?

The rear cargo area in the X5 Plug-in Hybrid offers ample storage space for luggage and other items, and it can vary depending on whether the rear seats are folded down.

Can the rear seats be folded down to increase cargo space?

Yes, the rear seats in the X5 Plug-in Hybrid are typically foldable to expand the cargo space when needed.

Are there any storage compartments in the rear seats, like seatback pockets?

Rear seatback pockets are often included in the X5 Plug-in Hybrid, providing additional storage options for passengers.

Is there a dedicated storage space for a smartphone in the X5 Plug-in Hybrid?

Some models of the X5 Plug-in Hybrid may have dedicated smartphone storage areas, including wireless charging options.

How secure are the storage compartments in the X5 Plug-in Hybrid?

BMW vehicles typically include locking mechanisms and privacy features to keep your belongings secure.

Is there a sunroof or moonroof in the X5 Plug-in Hybrid with any storage compartments?

Some models may have a sunroof or moonroof, but these features do not typically include storage compartments.

Can the rear cargo area be accessed from the passenger compartment?

In most cases, the rear cargo area can be accessed from the passenger compartment by folding down the rear seats.

Are there any storage compartments in the rear armrest or console for rear passengers?

The availability of storage compartments in the rear armrest or console may depend on the specific trim level and options chosen.

Are there any specialized storage features for the hybrid components or charging cables?

The X5 Plug-in Hybrid may have designated storage areas for hybrid components and charging cables to keep them organized and secure.

Useful Link

View Full PDF: BMW X5 PLUG-IN HYBRID 2023 User Guide
Download Manual: https://www.bmwusa.com/owners-manuals.html
2023 BMW X5 Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Categories
BMW X5 PLUG-IN HYBRID

2023 BMW X5 PLUG-IN HYBRID Interior equipment Instructions

BMW-Logo

2023 BMW X5 PLUG-IN HYBRID Interior Equipment 

In the 2023 BMW X5 Plug-In Hybrid, the interior features a perfect mix of cutting-edge technology, luxurious comfort, and careful attention to detail, completely changing the way luxury plug-in hybrid SUVs are driven. It has a lot of high-quality features inside the X5 Plug-In Hybrid, like premium leather seats that can be heated and cooled, power-adjustable seats, and a lot of different trim choices. A large panoramic sunroof lets in lots of natural light, and a multipurpose steering wheel makes it easy to take charge. The entertainment system, which is based on BMW’s iDrive, has a big tablet, works well with smartphones, and has advanced navigation. Premium audio systems offer a sound that is very clear, which audiophiles will love. Wireless charging for smartphones, entertainment choices for the back seats, and ambient lighting inside all add to the feeling of luxury and connectivity. Plus, advanced driver-aid packages come with a number of safety features that can give you extra peace of mind. The 2023 BMW X5 Plug-In Hybrid’s internal equipment goes above and beyond what you’d expect. It combines technology, comfort, and style to create an amazing place to drive.

2023 BMW X5 Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Vehicle Features and Options

BMW X5 PLUG-IN HYBRID 2023 Interior Equipment User Guide

This chapter describes all standard, country-specific and optional features offered with the series. It also describes features and functions that are not necessarily available in your vehicle, e.g., due to the selected options or country versions. This also applies to safety-related functions and systems. When using these functions and systems, the applicable laws and regulations must be observed.

Integrated Universal Remote Control

Principle
The integrated Universal Remote Control in the interior mirror can operate up to 3 functions of remote-controlled systems such as garage door drives, barriers, or lighting systems.

General Information
The Integrated Universal Remote Control replaces up to 3 different hand-held transmitters. To operate the remote control, the buttons on the interior mirror must be programmed with the desired functions. The hand-held transmitter for the particular system is required in order to program the remote control.
Before selling the vehicle, delete the stored functions for the sake of security.
If possible, do not install the antenna of the remote-controlled system, e.g. the garage door drive, near metal objects to ensure the best possible operation.

Safety Information

Warning
The operation of remote-controlled systems with the integrated universal remote control, such as the garage door, may result in injury, for example, body parts becoming jammed in a garage door. There is a risk of injury or risk of damage to property. Make sure that the travel path of the respective system is clear during programming and operation. Also follow the safety information for the hand-held transmitter.

Compatibility
BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Interior-equipmentfig-23If this icon is printed on the packaging or in the operating instructions of the system to be controlled, the system is generally compatible with the integrated Universal Remote Control.
Additional questions are answered by:

  • An authorized service center or another qualified service center or repair shop.
  • www.homelink.com on the Internet.

HomeLink is a registered trademark of Gentex Corporation.

Control elements on the interior mirrorBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Interior-equipment

  • Buttons, arrow 1.
  • LED, arrow 2.
  • The hand-held transmitter, arrow 3, is required for programming.

Programming

General information
The battery of the hand-held transmitter must be fully charged at the time of programming to ensure an optimal range of the integrated universal remote control.

  1. Turn on the standby state.
  2. Initial commissioning:
    Press and hold the two outer buttons
    on the interior mirror simultaneously for approximately 10 seconds until the LED flashes green rapidly. This erases all programming of the buttons on the interior mirror.
  3. Press the interior mirror button to be programmed. The LED on the interior mirror will slowly begin flashing orange.
  4. Hold the hand-held transmitter for the system to be used approx. 1 to 12 in/2.5 to 30 cm away from the buttons on the interior mirror. The required distance depends on the hand-held transmitter.
  5. Press and hold the button of the desired function on the hand-held transmitter.
    Canada: if programming with the hand-held transmitter was interrupted, hold down the interior mirror button and repeatedly press and release the hand-held transmitter button for 2 seconds.
  6.  The LED lights up green: programming is completed. Release the button.
    • The LED flashes fast: programming is not complete.
      Press the button on the interior mirror for 2 seconds and release. Perform this procedure three times to complete the programming procedure.
      If the integrated universal remote control remains nonoperational, continue with the special features for change code wireless systems.
    • LED does not flash green after 60 seconds: programming not completed. Repeat steps 3 to 6.

To program other functions on other buttons, repeat steps 3 to 5.

A special feature of the rolling code wireless system
If you are unable to operate the remote-controlled system after repeated programming, please check if the system to be controlled features a rolling code radio system.
Refer to the operating instructions for the system.
For systems with a rolling code radio system, the integrated universal remote control and the system also have to be synchronized.
Please read the operating instructions to find out how to synchronize the system.
Synchronizing is easier with the aid of a second person. Synchronizing the universal remote control with the system:

  1. Park the vehicle within range of the remote-controlled system.
  2. Program the relevant button on the interior mirror as described.
  3. Locate and press the synchronizing button on the system being programmed, e.g. at the garage gate. You have approx. 30 seconds for the next step.
  4. Hold down the programmed button on the interior mirror for approximately 3 seconds and then release it. If necessary, repeat this step up to three times in order to end the synchronization. Once synchronization is complete, the programmed function will be carried out.

Reprogramming individual buttons

  1. Turn on standby state.
  2. Press and hold the interior mirror button to be programmed.
  3. As soon as the LED on the interior mirror flashes orange after approx. 20 seconds, release the button.
  4. Hold the hand-held transmitter for the system to be used for approx. 1 to 12 in/2.5 to 30 cm away from the buttons on the interior mirror. The required distance depends on the hand-held transmitter.
  5. Press and hold the button of the desired function on the hand-held transmitter. Canada: if programming with the hand-held transmitter was interrupted, hold down the interior mirror button and repeatedly press and release the hand-held transmitter button for 2 seconds.
  6. The LED can light up in different ways.
    • The LED lights up green: the programming procedure is completed. Release the button.
    • The LED flashes fast: the hand-held transmitter was detected but the programming is not complete.
      Press the button on the interior mirror for 2 seconds and release. Perform this procedure three times to complete the programming procedure.
      If the integrated universal remote control remains nonoperational, continue with the special features for change code wireless systems.
    • LED does not flash green after 60 seconds: programming not completed.

If the programming procedure is not completed, the previous programming will remain unchanged.

Operation

Warning
The operation of remote-controlled systems with the integrated universal remote control, such as the garage door, may result in injury, for example, body parts becoming jammed in a garage door. There is a risk of injury or risk of damage to property. Make sure that the travel path of the respective system is clear during programming and operation. Also follow the safety information for the hand-held transmitter.

The system, such as the garage door, can be operated using the button on the interior mirror while the drive-ready or standby state is switched on. To do this, hold down the but-ton within receiving range of the system until the function is activated. The interior mirror LED stays lit while the wireless signal is being transmitted.

Deleting stored functions
All stored functions will be deleted. The functions cannot be deleted individually.
Press and hold the two outer buttons on
the interior mirror simultaneously for approximately 10 seconds until the LED on the interior mirror flashes green fast.

Sun Visor

Glare shield
Fold the sun visor down or up.

Glare Shield from the Side

Folding out

  1. Fold the sun visor down.
  2. Detach it from the holder and swing it toward the side window.
  3. Shift it back to the desired position.

Folding in
Proceed in the reverse order to close the sun visor.

Vanity mirror
A vanity mirror is located in the sun visor behind a cover. When the cover is opened, the mirror lighting switches on.

2023 BMW X5 Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Ashtray

Front center console
Opening

  1. Press on the cover.BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Interior-equipmentfig-2
  2. The ashtray is located in a cup holder. Fold the ashtray cover upward.BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Interior-equipmentfig-3

Emptying

  1. Pull the ashtray with the closed cover out of the cup holder.BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Interior-equipmentfig-4
  2. Turn the lid counterclockwise to open it.BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Interior-equipmentfig-5
  3. Empty the container.
    Always empty the ashtray with the container open to prevent contamination of the lid.

Cigarette Lighter

Safety information

Warning
Contact with the hot heating element or the hot socket of the cigarette lighter can cause burns. Flammable materials can ignite if the cigarette lighter falls down or is held against objects. There is a risk of fire and an injury hazard. There is a risk of damage to property, among other potential damage. Take hold of the cigarette lighter by its handle. Make sure that children do not use cigarette lighter.

NOTICE
If metal objects fall into the socket, they can cause a short circuit. There is a risk of damage to property, among other potential damage. Insert the cigarette lighter or socket cover again after using the socket.

Front center consoleBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Interior-equipmentfig-6

Press on the cover.BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Interior-equipmentfig-7

A cigarette lighter is located between the cup holders in one of the marked positions.

Rear center consoleBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Interior-equipmentfig-8

The cigarette lighter is located in the socket.

Operation

BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Interior-equipmentfig-9Push in the cigarette lighter.
The cigarette lighter can be removed as soon as it pops back out.

Sockets

Principle
The socket can be used for electronic devices when the standby or drive-ready state is switched on.

General information
A total load of all sockets must not exceed 140 watts at 12 volts.
Do not damage the socket by using unsuitable connectors.

Safety information

Warning
Devices and cables in the unfolding area of the airbags, such as portable navigation devices, can hinder the unfolding of the airbag or be thrown around in the car’s interior during unfolding. There is a risk of injury. Make sure that devices and cables are not in the airbag’s area of unfolding.

NOTICE
Battery chargers that charge the vehicle battery via sockets or cigarette lighters in the vehicle may overload or damage the 12 V electrical system. There is a risk of damage to property, among other potential damage. Only connect battery chargers for the vehicle battery to the jump-start terminals in the engine compartment.

NOTICE
If metal objects fall into the socket, they can cause a short circuit. There is a risk of damage to property, among other potential damage. Insert the cigarette lighter or socket cover again after using the socket.

Front center consoleBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Interior-equipmentfig-10

Press on the cover.BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Interior-equipmentfig-11

A socket is located between the cup holders in one of the marked positions.
Detach the cover.

Rear center consoleBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Interior-equipmentfig-12

A socket is located in the center console. Detach the cover.

In the cargo areaBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Interior-equipmentfig-13

A socket is located on the right side in the cargo area. Unfold the cover.

USB port

General information
Follow the information regarding the connection of mobile devices to the USB port in the section on USB connections.
Additional information:
USB connections.

In the center armrestBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Interior-equipmentfig-14

A USB port is located in the center armrest. Properties:

  • USB port Type C.
  • For charging mobile devices.
  • Charge current: max. 3 A.

In the center console

NOTICE
Objects in the storage compartment, e.g., large USB connectors, may block or damage the cover when it is being opened or closed. There is a risk of damage to property, among other potential damage. Make sure that the area of movement of the cover is clear while opening and closing it. BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Interior-equipmentfig-15

Press on the cover.BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Interior-equipmentfig-16

A USB port is located in the center console.BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Interior-equipmentfig-17

If the vehicle is equipped with thermoelectric cooling and heating system for cup holders, a USB port is located in the center console.

Properties:

  • USB port Type A.
  • For charging mobile devices and for data transfer.
  • Charge current: max. 1.5 A.

Wireless charging tray

Principle
The wireless charging tray allows wireless charging of mobile phones and other mobile devices certified according to the Qi standard.

General information
When inserting the device to be charged, ensure that there are no objects between the device to be charged and the wireless charging tray.
BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Interior-equipmentfig-24The charging process is shown by the charge indicator on the controlled display.

NOTE
This device has been tested for human exposure limits and found compliant at a minimum distance of 2 in/5 cm during operation.
Therefore, a distance of 4 in/10 cm must be maintained in every direction when operating the device. BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Interior-equipmentfig-18

Mounting position of the product.

Safety information

Warning
When charging a device that meets the Qi standard in the wireless charging tray, any metal objects located between the device and the tray can become very hot. Placing storage devices or electronic cards, such as chip cards, cards with magnetic strips or cards for signal transmission, between the device and the tray may impair the card function. There is a risk of injury and risk of damage to property. When charging mobile devices, make sure there are no objects between the device and the tray.

Overview
Tray across in the center console: BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Interior-equipmentfig-19

  1. LED
  2. Storage area
    Tray on the left in the center console:

BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Interior-equipmentfig-20

  1. LED
  2. Storage area

Functional requirements 

  • The device to be charged must be certified according to the Qi standard.
  • The standby state is switched on.
  • The mobile phone must not exceed the maximum size of approximately 6.0 x 3.1 x 0.7 in/154.5 x 80 x 18 mm.
  • Use only protective sleeves and covers up to a maximum thickness of 0.07 in/2 mm; otherwise, the charging function may be impaired.
  • The mobile phone to be charged is located in the center of the tray. The mobile phone display is pointing upwards.

Inserting the mobile phone

  1. 1. Open the tray cover.
    2. Place the mobile phone centered in the tray with the display facing up.
    3. Close the tray cover.

LED displays
Color Meaning

  • Blue
    The mobile phone is charging.
    The blue LED stays illuminated once the inserted mobile phone with Qi capability is fully charged.
  • Orange
    The mobile phone is not charging.
    The temperature of the mobile phone may be too high or a foreign object may be in the charging tray.
  • Red
    The mobile phone is not charging. Contact an authorized service center or another qualified service center or repair shop.

Forgotten warning

General information 

A warning can be given if a Qi-certified mobile phone was left in the wireless charging tray when leaving the vehicle.
The forgotten warning is displayed in the instrument cluster.

Activating 

  1. CAR”
  2. Settings”
  3. General settings”
  4. Wireless charging tray”
  5. Activate reminder.

System limits
The charge current may be reduced or the charging process may be temporarily interrupted in the following situations:

  • Due to excessive temperatures on the surface of the tray and mobile phone.
  • If there are objects between the mobile phone and the wireless charging tray.
  • By settings on the mobile phone, for instance for charging. Follow the relevant instructions on the controlled display and in the instructions for the mobile phone, if applicable.

LTE-Compensator – Information and User Manual
Your car is equipped with a wireless charging tray (WCA) to charge your mobile phone and connect it to the mobile network. To ensure the best possible connection a signal booster (LTE-Compensator) is used in conjunction with the WCA. The following paragraphs refer to this booster:

This is a CONSUMER device.
BEFORE USE, you MUST REGISTER THIS DEVICE with your wireless provider and have your provider’s consent. Most wireless providers consent to the use of Compensators. Some providers may not consent to the use of this device on their network. If you are unsure, contact your provider. You MUST operate this device with approved antennas and cables as specified by the manufacturer. Antennas MUST be installed at least 20 cm (8 inches) from any person. You MUST cease operating this device immediately if requested by the FCC or a licensed wireless service provider. Warning E911 location information may not be provided or may be inaccurate for calls served by using this device.
Please observe additionally the following information

Before use you must register your booster device with your wireless provider.
If you should be requested by the FCC to cease operating your booster you are not allowed to insert your mobile phone in the charging tray anymore unless the booster is permanently deactivated by your local BMW dealer.
You must not remove the booster from the car nor use it with any other than the preinstalled coupling device or antenna. Any modification of the existing antenna or coupling device as well as the use of other antennas or coupling devices will cause the cease of the booster´s operating license.
The booster device fulfills the network protection standards as required by the FCC, such as intermodulation limits, oscillation detection and gain limits.
Booster Manufacturer: Kathrein Automotive
Model Number: LTECOMPB0

Part Number: 6803145-01
FCC-ID: 2ACC7LTECOMPB0

BMW Travel & Comfort System

General information
USB ports and fixtures for attaching optional accessories, for instance, coat hooks, are located on the backrests of the front seats.

Properties of the USB ports:

  • USB port Type C.
  • For charging mobile devices.
  • Charge current: max. 3 A.

Further information is available from an authorized service center or another qualified service center or repair shop.

Overview BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Interior-equipmentfig-21

The fixtures are located behind the marked covers.

Installing optional accessories

  1. Slide the cover to the side.BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Interior-equipmentfig-22
  2. Mount the optional accessories, refer to Assembly Instructions.

FAQ’s

What is the seating capacity of the 2023 BMW X5 Plug-In Hybrid?

The 2023 BMW X5 Plug-In Hybrid typically offers seating for up to five passengers in its standard configuration.

Is the interior upholstery in the X5 Plug-In Hybrid made of genuine leather?

Yes, the X5 Plug-In Hybrid often features premium leather upholstery, and there may be additional interior trim options like wood or aluminum accents.

Does the X5 Plug-In Hybrid come with power-adjustable front seats?

Yes, it typically includes power-adjustable front seats with multiple settings for both the driver and front passenger.

Are heated and ventilated seats available in the X5 Plug-In Hybrid?

Yes, the X5 Plug-In Hybrid usually offers available heated and ventilated front seats for added comfort in various weather conditions.

Can the rear seats be folded down to expand cargo space?

Yes, the rear seats in the X5 Plug-In Hybrid are often designed to fold down to increase cargo capacity, and there may be a 40/20/40 split-folding option.

Is a panoramic sunroof available for the X5 Plug-In Hybrid?

Yes, it typically offers an optional panoramic sunroof that provides natural light and an open-air feel to the cabin.

Does the X5 Plug-In Hybrid have a multifunction steering wheel with audio and cruise control functions?

Yes, it usually comes equipped with a multifunction steering wheel that allows control of audio, cruise, and other functions.

What kind of infotainment system does the X5 Plug-In Hybrid feature?

The 2023 X5 Plug-In Hybrid is expected to include BMW’s iDrive infotainment system, typically with a large touchscreen display, Apple CarPlay, Android Auto compatibility, and available navigation.

Is there a premium sound system option available?

Yes, it often offers an available premium sound system, such as a high-end Harman Kardon or Bowers & Wilkins audio system.

Can you control the infotainment system through voice commands?

Yes, it typically supports voice commands, allowing you to control various functions hands-free.

Is wireless smartphone charging available in the X5 Plug-In Hybrid?

Yes, it often features an available wireless smartphone charging pad for added convenience.

Does the X5 Plug-In Hybrid come with a rear-seat entertainment system?

It may offer an available rear-seat entertainment system with screens for rear passengers, providing entertainment options on long journeys.

Are USB ports and power outlets available for charging devices?

Yes, it typically includes multiple USB ports and power outlets throughout the cabin for device charging.

Does the X5 Plug-In Hybrid offer interior ambient lighting with customizable colors?

Yes, it often features interior ambient lighting with various color options to create a personalized atmosphere.

Is there a driver assistance package available for advanced safety features?

Yes, the X5 Plug-In Hybrid typically offers an available driver assistance package that includes advanced safety features like adaptive cruise control, lane departure warning, and more.

Useful Link

View Full PDF: BMW X5 PLUG-IN HYBRID 2023 User Guide
Download Manual: https://www.bmwusa.com/owners-manuals.html
2023 BMW X5 Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Categories
BMW X5 PLUG-IN HYBRID

2023 BMW X5 PLUG-IN HYBRID Climate Control Guidelines

BMW-Logo

BMW X5 PLUG-IN HYBRID 2023 Climate Control System 

The climate control system in the 2023 BMW X5 Plug-In Hybrid is the pinnacle of car innovation. It combines cutting-edge technology with high-end comfort to make the driving experience unmatched. Dual-zone automatic climate control is normal, and a quad-zone option is available for even more customization. This is so that it can meet the needs of all of its passengers. This system makes sure that people inside stay relaxed with features like heated and ventilated seats, a heated steering wheel, and climate controls that can be added to the back seats. For people who care about the environment, the X5 Plug-In Hybrid lets the cabin be pre-cooled while the car is plugged in, which makes the best use of energy. The cabin air filtration system also improves the quality of the air, and the panoramic sunroof choice lets in natural light and makes the space feel bigger. The 2023 BMW X5 Plug-In Hybrid’s climate control system sets a new standard for luxury plug-in hybrid SUVs with its advanced controls and thoughtful features. It not only makes the ride more comfortable, but it also shows that the brand is committed to making every trip a sophisticated, climate-tailored experience.

2023 BMW X5 Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Vehicle features and options

BMW X5 PLUG-IN HYBRID 2023 Climate Control User Guide:
This chapter describes all standard, country-specific and optional features offered with the series. It also describes features and functions that are not necessarily available in your vehicle, e.g., due to the selected options or country versions. This also applies to safety-related functions and systems. When using these functions and systems, the applicable laws and regulations must be observed.

Air quality

General information
The air quality in the interior is improved by the following components:

  • Emission-tested passenger compartment.
  • Interior filter.
  • Air conditioning system to control the temperature, airflow and recirculated-air mode.
  • Stationary climate control.
  • Ionizer.
  • Fragrancing.
  • Automatic recirculated air control.

Interior filter
The interior filter cleans the incoming fresh air or the circulated interior air in recirculation mode.
Depending on the equipment:

  • Dust and pollen is filtered out from the in-flowing air.
  • Nano-particle emissions are reduced.
  • Gaseous pollutants are filtered.
  • Microbial particles, viruses and allergens are filtered.

The manufacturer of the vehicle recommends having the interior filter changed during vehicle maintenance.

Automatic climate control

Overview
Buttons in the vehicle BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Climate-control
Climate control functions
Button Function
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Climate-control-fig-2Temperature.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Climate-control-fig-3Maximum cooling.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Climate-control-fig-4AUTO program.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Climate-control-fig-5Air recirculation mode.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Climate-control-fig-6Airflow, manual. Intensity AUTO program.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Climate-control-fig-7Air distribution, manual.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Climate-control-fig-8Defrost function.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Climate-control-fig-9Rear window defroster.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Climate-control-fig-10Depending on the equipment:
    Seat and armrest heating
    or
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Climate-control-fig-11Active seat ventilation
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Climate-control-fig-12Air conditioning.
    Open the Climate menu, such as for the following settings: up-per-body temperature adjustment, and pre-ventilation.

Some of the functions can also be used via voice, e.g., temperature.

Opening the Climate menu

  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Climate-control-fig-12Press the button on the upper side.

The Climate menu is displayed.
For example, the following climate control functions can be accessed via the Climate menu:

  • Fragrance.
  • Air quality.
  • Heating/ventilation.
  • Pre-ventilation/heating

Individual settings can be entered for some of the climate functions, e.g., switching on/off, and intensity.

Switching climate control functions on/off

Turning on
Press one of the following buttons:

  • Temperature.
  • Climate/air conditioning menu
  • Maximum cooling.
  • AUTO program.
  • Air recirculation mode.
  • Upper side of the airflow, the manual button.
  • Air distribution, manual.
  • Defrosting the windshield

Turning off
Complete system:

  • Button on the driver’s side:
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Climate-control-fig-6Press and hold the button until the integrated automatic climate control switches off.
  • Button on the passenger’s side:
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Climate-control-fig-6Press and hold the bottom button.

Temperature

Principle
The automatic climate control cools or heats to the configured temperature and then keeps the temperature constant.
Setting the temperature

Using the button:

  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Climate-control-fig-2Press the upper or lower button side to set the desired temperature.

Via iDrive:

  1. CAR”
  2. Settings”
  3. Climate control”
  4. Heating/ventilation”
  5. Driver” or “Front passenger”
  6. Temperature:”
  7. Set the desired temperature.
  8. OK”

Do not rapidly change between different temperature settings. Otherwise, the automatic climate control will not have sufficient time to adjust the set temperature.

The temperature of the ventilation

General information
The temperature of the ventilation in the upper body area can be adjusted.
The airflow of the ventilation in the upper body area heats or cools noticeably, depending on the adjusted temperature.
This does not change the set interior temperature for the driver and front passenger.
Adjust the temperature of the ventilation

  1. CAR”
  2. Settings”
  3. Climate control”
  4. Heating/ventilation”
  5. Driver” or “Front passenger”
  6. Temperature adjustment”
  7. Set the desired temperature.

The temperature is individually adjusted, e.g. colder toward blue, warmer toward red.

Air conditioning

Principle
The air in the interior will be cooled and dehumidified and, depending on the temperature setting, warmed again.

Functional requirement
The car’s interior can be cooled with the drive-ready or standby state switched on.
Switch air conditioning on/off

Using the button:

  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Climate-control-fig-12Press the button on the lower side.

Via iDrive:

  1. CAR”
  2. Settings”
  3. Climate control”
  4. Heating/ventilation”
  5. A/C”

Depending on the weather, the windshield and the side windows may fog up briefly when the drive-ready state is switched on.
Air conditioning is switched on automatically with the AUTO program.
When using the cooling mode, condensation will exit below the vehicle.

Maximum cooling

Principle
The system is set to the lowest temperature, optimum airflow and recirculated-air mode with the drive-ready or standby state switched on.

Functional requirement
The function is available with outside temperatures above approx. 32 ℉/0 ℃ and with the drive-ready or standby state switched on.

Switching maximum cooling on/off

  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Climate-control-fig-3Press the button.
    The LED is illuminated when maxi-mum cooling is switched on.

Air flows out of the air vents to the upper body area. The air vents need to be open for this.
The airflow can be adjusted with the program active.

AUTO program

Principle
The AUTO program cools, ventilates or heats the car’s interior automatically.
The air distribution and the temperature are controlled automatically depending on the interior temperature and the desired temperature setting including the selected intensity of the air flow.
Switching the AUTO program on/off

Using the button:

  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Climate-control-fig-4Press the button.
    The LED of the button is illuminated
    with the AUTO program switched on.
    Via iDrive:
  1. CAR”
  2. Settings”
  3. Climate control”
  4. Heating/ventilation”
  5. Driver” or “Front passenger”
  6. Automatic”

Depending on the selected settings and outside influences, the air is directed to the windshield, side windows, upper body, and into the footwell.
Point the side air vents toward the side windows.
The air conditioning is switched on with the AUTO program.
At the same time, a condensation sensor controls the program so as to prevent window condensation as much as possible. The AUTO program is switched off automatically when manual air distribution is set.
Adjusting the intensity of the airflow
With the AUTO program switched on, the intensity can be adjusted. This changes the automatic control for the air mass.

Using the button:

  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Climate-control-fig-6Press the lower or upper side of the button: to decrease or increase intensity.

Via iDrive:

  1. CAR”
  2. Settings”
  3. Climate control”
  4. Heating/ventilation”
  5. Driver” or “Front passenger”
  6. Level”
  7. Set the desired intensity.

The selected intensity is shown on the climate control display.

Automatic recirculated-air control

Principle
The automatic recirculated air control recognizes pollutants in the outside air. The outside air supply is shut off and the interior air is recirculated.

General information
If the system is activated, a sensor detects pollutants in the outside air and controls the shut-off automatically.
If the system is deactivated, outside air continuously flows into the interior.
With constant air recirculation mode, the air quality in the interior deteriorates and window fogging increases.
If there is window condensation, switch off the re-circulated-air mode or defog the windows.

Switching automatic recirculated air control on/off

  1. CAR”
  2. Settings”
  3. Climate control”
  4. Air quality”
  5. Automatic”

Air recirculation mode

Principle
You may react to unpleasant odors or pollutants in the immediate environment by temporarily suspending the supply of outside air. The system then recirculates the interior air.
When the recirculated-air mode is switched off, fresh air is directed into the vehicle’s interior.
Switch air recirculation on/off

Using the button:

  • Press the button.
    The LED of the button is illuminated when the air-recirculation mode is switched on.

Via iDrive: 

  1. CAR”
  2. Settings”
  3. Climate control”
  4. Air quality”
  5. Select the desired setting:
    • Air recirculation”
    • Fresh air”

To prevent window condensation, the recirculated air mode switches off automatically after a certain amount of time, depending on the environmental conditions.
With constant air recirculation mode, the air quality in the interior deteriorates and window fogging increases. If there is window condensation, switch off the re-circulated-air mode or defog the windows.

2023 BMW X5 Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Airflow, manual

Principle
The airflow for climate control can be adjusted manually.

General information
To adjust the airflow manually switch off the AUTO program first.

Adjusting the airflow manually
BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Climate-control-fig-6Press the lower or upper side of the button: to decrease or increase airflow.

  • Windows, upper body area, and footwell.
  • Upper body area and footwell.
  • Footwell.
  • Windows and footwell.
  • Windows.
  • Windows and upper body area.
  • Upper body area.
    The selected air distribution is shown on the climate control display.

SYNC program

Principle
Depending on the vehicle equipment, the driver’s side settings can be transferred to the passenger’s side and the rear.

Switching the SYNC program on/off 

  1. CAR”
  2. Settings”
  3. Climate control”
  4. Synchronize”

Depending on the equipment, the following settings of the driver’s side can be transferred to the passenger’s side and the rear:

  • Temperature.
  • Air flow.
  • Air distribution.
  • AUTO program.

The program is switched off automatically if the settings on the front passenger side or in the rear are changed.

Defrost function

Principle
Ice and condensation are quickly removed from the windshield and the front side windows.
Switching the Defrost function on/off

  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Climate-control-fig-8Press the button.

The LED of the button is illuminated when the system is switched on.
The airflow can be adjusted manually with the system switched on.
If there is window condensation, switch on the AUTO program or the air conditioning to utilize the condensation sensor. Make sure that air can flow to the windshield.

Rear window defroster

Principle
Ice and condensation are removed from the rear window quickly.

Functional requirement
The function is operational when the drive-ready state is switched on.
Switching rear window defroster on/off

  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Climate-control-fig-9Press the button. The LED is illuminated with the rear window defroster switch on.

The rear window defroster switches off automatically after a certain period of time.

Ventilation

Principle
The airflow directions can be adjusted individually for direct or indirect ventilation.

Setting the ventilation

General information
Open the air vents and position them to ensure effective climate control.

Direct ventilation
The airflow is directed towards the passengers. The airflow heats or cools noticeably, depending on the adjusted temperature.

Indirect ventilation
The airflow is not directed towards the passengers. The vehicle interior is warmed or cooled indirectly, depending on the set temperature.

Front ventilationBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Climate-control-fig-13

  • Lever for changing the airflow direction, arrow 1.
  • Thumbwheel for variable opening and closing of the air vents, arrow 2.

Ventilation in rear, centerBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Climate-control-fig-14

  • Lever for changing the airflow direction, arrow 1.
  • Thumbwheel for variable opening and closing of the air vents, arrow 2.
  • Thumbwheel for varying the temperature, arrow 3.
    Toward blue: colder.
    Toward red: warmer.

Ventilation in the rear, on the sideBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Climate-control-fig-15

  • Lever for changing the airflow direction, arrow 1.
  • Thumbwheel for variable opening and closing of the air vents, arrow 2.

Rear automatic climate control

Overview
Buttons in the vehicle BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Climate-control-fig-16

Climate control functions

Button Function

  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Climate-control-fig-2Temperature.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Climate-control-fig-3Maximum cooling.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Climate-control-fig-4AUTO program.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Climate-control-fig-6Airflow, manual. Intensity AUTO program.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Climate-control-fig-7Air distribution, manual.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Climate-control-fig-10Seat heating

Switching climate control functions on/off

Functional requirement
The rear automatic climate control is not ready for operation if the automatic climate control is switched off or if the function for defrosting the windows and removing condensation is active.

Switching on/off using iDrive 

  1. CAR”
  2. Settings”
  3. Climate control”
  4. Heating/ventilation”
  5. The second row of seats”
  6. Activate heating/cooling”

Switching on using the button
Press one of the following buttons:

  • Temperature.
  • Maximum cooling.
  • AUTO program.
  • Upper side of the airflow, the manual button.
  • Air distribution, manual.

Press and hold the bottom of the button.
BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Climate-control-fig-6Press and hold the bottom of the button.

Temperature

Principle
The automatic climate control cools or heats to the configured temperature and then keeps the temperature constant.
Setting the temperature

Using the button:

  • Press the upper or lower button side to set the desired temperature.

Via iDrive:

  1. CAR”
  2. Settings”
  3. Climate control”
  4. Heating/ventilation”
  5. The second row of seats”
  6. Temp. left:” or “Temp. right:”
  7. Set the desired temperature.

The selected temperature is shown on the climate control display.
Do not rapidly switch between different temperature settings. Otherwise, the automatic climate control will not have sufficient time to adjust the set temperature.

Maximum cooling

Principle
The system is set to the lowest temperature, optimum airflow and recirculated-air mode with the drive-ready or standby state switched on.

Functional requirement
The function is available with outside temperatures above approx. 32 ℉/0 ℃ and with the drive-ready or standby state switched on.

Switching maximum cooling on/off

  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Climate-control-fig-8Press the button.
  • The LED in the button is illuminated
    when maximum cooling is switched on.
    Air flows out of the air vents to the upper body area. The air vents need to be open for this.

AUTO program

Principle
The airflow, air distribution and temperature are controlled automatically.
Switching the AUTO program on/off

Using the button:

BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Climate-control-fig-4Press the button.
The LED of the button is illuminated
with the AUTO program switched on.
Via iDrive:

  1. CAR”
  2. Settings”
  3. Climate control”
  4. Heating/ventilation”
  5. The second row of seats”
  6. Automatic”

Depending on the selected settings and outside influences, the air is directed to the upper body and into the floor area.

Adjusting the intensity of the airflow
With the AUTO program activated, the automatic intensity control can be changed:

Using the button:

  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Climate-control-fig-6Pressing the lower or upper side of the button repeatedly: decrease or increase intensity.

Via iDrive:

  1. CAR”
  2. Settings”
  3. Climate control”
  4. Heating/ventilation”
  5. Second row of seats”
  6. Level”
  7. Set the desired intensity.

The airflow and air distribution are automatically controlled depending on the selected intensity.
The selected intensity is shown on the climate control display.

Airflow, manual

Principle
The airflow for climate control can be adjusted manually.

General information
To adjust the airflow manually switch off AUTO program first.
Adjusting the airflow manually

BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Climate-control-fig-6Pressing the upper or lower side of the button repeatedly: decreases or increases airflow.

The selected airflow is shown on the climate control display.

Manual air distribution

principle
The air distribution for climate control can be adjusted manually.

Adjusting the air distribution manually
BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Climate-control-fig-17Pressing the upper or lower side of the button. Select the desired setting:

  • Upper body area.
  • Upper body area and footwell.
  • Footwell.

Locking the control elements

Principle
The control elements of the rear automatic climate control can be disabled.

Activate/deactivate 

  1. CAR”
  2. Settings”
  3. Climate control”
  4. Heating/ventilation”
  5. The second row of seats”
  6. Disable controller”

Ambient air package

Principle
The Ambient Air Package can be used to clean and scent the interior air with high-quality fragrances.

General information
Two different fragrances can be selected in the vehicle. A variety of other fragrances is possible by exchanging the fragrance cartridges.
The following criteria can influence the perception of scents in the vehicle interior:

  • Automatic climate control settings.
  • Temperature and moisture.
  • Time of day and season.
  • The physical condition of the vehicle occupants, for instance, fatigue.
    BMW recommends the use of genuine BMW fragrance cartridges.

The genuine BMW fragrance cartridges are not suitable for refilling. When a cartridge is empty, replace it with a new fragrance cartridge.

Safety information

Warning
Refilled genuine BMW fragrance cartridges can cause the emission of harmful substances, malfunctions, and damage to the system. There is a risk of injury or risk of damage to property. Do not refill genuine fragrance cartridges. When a cartridge is empty, replace it with a new fragrance cartridge.

Opening the Climate menu
BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Climate-control-fig-12Press the button on the upper side.

The Climate comfort menu is displayed.
Individual settings can be entered for some of the climate control functions.
 

Ionizer

Principle
The ionizer cleans the car’s interior air of suspended particles and improves the air quality.
Switching the ionizer on/off
  1. CAR”
  2. Settings”
  3. Climate control”
  4. Air quality”
  5. Ionization”

Fragrancing

General information
Fragrancing is done at intervals in order to avoid a habituation effect. Two fragrance cartridges in the vehicle allow switching between the fragrances.
The fragrance cartridges are located in the glove compartment.
To ensure a pleasant fragrance inside of the vehicle when starting the trip, fragrancing can occur prior to the trip. The system is automatically switched on with the pre-ventilation if fragrancing was switched on at the completion of the last trip.

Functional requirements

  • The fragrance cartridges are sufficiently filled.
  • The interior temperature is between 41 ℉/+5 ℃ and 104 ℉/+40 ℃.
  • Open the air vents to allow the fragrance to flow out.

Selecting the fragrance
The car’s interior is fragranced depending on the selected fragrance.
Two different fragrances can be selected in the vehicle.

  1. CAR”
     
  2. Settings”
     
  3. Climate control”
  4. Fragrance”
  5. Select the desired fragrance.

Switching fragrancing on/off, adjusting intensity

  1. CAR”
  2. Settings”
  3. Climate control”
  4. Fragrance”
  5. Level”
  6. Select the desired setting. Highest intensity at Level 3.

Display
The illustrations on the Control Display show the actual fill level of the fragrance cartridges.

  1. CAR”
  2. Settings”
  3. Climate control”
  4. Fragrance”

When an empty fragrance cartridge is indicated, the cartridge still contains a fluid carrying the fragrance. However, it is not sufficient for fragrancing.
When the fragrance cartridges are empty, a Check Control message is displayed once.

Inserting fragrance cartridges
The fragrance cartridges are located in the glove compartment.

  1. Open the glove compartment.
    Front passenger side glove compartment
  2. Press on the bottom of the cartridge holder. The cartridge holder slides down. BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Climate-control-fig-18
  3. Remove the cover of the new fragrance cartridge. Hold the cover on the top to slide it from the fragrance cartridge. BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Climate-control-fig-19
  4. Insert the removed cover on the rear of the fragrance cartridge. BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Climate-control-fig-20
  5. Position the fragrance cartridge such that the chip faces away from the cartridge holder. BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Climate-control-fig-21
  6. Insert the fragrance cartridge without pressure into the cartridge holder. The cartridge snaps lightly into place. BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Climate-control-fig-22
  7. Push the cartridge holder up, until it engages.
    Make sure that no objects press against the cartridge holder from below, otherwise, the function of the ambient air package could be impacted.
  8. Close the glove compartment.

Removing the fragrance cartridge
The fragrance cartridges are located in the glove compartment.

  1. Open the glove compartment.
    Front passenger side glove compartment
  2. Press on the bottom of the cartridge holder. The cartridge holder slides down. BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Climate-control-fig-23
  3. Pull desired fragrance cartridge from the holder.
    Fragrance cartridge, arrow 1: first fragrance indicated on the Control Display. Fragrance cartridge, arrow 2: second fragrance indicated on the Control Display.BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Climate-control-fig-24
  4. Pull the desired fragrance cartridge from the holder. BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Climate-control-fig-25

Recycling
BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Climate-control-fig-26Empty fragrance cartridges can be taken to an authorized service center or another qualified service center or repair shop for recycling.

Pre-conditioning

Principle
Pre-conditioning cools or heats the car’s interior prior to start of the trip to a comfortable temperature.
The system automatically cools, vents, or heats depending on the internal and outside temperature. Snow and ice may be removed more easily.

General information
The pre-conditioning can be switched on and off directly or via a preset departure time.
The air automatically exits through the air vents to the windshield, the side windows, the upper body area and into the footwell.
The system switches off automatically after a certain period of time.
If pre-conditioning is used during the charging process, less air conditioning capacity will be required while driving. This optimizes the range.

Functional requirements

  • The vehicle is in idle state or standby state and not in a drive-ready state.
  • The high-voltage battery is sufficiently charged or the charging cable is connected. If the high-voltage battery is heavily discharged, it can take some time after connecting the charging cable before the pre-conditioning is functional.
  • With direct operation or preset departure time: depending on the inside, outside and set the desired temperature.
    Make sure that the vehicle’s date and time are set correctly.
  • To ensure the starting capability of the vehicle, the pre-conditioning may be automatically switched off, for instance after repeated switching on or due to an insufficient state of charge of the high-voltage battery. After the stationary climate control is switched off due to an insufficient state of charge, charge the high-voltage battery. The pre-conditioning is available again.
  • Open the air vents to allow air to flow out.

Switching on/off directly

Principle
There are different ways to switch the system on or off.
The system switches off automatically after approx. 30 minutes or when the drive-ready state is activated.

Using the button

Turning on
Press any button except:

  • Rear window defroster.
  • Lower airflow button side.
  • Seat heating.
  • Seat ventilation.

Turning off
BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Climate-control-fig-6Press and hold the bottom button.
The system switches off when the vehicle is exited.

Switching on using iDrive

  1. CAR”
  2. Settings”
  3. Climate control”
  4. Preconditioning”
  5. Start now”

Via BMW display key
The system can be switched on or off via the BMW display key.

Turning on

  1. Switch on the display of the BMW display key.
  2. Preconditioning setting”
  3. BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Climate-control-fig-27Tap on the icon.
  4. Activate now”
  5. Start”

Turning off  

  1. Switch on the display of the BMW display key.
  2. Preconditioning setting”
  3. Tap on the icon.
  4. Stop”

Display
BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Climate-control-fig-27The icon on the automatic climate control indicates the system is switched on.

Climate control for departure time

Principle
Different departure times can be set to ensure a comfortable interior temperature in the vehicle at the time of departure.
The activation time is automatically determined based on the temperature.
Departure time with weekday: time and day of the week can be set.
On the desired weekdays, the system will be switched on promptly before the set departure time.
Switch-off takes place automatically a few minutes after the set departure time.
The departure time is preselected in two steps:

  • Set departure times.
  • Activate departure times.

A minimum of 10 minutes should pass between setting/activating the departure time and the planned departure time to allow a sufficient period of time for climate control.

Setting the departure time

Via iDrive

  1. CAR”
  2. Settings”
  3. Climate control”
  4. Preconditioning”
  5. Departure plan”
  6. Select the desired departure time.
  7. Set the departure time.
  8. Select day of the week, if needed.

Via BMW display key

  1. Switch on the display of the BMW display key.
  2. Preconditioning setting”
  3. BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Climate-control-fig-27Tap on the icon.
  4. Select the desired departure time.
  5. Set the departure time.
  6. Select day of the week, if needed.
  7. OK”

Activating the departure time

Functional requirement
If a departure time is to influence the switching on of the pre-conditioning, the respective departure time must be activated first.

Via iDrive

  1. CAR”
  2. Settings”
  3. Climate control”
  4. Preconditioning”
  5. Activate “Pre-condition for departure time”.
  6. Departure plan”
  7. Select the desired departure time.
  8. Set the departure time.
  9. Select day of the week, if needed.
  10. Activate departure”

Via BMW display key

  1. Switch on the display of the BMW display key.
  2. Preconditioning setting”
  3. BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Climate-control-fig-27Tap on the icon.
  4. BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Climate-control-fig-28Tap on the icon.
    Activate the desired departure time.

Display
BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Climate-control-fig-29The icon on the automatic climate control signals an activated departure time.
BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Climate-control-fig-27The icon on the automatic climate control indicates the system is switched on.

Activating with the BMW app
An appropriate BMW Connected app with a remote function can be used to switch on the system either directly or via a preset departure time

FAQs

What type of climate control system does the 2023 BMW X5 Plug-In Hybrid come equipped with?

The 2023 BMW X5 Plug-In Hybrid features a dual-zone automatic climate control system as standard, with the option to upgrade to a quad-zone system.

Can you remotely control the climate settings in the X5 Plug-In Hybrid?

Yes, you can remotely control the climate settings through the BMW ConnectedDrive app, allowing you to pre-condition the cabin before entering the vehicle.

Does the X5 Plug-In Hybrid offer heated seats and a heated steering wheel?

Yes, the X5 Plug-In Hybrid typically offers heated front seats and an available heated steering wheel to enhance comfort in cold weather.

Are ventilated seats available for cooling in hot weather?

Yes, the X5 Plug-In Hybrid often offers available ventilated front seats to keep you cool during hot summer days.

Does the climate control system allow for individual temperature settings for different zones in the car?

Yes, if equipped with the quad-zone climate control option, you can set individual temperature preferences for the front and rear passengers.

Is there a rear-seat climate control system for the X5 Plug-In Hybrid?

Yes, the X5 Plug-In Hybrid typically comes with rear-seat climate controls, allowing rear passengers to adjust their climate settings independently.

Does the X5 Plug-In Hybrid have a cabin air filtration system?

Yes, it usually features a cabin air filtration system that helps remove dust and pollutants from the air inside the vehicle.

Can you set a timed climate control schedule for pre-conditioning?

Yes, you can often schedule climate control settings to pre-condition the cabin at specific times, ensuring comfort when you start your journey.

Does the X5 Plug-In Hybrid have a sunroof or panoramic roof for natural ventilation?

Yes, it often offers options for a traditional sunroof or a panoramic roof, allowing for natural ventilation and light.

Is there a rear window defroster and heated side mirrors for cold weather driving?

Yes, the X5 Plug-In Hybrid typically comes equipped with a rear window defroster and heated side mirrors to improve visibility in winter conditions.

Can you control the climate settings through voice commands?

Yes, modern BMW vehicles often support voice commands to control various functions, including climate settings.

Does the X5 Plug-In Hybrid offer a cabin pre-conditioning feature for electric-only driving?

Yes, it often includes a cabin pre-conditioning feature that allows you to warm or cool the cabin while the vehicle is still plugged in, helping to conserve battery power.

Are there air vents and climate controls for the rear seats?

Yes, the rear-seat passengers usually have their own air vents and climate controls for personalized comfort.

Does the X5 Plug-In Hybrid offer an automatic air recirculation mode?

Yes, it often includes an automatic air recirculation mode that helps maintain air quality by filtering external pollutants when needed.

Can you set specific climate profiles or preferences for different drivers?

Yes, many BMW models, including the X5 Plug-In Hybrid, typically allow you to save individual climate profiles, so multiple drivers can have their preferred settings stored and easily accessible.

Useful Link

View Full PDF: BMW X5 PLUG-IN HYBRID 2023 User Guide
https://www.bmwusa.com/owners-manuals.html
2023 BMW X5 Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Categories
BMW X5 PLUG-IN HYBRID

2023 BMW X5 PLUG-IN HYBRID Driving comfort Guidelines

BMW-Logo

BMW X5 PLUG-IN HYBRID 2023 Driving Comfort

The 2023 BMW X5 Plug-In Hybrid changes what it means to be comfortable to drive by focusing on high-end luxury and cutting-edge technology. The driving experience in this amazing SUV goes above and beyond what you’d expect, combining cutting-edge speed with luxurious comfort in a way that doesn’t feel awkward. Its carefully thought-out interior is a peaceful haven, with plush seats, high-quality materials, and advanced designs that wrap people in luxurious comfort. The hybrid powertrain’s smooth and fast performance makes driving even more comfortable. It lets you accelerate smoothly and drive almost silently on electric power alone for peaceful trips. The X5 Plug-In Hybrid easily adjusts to different road conditions, providing a smooth and stable ride, thanks to its adaptive suspension systems and customizable drive modes. BMW has expertly merged comfort and driving dynamics in this vehicle, making every mile a pleasure and solidifying its position as a top contender in the world of high-end plug-in hybrid SUVs.

2023 BMW X5 Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Chassis components

The chassis components are optimized for the vehicle and its application range and thereby ensure the best possible driving experience.

Two-axle ride level control

Principle
Air suspension ensures best possible driving comfort under all load conditions. Due to a variable adjustment of the front and rear axles, the suspension is adjusted to the vehicle condition.

General information
Regardless of the load, the vehicle will be maintained at the configured vehicle level.
Depending on the driving situation, the vehicle level can be set to five levels.

  • Entry level:
    Lowest vehicle level setting.
    The entry level can be set when the vehicle is stationary with the following features:
  • With the rocker switch in the center console.
  • With the BMW display key.
  • With the button in the lower section of the tailgate.
    The vehicle will be raised according to the selected drive mode when driving off.
  • Sports level:
    The lowest vehicle level, for driving at higher speeds.
  • Normal level:
    The standard level for normal roads and speeds.
  • High level 1:
    Slightly elevated vehicle level for easy terrain at reduced speed.
    If necessary, the vehicle will be lowered at higher speeds.
  • High level 2:
    The highest vehicle level, for terrains with major uneven surfaces in the lowest speed range. If necessary, the vehicle will be lowered at higher speeds.

The self-leveling suspension takes place when all doors are closed.

Safety information 

Warning
Adjusting the vehicle height may result in trapped body parts or damaged vehicle parts. There is a risk of injury or risk of damage to property. When adjusting the vehicle height, make sure that the areas of movement around the vehicle and at the wheel housing are free.

Overview

Rocker switch in the vehicle BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driving-comfort-fig-1

Activating/deactivating self-leveling suspension
The system can be deactivated, e.g., to change a wheel or for towing.
Push the rocker switch forward or pull it backward and hold for approx. 7 seconds.
When the rocker switch is released, the LED indicates the system status.

  • LED lights up: The self-leveling suspension is activated.
  • LED goes out: The self-leveling suspension is deactivated.

Setting the level

With the rocker switch in the center console
Setting the levelBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driving-comfort-fig-2

Push the rocker switch forward.
In the low-speed range, the vehicle is raised to the next higher level when the rocker switch is pressed.
Down:
Pull the rocker switch backward.
The vehicle will be lowered by one level.

2023 BMW X5 Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Display

  • LED on the rocker switch lights up: the display of the current level.
  • LED on the rocker switch is flashing: adjustment procedure active. The vehicle raises or lowers itself.
  • LED on the rocker switch flashes fast: the selected level is not possible at this time.
  • All LEDs on the rocker switch are flashing: the system is initializing. The selected level will be adjusted after the initialization where required.

Automatic

While driving
In SPORT or SPORT PLUS driving mode or at higher speeds, the vehicle lowers itself automatically.
When a set vehicle level is exited due to the speed, the vehicle level will be adjusted according to the selected driving mode.

In the event of a flat tire
When a loss of the tire inflation pressure is detected on a wheel, the wheel load will be reduced automatically to increase the possible distance traveled. In this situation, only the normal level is available.

With the BMW display key

Principle
The vehicle level can be adjusted with the BMW display key when the vehicle is stationary, for instance for easier loading or as an entry aid.

Setting the level 

  1. Apply the parking brake and switch the drive-ready state off using the Start/Stop button.
  2. Closing the doors.
  3. If necessary, switch on the display on the BMW display key and cancel the display lock.
  4. On the BMW display key, change to the following menu: “Entry level”.
  5. Height control”
  6. “Lower”: tap the button.
    • The vehicle lowers itself to the entry level.
      For safety reasons, lowering is only possible from the normal level or the Sport level.
    • “Raise”: tap the button. The vehicle will raise itself from the entry level according to the selected driving mode.

Canceling the adjustment procedure
An adjustment procedure that was started on the BMW display key can be terminated with the BMW display key.
“Cancel”: tap the button. The vehicle raises or lowers itself back to the starting level.

With the button in the lower tailgate

BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driving-comfort-fig-3When the tailgate is opened, the vehicle can be lowered to the entry-level and raised again by pressing the button. The flashing of the LED in the button indicates the level change. During the raising procedure, the vehicle raises itself from the entry level to the level that was selected last or the normal level.

Canceling the adjustment procedure
An adjustment procedure that was started with the button in the lower tailgate can be terminated with this button.
Press the button again. The vehicle raises or lowers itself back to the starting level.

Long stationary periods
During long stationary periods, the vehicle may lower itself. This is not a malfunction.
When the drive-ready state is switched on with the doors closed, the vehicle is raised to the normal level automatically.
Depending on the condition of the vehicle, raising to a normal level may take several minutes.

System limits

  • It is not possible to change the level during sporty driving.
  • It may not be possible to change the level if the axles are limited.
  • It may only be possible to lift the vehicle level while the engine is running.
  • If the state of charge of the vehicle battery is too low, a level change may not be possible.
  • If level adjustment is activated frequently in quick succession, the system switches off to prevent overheating and is temporarily unavailable or operates with a delay. Let the system cool down, if needed.
    The rapidly flashing LED on the rocker switch indicates that the system is unavailable.
  • If the payload is increased, the highest driving level may be disabled or automatically exited in order to protect the system.
  • When the trailer power socket is in use or when trailer towing is activated, only the normal level is available.

Malfunction
A Check Control message is displayed. The system has malfunctioned. Vehicle handling may be altered and driving comfort may be noticeably reduced. Visit the nearest authorized service center or another qualified service center or repair shop.

Adaptive suspension

Principle
The adaptive suspension is an intelligent controllable suspension.
The chassis reduces body movements with a sporty driving style or on an uneven road.

General information
The intelligent control of the chassis increases the driving dynamics and driving comfort depending on the road condition and driving style.

Performance Control
Performance Control enhances the agility of the vehicle.
To increase maneuverability, wheels are braked individually when a sporty driving style is used.

Engine sound

Depending on the equipment and national market version, you may be able to configure the sound of the engine.

  1. CAR”
  2. Settings”
  3. General settings”
  4. Engine sound”
  5. Select the desired setting.

Q&A

What is the adjustable air suspension system in the BMW X5 Plug-In Hybrid 2023?
The adjustable air suspension system allows the driver to adjust the suspension settings to optimize comfort and handling based on driving conditions.

What is the benefit of the adjustable air suspension system in the BMW X5 Plug-In Hybrid 2023?
The adjustable air suspension system ensures that the ride remains smooth and comfortable, even on rough roads.

How are the seats of the BMW X5 Plug-In Hybrid 2023 designed to provide comfort?
The seats are made of high-quality materials and are designed to provide excellent support and comfort for the driver and passengers.

Are the front seats of the BMW X5 Plug-In Hybrid 2023 heated and ventilated?
Yes, the front seats of the BMW X5 Plug-In Hybrid 2023 are heated and ventilated, providing additional comfort in extreme weather conditions.

What kind of climate control features does the BMW X5 Plug-In Hybrid 2023 offer?
The BMW X5 Plug-In Hybrid 2023 offers a four-zone climate control system that allows the driver and passengers to adjust the temperature to their liking.

How does the infotainment system in the BMW X5 Plug-In Hybrid 2023 contribute to driving comfort?
The advanced infotainment system includes a large touchscreen display, smartphone integration, and a premium sound system, providing a luxurious and comfortable driving experience.

Is the BMW X5 Plug-In Hybrid 2023 a luxury midsize SUV?
Yes, the BMW X5 Plug-In Hybrid 2023 is a luxury midsize SUV.

What makes the BMW X5 Plug-In Hybrid 2023 an ideal choice for daily commutes and long road trips?
The vehicle offers a range of features and technologies that enhance driving comfort, making it an ideal choice for daily commutes and long road trips.

Does the BMW X5 Plug-In Hybrid 2023 have a smooth and comfortable ride?
Yes, the BMW X5 Plug-In Hybrid 2023 is designed to provide a smooth and comfortable driving experience.

Can the suspension settings in the BMW X5 Plug-In Hybrid 2023 be adjusted for different driving conditions?
Yes, the adjustable air suspension system allows the driver to adjust the suspension settings to optimize comfort and handling based on driving conditions.

What kind of support and comfort do the seats in the BMW X5 Plug-In Hybrid 2023 provide?
The seats in the BMW X5 Plug-In Hybrid 2023 are made of high-quality materials and are designed to provide excellent support and comfort for the driver and passengers.

Does the BMW X5 Plug-In Hybrid 2023 have advanced climate control features?
Yes, the BMW X5 Plug-In Hybrid 2023 comes equipped with a four-zone climate control system that allows the driver and passengers to adjust the temperature to their liking.

What kind of infotainment system does the BMW X5 Plug-In Hybrid 2023 have?
The BMW X5 Plug-In Hybrid 2023 features an advanced infotainment system that includes a large touchscreen display, smartphone integration, and a premium sound system.

Can the BMW X5 Plug-In Hybrid 2023 provide a luxurious and comfortable driving experience?
Yes, the BMW X5 Plug-In Hybrid 2023 is designed to provide a luxurious and comfortable driving experience.

What kind of buyers would be interested in the BMW X5 Plug-In Hybrid 2023?
The BMW X5 Plug-In Hybrid 2023 is an excellent choice for buyers looking for a luxury midsize SUV with exceptional driving comfort.

Useful Link:

View Full PDF: BMW X5 PLUG-IN HYBRID 2023 User Guide
https://www.bmwusa.com/owners-manuals.html
2023 BMW X5 Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Categories
BMW X5 PLUG-IN HYBRID

2023 BMW X5 PLUG-IN HYBRID Driver assistance systems Guidelines

BMW-Logo

BMW X5 PLUG-IN HYBRID 2023 Vehicle features and options

The 2023 BMW X5 Plug-in Hybrid starts a new era of innovation in cars by combining cutting-edge technology with driver-focused design to make a great driving experience. At the heart of this technological symphony are a wide range of driver support systems that have been carefully designed to make driving safer, easier, and faster. All of these safety features—from adaptive cruise control and lane departure warning to emergency braking and advanced parking assistance—work together to give the driver and passengers complete peace of mind and trust as they start each trip. These driver assistance features go beyond the usual limits of car comfort; they are not just extras; they are part of the X5 Plug-in Hybrid’s character and change what it means to drive with poise, precision, and sophistication in the modern world.

2023 BMW X5 Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Speed Limit Info

Speed Limit Info

Principle
Speed Limit Info shows the currently valid speed limit in the instrument cluster and, if necessary, the Head-up Display.

General information
The camera in the area of the interior mirror detects traffic signs at the edge of the road as well as overhead signposts.
Traffic signs with extra symbols are considered and compared with the vehicle’s onboard data. The traffic sign will then be either displayed or ignored depending on the situation in the instrument cluster and the Head-up display.
The navigation system, system takes into account the information stored in the navigation system and also displays speed limits present on routes without signs.
Information on the current map version can be found under Map update in the Navigation system chapter.
Without a navigation system, the system is subject to limitations imposed by technology.

Traffic signs with speed limitations are detected and displayed only. Speed limits due to entering towns/cities, highway signs, etc., are not displayed. Speed limits with extra traffic signs are always displayed.
Speed limits for trailer towing will be displayed when the trailer power socket is occupied or trailer towing was activated via iDrive.

Safety information

Warning
The system cannot serve as a substitute for the driver’s personal judgment in assessing the traffic situation. Based on the limits of the system, it cannot independently react to all traffic situations. There is a risk of an accident. Adjust driving style to traffic conditions. Watch the surrounding traffic situation closely, be ready to take over steering and braking at any time, and actively intervene where appropriate.

Overview

Sensors
The system is controlled by cameras behind the windshield.

Displaying Speed Limit Info

General information
Depending on the vehicle equipment, Speed Limit Info is displayed permanently in the instrument cluster or via iDrive.

Activating 

  1. CAR”
  2. Settings”
  3. Driver Assistance”
  4. If necessary, “Driving”
  5. Speed Limit Assistance”
  6. Speed limits”
  7. Show current limit”

Display

Speed Limit Info

Icon Description

  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-1 BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-2Current speed limit.
    Depending on the national market version, it is possible to switch between the units of measurement.
    Without a navigation system the traffic signals are grayed out after curves or longer stretches of distance traveled.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-3No data for the current speed limit is available.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-16The displays may vary depending on vehicle equipment.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-4Depending on the equipment, Speed Limit Info not available.

If the detected speed limit has been exceeded, the indicator light will flash.

Settings

  1. CAR”
  2. Settings”
  3. Driver Assistance”
  4. If necessary, “Driving”
  5. Speed Limit Assistance”
  6. Select the desired setting.

The warning that is issued when a speed limit is exceeded may depend on the Speed Limit Assistant settings.

System limits

System limits of the sensors
Additional information: Cameras

Functional limitations
The system function may be limited and may provide incorrect information in the following situations:

  • For traffic signs that are fully or partially concealed by objects, stickers, or paint.
  • When driving very close to the vehicle in front of you.
  • In the case of navigation data that is invalid, outdated or not available.
  • In areas not covered by the navigation system.
  • When roads deviate from the navigation, such as due to changes in road layout.
  • In case of electronic traffic signs.
  • When passing buses or trucks with traffic signs applied to them.
  • When the traffic signs do not correspond to the standard.
  • When traffic signs that are valid for a parallel road are detected.
  • In the presence of country-specific road signs or road layouts.

Manual Speed Limiter

Principle
The system can be used to set a speed limit, for instance, to prevent the vehicle from exceeding speed limits.

General information
The system can limit the speed, starting at 20 mph/30 km/h. The vehicle can be driven at any speed below the set speed limit.

Overview

Buttons on the steering wheel 

Button Function

  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-5System on/off.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-9Store current speed.
    Speed Limit Assistant: accept suggested speed manually.
    Store current speed.
    Speed Limit Assistant: accept suggested speed manually.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-7Rocker switch: Changing the speed limit.

Operation

Turning on
BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-5Press the button on the steering wheel.

The current speed is accepted as the speed limit.
If the system is switched on while the vehicle is stationary or driving at low speeds, the speed limit is set to 20 mph/30 km/h.
The marking in the speedometer is set to the corresponding speed.
When the speed limit is activated, Dynamic Stability Control is switched on and the vehicle may change drive mode.

Turning off 

BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-5Press the button on the steering wheel.
The system switches off automatically in the following situations, for example:

  • When the engine is switched off.
  • When Cruise Control is switched on.
  • When certain programs are activated via the Driving Dynamics Control.
    The displays turn off.

Interrupting
If the reverse gear is engaged or in Neutral, the system is interrupted when rolling backward.

Changing the speed limit BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-15

Press the rocker switch up or down repeatedly until the desired speed limit is set.

  • Each time the rocker switch is pressed
    to the resistance point, the speed limit increases or decreases by 1 mph/1 km/h.
  • Each time the rocker switch is pressed past the resistance point, the desired speed changes by a maximum of 5 mph/10 km/h.

If the set speed limit is reached or unintentionally exceeded, such as when driving downhill, the vehicle is not actively braked.
When the speed limit is set during a trip to a value below the current speed, the vehicle coasts until it drops to the set speed limit.
The current speed can also be stored by pressing a button:

BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-9Press the button on the steering wheel.

Exceeding the speed limit
When the vehicle speed exceeds the set speed limit, a warning is issued.
The speed limit can be exceeded intentionally.
Press the accelerator pedal all the way down to intentionally exceed the set speed limit.
When the vehicle speed drops below the set speed limit, the limit is automatically reactivated.

Warning when the speed limit is exceeded

Visual warning
BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-10
If the speed limit is exceeded: the indicator light in the instrument cluster flashes while the vehicle speed is greater than the set speed limit.

Acoustic warning

  • If the speed limit is exceeded unintentionally, a signal sounds.
  • When the speed limit is reduced to below the vehicle speed while driving, the signal sounds after some time.
  • When the speed limit is intentionally exceeded by stepping on the accelerator pedal all the way down, there is no signal.

Displays in the instrument cluster

Display in the speedometer
Depending on the equipment, a mark in the speedometer displays the status of the system.

  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-11Green marking: the system is active.
  • Gray marking: the system is interrupted.
  • No marking: the system is switched off.

Indicator light

  • The indicator light lights up: the system is switched on.
  • The indicator light flashes: the set speed limit has been exceeded.
  • Gray indicator light: the system has been interrupted.

Cruise Control

Principle
With Cruise Control, a set speed can be adjusted using the buttons on the steering wheel. The system maintains the set speed. The system accelerates and brakes automatically as needed.

General information
The system can be activated starting at 20 mph/30 km/h.
Depending on the vehicle setting, the Cruise Control settings can change under certain conditions. For instance, the acceleration can change depending on the driving mode.

Safety information 

Warning
The system cannot serve as a substitute for the driver’s personal judgment in assessing the traffic situation. Based on the limits of the system, it cannot independently react to all traffic situations. There is a risk of an accident. Adjust driving style to traffic conditions. Watch the surrounding traffic situation closely, be ready to take over steering and braking at any time, and actively intervene where appropriate.

Warning
The use of the system can lead to an increased risk of accidents in the following situations, for instance:

  • On winding roads.
  • With high traffic volume.
  • On slippery roads, in fog, snow, or wet conditions, or on a loose road surface.

There may be a risk of accident or risk of damage to property. Only use the system if driving at constant speed is possible.

Warning
The set speed can be incorrectly adjusted or called up by mistake. There is a risk of an accident. Adjust the set speed to the traffic conditions. Watch surrounding traffic closely and actively intervene where appropriate.

Warning
When towing with Intelligent Safety systems enabled or Cruise Control switched on, individual functions may not work correctly. There is a risk of accident. Switch off all Intelligent Safety systems and Cruise Control before towing.

Overview

Buttons on the steering wheel 

Button Function

  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-13BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-12Cruise control on/off.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-14Continue cruise control with the last setting.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-17Interrupt cruise control.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-9Store current speed.
    Speed Limit Assistant: accept suggested speed manually.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-7Rocker switch: Set speed.

Switching cruise control on/off

Turning on 

  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-13 BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-12Depending on the equipment version, press the relevant button on the steering wheel.

The indicator lights in the instrument cluster light up and the mark on the speedometer is set to the current speed.
Cruise control is active. The current speed is maintained and stored as set speed.
If necessary, the Dynamic Stability Control will be turned on.
Turning off

  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-13 BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-12Depending on the equipment version, press the relevant button on the steering wheel.

The displays turn off. The stored set speed is deleted.

Interrupting Cruise Control

Interrupting manually
BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-17When active, press the button.

Interrupting automatically
The system is automatically interrupted in the following situations, for example:

  • When braking manually.
  • Selector lever position D is disengaged.
  • While Dynamic Traction Control is enabled or Dynamic Stability Control is disabled.
  • While Dynamic Stability Control is adjusting.

Adjusting the speed

Maintaining and storing the speed BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-15

Press the rocker switch up or down once while the system is interrupted.
When the system is switched on, the current speed is maintained and stored as the set speed.
The stored speed is displayed on the speedometer.
If necessary, the Dynamic Stability Control will be turned on.
The speed can also be stored by pressing a button.

BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-9Press the button.

Changing the speedBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-15

Press the rocker switch up or down repeatedly until the desired speed is set.
If active, the displayed speed is stored and the vehicle reaches the stored speed when the road is clear.

  • Each time the rocker switch is tapped to the resistance point, the set speed increases or decreases by 1 mph/1 km/h.
  • Each time the rocker switch is pressed past the resistance point, the desired speed changes by a maximum of 5 mph/10 km/h. The maximum adjustable speed depends on the vehicle and the set hybrid system characteristics.
  • Pressing the rocker switch to the resistance point and holding it: the vehicle accelerates or decelerates without pressure on the accelerator pedal.
    After the rocker switch is released, the vehicle maintains its final speed. Pressing the switch beyond the resistance point causes the vehicle to accelerate more rapidly.

Continuing cruise control
Interrupted cruise control can be continued by calling up the stored speed.
Make sure that the difference between current speed and stored speed is not too large be-fore calling up the stored speed. Otherwise, unintentional deceleration or acceleration may occur.

  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-14Press the button with the system interruption.
    Cruise control is continued with the stored values.
    In the following cases, the stored speed value is deleted and cannot be called up again:
  • When the system is switched off.
  • When the drive-ready state is switched off.

Displays in the instrument cluster

Display in the speedometer
Depending on the equipment, a mark in the speedometer displays the status of the system.

  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-11Green marking: the system is active, the marking indicates the desired speed.
  • Gray marking: the system is interrupted, the marking indicates the stored speed.
  • No marking: the system is switched off.

Indicator light

  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-10Indicator light green: the system is active.
  • Gray indicator light: the system has been interrupted.
  • No indicator light: the system is switched off.

Displays in the Head-up display
Some system information can also be displayed in the Head-up display.

  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-18The icon is displayed when the set speed is reached.

System limits
The set speed is also maintained downhill. The speed may not be maintained on uphill grades if the drive power is insufficient.
Depending on the driving mode, the vehicle may exceed or drop below the set desired speed in some situations; for instance, on downhill or uphill grades.

Active Cruise Control with Stop &Go function

Principle
Using the Cruise Control, the desired speed and a distance to a vehicle ahead can be adjusted using the buttons on the steering wheel.

General information
The system maintains the set speed on clear roads. The vehicle accelerates or brakes automatically.
If a vehicle is driving ahead of you, the system adjusts the speed of your vehicle so that the set distance to the vehicle ahead is maintained. The speed is adjusted as far as the given situation allows.
The distance can be adjusted at several levels. For safety reasons, it depends on the respective speed.
If the vehicle ahead of you brakes to a standstill and then drives off again within a brief period, the system is able to detect this within the given system limits.
Depending on the vehicle setting, the Cruise Control settings can change under certain conditions. For instance, the acceleration can change depending on the driving mode.

Safety information

Warning
The system cannot serve as a substitute for the driver’s personal judgment in assessing the traffic situation. Based on the limits of the system, it cannot independently react to all traffic situations. There is a risk of an accident. Adjust driving style to traffic conditions. Watch the surrounding traffic situation closely, be ready to take over steering and braking at any time, and actively intervene where appropriate.

Warning
An unsecured vehicle can begin to move and possibly roll away. There is a risk of an accident. Before leaving the vehicle, secure the vehicle against rolling away.
In order to ensure that the vehicle is secured against rolling away, follow the following:

  • Set the parking brake.
  • On uphill grades or on downhill slopes, turn the front wheels in the direction of the curb.
  • On uphill grades or on downhill slopes, also secure the vehicle, for instance with a wheel chock.

Warning
The set speed can be incorrectly adjusted or called up by mistake. There is a risk of an accident. Adjust the set speed to the traffic conditions. Watch surrounding traffic closely and actively intervene where appropriate.

Warning
Risk of the accident is greater when there is a high-speed differential to other vehicles, for instance in the following situations:

  • When approaching a slowly moving vehicle at speed.
  • The vehicle suddenly swerved into its own lane.
  • When approaching stationary vehicles at speed.
    There is a risk of injury or danger to life. Watch surrounding traffic closely and actively intervene where appropriate.

Warning
When towing with Intelligent Safety systems enabled or Cruise Control switched on, individual functions may not work correctly. There is a risk of an accident. Switch off all Intelligent Safety systems and Cruise Control before towing.

Overview

Buttons on the steering wheel 

Button Function

  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-19With Steering Assistant: Cruise control on/off.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-20With Steering Assistant: Select function.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-13Without Steering Assistant: Cruise control on/off.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-9Store current speed.
    Speed Limit Assistant: accept suggested speed manually.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-21With Steering Assistant: Interrupt cruise control.
    Continue cruise control with the last setting.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-22Without Steering Assistant:
    Continue cruise control with the last setting.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-23Without Steering Assistant: Interrupt cruise control.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-24Increase the distance. Switch Distance Control on/off.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-25Reduce distance.
    Switch Distance Control on/off.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-7Rocker switch: Set speed.

Sensors
The system is controlled by the following sensors:

  • Cameras behind the windshield.
  • Front radar sensor.

Application range
The system is best used on well-maintained roads.
The minimum speed that can be set is
20 mph/30 km/h.
The maximum speed that can be set is limited and depends, for example, on the vehicle and the vehicle equipment.
The system can also be activated when stationary.

Turning on/off and interrupting cruise control

With Steering Assistant: Assisted Driving Mode

General information
BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-19This button is used to switch the con-figured function on and off.
BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-20The button can be used to set the primarily used function.

Setting the function

  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-20When the system is active, press the button repeatedly until the desired function is selected in the toolbar. The toolbar for Assisted Driving mode is displayed at the bottom of the instrument cluster.

Icon Function

  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-26Cruise Control with Distance Control.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-27BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-28Depending on the equipment version, cruise control with distance control and Steering Assistant.

The selected function is shown in green.

Turning on
With Steering Assistant:

  1. BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-19Press the button on the steering wheel.
  2. BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-20If necessary, set the cruise control. Without Steering Assistant:
    BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-13Press the button on the steering wheel.

The indicator lights in the instrument cluster light up and the mark on the speedometer is set to the current speed.
Cruise control is active. The current speed is maintained and stored as set speed.
If necessary, the Dynamic Stability Control will be turned on.

Turning off
To switch off the system while stationary, step on brake pedal at the same time.
Press the button on the steering wheel:

  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-19With Steering Assistant.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-13Without Steering Assistant.

The displays turn off. The stored set speed is deleted.

Interrupting manually
When active, press the button on the steering wheel:

  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-21With Steering Assistant.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-23Without Steering Assistant.

If interrupting the system while stationary, press on the brake pedal at the same time.

Interrupting automatically
The system is automatically interrupted in the following situations:

  • The driver applies the brakes.
  • Selector lever position D is disengaged.
  • While Dynamic Traction Control is enabled or Dynamic Stability Control is disabled.
  • While Dynamic Stability Control is adjusting.
  • When the vehicle is stationary, the seat belt is unbuckled and the driver’s door is opened.
  • The system has not detected objects for an extended period, for instance on a road with very little traffic without curb or shoulder markings.
  • The detection range of the radar is impaired, for instance by contamination or heavy precipitation.
  • After a longer stationary period when the vehicle has been braked to a stop by the system.

Adjusting the speed

Maintaining and storing the speed BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-29

Press the rocker switch up or down once while the system is interrupted. The system will be activated.
The current speed is maintained and stored as desired speed.
The stored speed is displayed on the speedometer.
If necessary, the Dynamic Stability Control will be turned on.
The speed can also be stored by pressing a button.

BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-6Press the button.

Changing the speedBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-29

Press the rocker switch up or down repeatedly until the desired speed is set.
If active, the displayed speed is stored and the vehicle reaches the stored speed when the road is clear.

  • Each time the rocker switch is tapped to the resistance point, the set speed increases or decreases by 1 mph/1 km/h.
  • Each time the rocker switch is pressed past the resistance point, the desired speed changes by a maximum of 5 mph/10 km/h.
    Hold the rocker switch in position to repeat the action.

2023 BMW X5 Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Adjusting the distance

Safety information 

Warning
The system cannot serve as a substitute for the driver’s personal judgment. Due to the system limits, deceleration can be late. There may be a risk of accident or risk of damage to property. Be aware to the surrounding traffic situation at all times. Adjust the distance to the traffic and weather conditions and maintain the prescribed safety distance, possibly by braking.

Reducing the distance
BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-25Press the button repeatedly until the desired distance is set.

The instrument cluster will display the selected distance.

Increasing the distance
BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-24Press the button repeatedly until the desired distance is set.

The instrument cluster will display selected distance.

Automatic adaptation of the distance
Depending on the equipment and national-market version: the system can be adjusted so that the distance to the vehicle driving in front is automatically adjusted within the configured distance according to the traffic situation or the ambient conditions, for instance, poor visibility.

  1. CAR”
  2. Settings”
  3. Driver Assistance”
  4. If necessary, “Driving”
  5. Speed Limit Assistance”
  6. Adjust distance acc. to the situation”

Continuing cruise control
Interrupted cruise control can be continued by calling up the stored speed.
Make sure that the difference between the current speed and stored speed is not too large before calling up the stored speed. Otherwise, unintentional deceleration or acceleration may occur.
Press the button on the steering wheel with the system interrupted:

BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-21With Steering Assistant.
BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-22Without Steering Assistant.

Cruise control is continued with the stored values.
In the following cases, the stored speed value is deleted and cannot be called up again:

  • When the system is switched off.
  • When the drive-ready state is switched off.

Changing between Cruise Control with/without Distance Control

Safety information

Warning
The system does not react to traffic driving ahead of you, but instead maintains the stored speed. There may be a risk of accident or risk of damage to property. Adjust the set speed to the traffic conditions and brake as needed.

Changing over the Cruise Control mode
Switching Cruise Control without Distance Control off and on:

  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-24Press and hold this button.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-25Press and hold this button.
    With Steering Assistant: switch on Distance Control:
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-19Press the button.
    Without Steering Assistant: switch on Distance Control:
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-24Press the button.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-25Press the button.
    After changing, a Check Control message is displayed.

Displays in the instrument cluster

General information
Depending on the equipment version, the displays in the instrument cluster may vary.

Display in the speedometer
Depending on the equipment, a mark in the speedometer displays the status of the system.

  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-11Green marking: system is active, the marking indicates the desired speed.
  • Gray marking: system is interrupted, the marking indicates the stored speed.
  • No marking: the system is switched off.

Distance to the vehicle ahead of you
The selected distance to the vehicle ahead of you is shown.

Icon Description

  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-30Distance 1
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-31Distance 2
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-32Distance 3
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-33Distance 4
    This value is set automatically after the system is switched on.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-34No distance control display, as the accelerator pedal is being pressed.

Detected vehicle
Icon Description

  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-35Green icon:
    A vehicle has been detected ahead of you.

When the distance to the detected vehicle increases, the vehicle icon in the distance display will move away.
If necessary, drive off on your own, such as by stepping on the accelerator pedal or by pressing the rocker switch.

Indicator/warning lights
Icon Description

  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-36Vehicle icon white:
    No distance control display, as the accelerator pedal is being pressed.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-37Green icon:
    A vehicle has been detected ahead of you.
    The vehicle icon goes out if no vehicle in front is detected.
    Vehicle icon flashes green:
    Vehicle in front drove off.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-38Gray icon: System interrupted.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-38Icon flashes gray:
    The conditions are not adequate for the system to work.
    The system was deactivated but applies the brakes until you actively resume control by pressing on the brake pedal or accelerator pedal.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-39Vehicle icon flashes red and a signal sounds:
    Brake and make an evasive maneuver, if necessary.

Alternative displays
Icon Description

  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-40Indicator light green: system is active.
    No indicator light: system is switched off.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-41Vehicle icon flashes:
    The conditions are not adequate for the system to work.
    The system was deactivated but applies the brakes until you actively resume control by pressing on the brake pedal or accelerator pedal.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-42The vehicle icon and distance bars blink red and an acoustic signal sounds:
    Brake and make an evasive maneuver, if necessary.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-43System interrupted.

Assisted Driving View
Depending on the equipment and national market version, information for the system is displayed in the Assisted Driving View in the central display area of the instrument cluster.
Displays in the Head-up display

Set speed
Some system information can also be displayed in the Head-up display.

  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-18The icon is displayed when the set speed is reached.

Distance information

  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-44The icon is displayed when the distance from the vehicle traveling ahead is too short.
    The distance information is active in the following situations:
  • Active Cruise Control switched off.
  • Display in the Head-up display selected. Head-Up Display, 
  • Distance too short.
  • Speed greater than approx. 40 mph/70 km/h.

System limits

Detection rangeBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-45

The detection capability of the system and the automatic braking performance are limited.
For instance, two-wheeled vehicles may not be detected.

Deceleration
The system does not decelerate in the following situations:

  • For pedestrians or similarly slow-moving road users.
  • Depending on the vehicle equipment and national availability, for red traffic lights.
  • For cross traffic.
  • For oncoming traffic.

Merging vehiclesBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-46

If a vehicle driving ahead of you suddenly merges into your lane, the system may not be able to automatically restore the selected distance. It may not be possible to restore the selected distance in certain situations, including if you are driving significantly faster than vehicles driving ahead of you, for instance when rapidly approaching a truck. When a vehicle driving ahead of you is reliably detected, the system requests that the driver intervene by braking and carrying out evasive maneuvers, if needed.

CorneringBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-47

When the set speed is too high for a curve, the speed is reduced slightly. Because curves may not be anticipated in advance, drive into a curve at an appropriate speed.
The system has a limited detection range. Situations can arise in tight curves where a vehicle driving ahead will not be detected or will be detected very late.BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-48

When you approach a curve the system may briefly report vehicles in the next lane due
to the bend of the curve. If the system decelerates you may compensate for it by briefly accelerating. After releasing the accelerator pedal the system is reactivated and controls speed independently.

Driving off
In some situations, the vehicle cannot drive off automatically; for example:

  • On steep uphill grades.
  • In front of bumps in the road.
  • With a heavy trailer.
    In these cases, step on the accelerator pedal.

Weather
The following restrictions can occur under unfavorable weather or light conditions:

  • Poorer vehicle detection.
  • Short-term interruptions for vehicles that are already recognized.

Drive attentively, and react to the current surrounding traffic situation. If necessary, intervene actively, for instance by braking, steering or evading.

Drive power
The set speed is also maintained downhill. The speed may not be maintained on uphill grades if the drive power is insufficient.
Depending on the driving mode, the vehicle may exceed or drop below the set desired speed in some situations; for instance, on downhill or uphill grades.

Speed Limit Assistant

Principle
Speed Limit Assistant supports driving at the speed limit. A suggested speed can be ap-plied.

General information
When the systems in the vehicle, e.g., Speed Limit Info, detect a change of the speed limit, this new speed value can be applied for the following systems:

  • Manual Speed Limiter.
  • Cruise control.
  • Active Cruise Control with Stop &Go function.

The speed value is suggested as the new de-sired speed to be applied. To apply the speed value, the corresponding system must be activated.

Safety information 

Warning
The system cannot serve as a substitute for the driver’s personal judgment in assessing the traffic situation. Based on the limits of the system, it cannot independently react to all traffic situations. There is a risk of accident. Adjust driving style to traffic conditions. Watch the surrounding traffic situation closely, be ready to take over steering and braking at any time, and actively intervene where appropriate.

Warning
The set speed can be incorrectly adjusted or called up by mistake. There is a risk of accident. Adjust the set speed to the traffic conditions. Watch surrounding traffic closely and actively intervene where appropriate.

Overview

Buttons on the steering wheel 

Button Function

  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-6Accept suggested speed manually.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-7Rocker switch:
    Set speed, refer to Cruise Control.

Turning Speed Limit Assistant on/off

  1. CAR”
  2. Settings”
  3. Driver Assistance”
  4. If necessary, “Driving”
  5. Speed Limit Assistance”
  6. Speed limits”
  7. Select the desired setting:
    • Adjust manually”: detected speed limits can be applied manually.
    • Show anticipation”: Depending on the national-market version: current and up-coming speed limits are displayed in the instrument cluster without being applied.
    • Show current limit”: current speed limits are displayed without being applied in the instrument cluster.
    • Off”: depending on the national-market version, Speed Limit Info and Speed Limit Assistant will be turned off.

Displays in the instrument cluster
A message is displayed in the instrument cluster when the system and a driver assistance system are activated.

Icon Function

  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-49Depending on the equipment version, the indicator light illuminates green, together with the icon for a speed control system:
    Speed Limit Assistant is active and detected speed limits can be applied manually for the displayed system.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-1Detected change of a speed limit with immediate effect.
    Depending on the national-market version, it is possible to switch be-tween the units of measurement.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-2Indicator light illuminates green: the detected speed limit can be applied with the SET button.
    After it has been applied, a green checkmark is displayed.

Manual adoption
A detected speed limit can be applied manually for the active driver assistance system.

  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-6When the SET icon lights up, press the button.

Speed adjustment

Principle
It can be adjusted whether the speed limit is applied exactly or with a tolerance.

General information
You can configure a speed adaptation for all speed limits and an additional speed adaptation for speed limits up to 40 mph/60 km/h.

The additional speed adaptation for speed lim-its up to 40 mph/60 km/h can be activated or deactivated.

Setting the speed adjustment

  1. CAR”
  2. Settings”
  3. Driver Assistance”
  4. If necessary, “Driving”
  5. Speed Limit Assistance”
  6. To perform the desired setting:
    • Adjust speed limits”: set tolerance for the speed adaptation that affects all speeds.
    • 2nd adjustment up to”: activate or de-activate additional speed adaptation.
    • Adjust speed limits”: With additional speed adjustment activated, set the tolerance for speed limits up to
      40 mph/60 km/h.

Adapting to route

Principle
Depending on the national market version, the system can be configured so that the vehicle adapts the speed automatically to the route.
For instance, the speed will be reduced in the following situations as necessary:

  • Before making turns.
  • Before a roundabout.
  • Before a curve.

Adjustment

  1. CAR”
  2. Settings”
  3. Driver Assistance”
  4. If necessary, “Driving”
  5. Speed Limit Assistance”
  6. Adjust to route” or “Automatically adjust speed to route”

System limits
Speed Limit Assistant is based on the Speed Limit Info system.
Consider the system limits of Speed Limit Info.
Upcoming speed limits can only be accepted for the Active Cruise Control.
Depending on the national-market version, the system may not respond at all or with limita-tions to the route when the navigation system is unable to clearly identify the position of the vehicle.

 

Steering Assistant

Principle
The Steering Assistant helps keep the vehicle in the lane. For this purpose, the system executes supporting steering movements, for in-stance when cornering.

General information
Depending on the speed, the system orients itself according to the lane boundaries or vehicles in front.
Sensors on the steering wheel detect whether the steering wheel is being touched.

Safety information

Warning
The system cannot serve as a substitute for the driver’s personal judgment in assessing the traffic situation. Based on the limits of the system, it cannot independently react to all traffic situations. There is a risk of accident. Adjust driving style to traffic conditions. Watch the surrounding traffic situation closely, be ready to take over steering and braking at any time, and actively intervene where appropriate.

Overview

Buttons on the steering wheel
Button Function

  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-19Steering Assistant with Traffic Jam Assistant on/off.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-20Switch function on.
Sensors
The system is controlled by the following sensors:
  • Cameras behind the windshield.
  • Front radar sensor.
  • Radar sensors, side, front.

Functional requirements

  • Speed below 130 mph/210 km/h.
  • Sufficient lane width.
  • Above approx. 43 mph, 70 km/h: lane boundary on both sides is detected.
  • Below approx. 43 mph, 70 km/h: lane boundary on both sides or a vehicle driving ahead is detected.
  • Hands on the steering wheel rim.
  • Wide curves.
  • Drive in the center of the lane.
  • Turn signal switched off.
  • The sensor system calibration process is complete.
  • Cruise Control with Distance Control active.
  • Seat belt on the driver’s side fastened.
  • Forward Collision Warning active.
  • Pedestrian Warning active.
  • Side Collision Warning active.

Turning on/off Assisted

Driving Mode
General information

  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-19This button is used to switch the con-figured function on and off.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-20The button can be used to set the primarily used function.

Setting the function

  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-20When the system is active, press the button repeatedly until the desired function is selected in the toolbar. The toolbar for Assisted Driving mode is displayed at the bottom of the instrument cluster.

Icon Function

  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-26Cruise Control with Distance Control.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-27BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-28Depending on the equipment version, cruise control with distance control and Steering Assistant.

The selected function is shown in green.

Turning on 

  1. Press the button on the steering wheel.
  2. Adjust the Steering Assistant if necessary.

BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-51Steering wheel icon lights up gray.
The system is on standby and does not manipulate steering movements.

System activates automatically as soon as all function conditions are fulfilled.

BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-52Steering wheel icon lights up green. The system is active.

With the system switched on, the Daytime Pedestrian Collision Mitigation system and the Side Collision Warning are activated.

Turning off

  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-19Press the button on the steering wheel.

The indicator goes out.
The system does not perform supportive steering wheel movements.

Interrupting automatically
The system interrupts the supporting steering movements automatically, for example in the following situations:

  • At a speed above 130 mph/210 km/h.
  • When the steering wheel is released.
  • The driver applies the brakes.
  • With strong steering intervention.
  • When leaving own lane.
  • When the turn signal is switched on.
  • When the lane is too narrow.
  • If a lane boundary is not detected for a certain period of time and no vehicle is driving ahead.
  • The Active Cruise Control is interrupted.
  • The seat belt on the driver’s side is unfastened.

BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-51Steering wheel icon lights up gray.
The system is on standby and does not manipulate steering movements.
System activates automatically as soon as all function conditions are fulfilled.

Displays in the instrument cluster

Icon Description

  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-51Gray steering wheel icon: The system is on standby.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-52Green steering wheel icon:
    The system is activated.
    The system supports the driver in keeping the vehicle within the lane.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-53Yellow flashing steering wheel icon: Lane boundary driven over.
    The steering wheel vibrates where applicable.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-53Yellow steering wheel icon and a signal sounds, if applicable:
    System interruption is imminent.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-54Depending on the equipment and national market version: steering wheel icon flashes red or lights up red. A signal sounds:
    System is switching off.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-55Yellow steering wheel icon:
    The hands are not grasping the steering wheel. The system is still active.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-56Red steering wheel icon and a signal sounds:
    The hands are not grasping the steering wheel. System interruption is imminent.
    The system reduces the speed to a standstill if applicable.
    It is possible that the system will not execute any supporting steering movements.

Depending on the equipment and national-market version, information for the system is displayed in the Assisted Driving View in the central display area of the instrument cluster.

Alternative displays
Depending on the equipment version, the dis-plays in the instrument cluster may vary and are displayed as follows:

Icon Description

  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-51Gray steering wheel icon: The system is on standby.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-52Green steering wheel icon: The system is activated.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-53Depending on equipment, yellow flashing steering wheel icon:
    Lane boundary driven over.
    The steering wheel vibrates where applicable.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-53Yellow steering wheel icon and a signal sounds, if applicable:
    System interruption is imminent.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-54Depending on the equipment and national-market version: steering wheel icon flashes red or lights up red. A signal sounds:
    System is switching off.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-57Green steering wheel icon and lane boundary icon:
    The system supports the driver in keeping the vehicle within the lane.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-58Yellow steering wheel icon:
    The hands are not grasping the steering wheel. The system is still active.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-59Red steering wheel icon and a signal sounds:
    The hands are not grasping the steering wheel. System interruption is imminent.
    It is possible that the system will not execute any supporting steering movements.
    With Active Cruise Control, the system may reduce the speed.

Displays on the steering wheelBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-60

The two LED lights above the buttons illuminate analogously to the displays in the instrument cluster:

  • Yellow: system interruption is imminent.
  • Red: system will be deactivated.

The steering wheel displays can be switched on/off if required.

  1. CAR”
  2. Settings”
  3. Driver Assistance”
  4. Steering Wheel Feedback”
  5. Light elements”

Displays in the Head-up display
All system information can also be displayed in the Head-up display.

System limits

General information
The system cannot be activated or meaningfully used in certain situations.

Safety information 

Warning
Due to its limits, the system may not react, or it may react too late or in a manner that is not consistent with normal use. There may be a risk of accident or risk of damage to property. Actively intervene as warranted. Refer to the information in this Owner’s Manual regarding the scope of the system’s operation and limitations.

Hands on the steering wheel
The sensors cannot detect hand-steering wheel contact in the following situations:

  • Driving with gloves.
  • Protective covers on the steering wheel.

Narrow lanes
When driving within narrow lanes, the system cannot be activated or effectively used, for in-stance in the following situations:

  • In construction areas.
  • Depending on the equipment, with automatic formation of emergency lanes.
  • Within city limits.

Weather
The following restrictions can occur under un-favorable weather or light conditions:

  • Poorer recognition of vehicles and lane boundaries.
  • Short-term interruptions for vehicles that are already recognized.

Drive attentively, and react to the current sur-rounding traffic situation. If necessary, inter-vene actively, for instance by braking, steering or evading.

Assisted Driving Plus

Principle
Assisted Driving Plus supports the driver with vehicle control in traffic queues.
Supporting steering movements take place without the driver actively steering.

General information
The system uses the sensors of the Steering Assistant.

Safety information

Warning
The system cannot serve as a substitute for the driver’s personal judgment in assessing the traffic situation. Based on the limits of the system, it cannot independently react to all traffic situations. There is a risk of accident. Adjust driving style to traffic conditions. Watch the surrounding traffic situation closely, be ready to take over steering and braking at any time, and actively intervene where appropriate.

Federal, state, or local laws may differ, and the use of this function may be prohibited or limited. Before use, check federal, state, and local laws. Additionally, the notices for the Steering Assistant apply.

Functional requirements

  • The functional requirements of the Steering Assistant are fulfilled.
    Functional requirements,
  • The Steering Assistant is active.
  • The function is only available on certain street types, e.g. freeways.
  • Driving on a road without pedestrians or cyclists.
  • Sufficient lane width.
  • Lane markings and a vehicle driving ahead are detected.
  • Speed below approx. 40 mph/60 km/h.
  • The Driver Attention Camera in the instrument cluster detects that the driver is paying attention to the surrounding traffic.
  • The function must be available in the country in which the vehicle is driven.

Turning on

BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-64As soon as all functional requirements are met, Assisted Driving Plus will be displayed as an additional icon in the toolbar. The toolbar is displayed at the bottom of the instrument cluster.
The icon for Assisted Driving Plus is shown in green.
Two green LED lights are illuminated on the steering wheel.
The indicator light in the instrument cluster is shown in green.
The system begins to assist the driver with vehicle control.

Displays in the instrument cluster
Icon Description

  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-61Indicator light green: system is active.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-62Indicator light white: system is ready.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-63Gray indicator light: the system has been interrupted.

Alternative displays
Depending on the equipment version, the dis-plays in the instrument cluster may vary and are displayed as follows:

Icon Description
Indicator light green: system is active.

Displays on the steering wheelBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-60

The two LED lights above the buttons illuminate analogously to the displays in the instrument cluster:

  • Green: the system is active.
  • Yellow: system will be interrupted.
  • Red: system will be deactivated.

System limits

General information
The limits of the Steering Assistant system ap-ply.

Driver Attention Camera
The limits of the Driver Attention Camera system apply.

Automatic Lane Change Assistant

Principle
The Automatic Lane Change Assistant also assists when changing lanes on multi-lane roads.

General information
The system uses the sensors of the Steering Assistant.

Safety information

Warning
The system cannot serve as a substitute for the driver’s personal judgment in assessing the traffic situation. Based on the limits of the system, it cannot independently react to all traffic situations. There is a risk of accident. Adjust driving style to traffic conditions. Watch the surrounding traffic situation closely, be ready to take over steering and braking at any time, and actively intervene where appropriate. Additionally, the notices for the Steering Assis-tant apply.

Functional requirements

  • The functional requirements of the Steering Assistant are fulfilled.
    Functional requirements, 
  • Driving on a road without pedestrians or cyclists and with physical barriers to oncoming traffic, such as crash barriers.
  • Lane boundaries have been detected.
  • Maximum speed approx. 110 mph, 180 km/h.
  • The minimum speed is country-specific.
  • The function must be available in the country in which the vehicle is driven.

Switch lane change assist on/off

  1. CAR”
  2. Settings”
  3. Driver Assistance”
  4. If necessary, “Driving”
  5. Steering Assistance”
  6. Automatic Lane Change”

Changing lanes

  1. Ensure that the traffic situation permits changing lanes.
  2. Press the turn signal lever in the required direction to the pressure point for signaling briefly.

A supporting steering movement in the required direction can be detected a short time later.BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-65

After the lane change, the system helps keep the vehicle in the new lane.

Canceling a lane change
The lane change can be canceled by steering movement into the opposite direction.

Displays in the instrument cluster 

Icon Description

  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-66Green steering wheel icon.
    Green arrow icon for lane-changing. The system carries out a lane change.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-66Green steering wheel icon.
    Gray line for lane marking on the appropriate side.
    The system detected the lane change request. Lane change not currently possible.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-66Depending on the national-market version:
    Green steering wheel icon.
    Gray arrow icon for lane-changing.
    Lane change not possible; functional requirements not met.

Depending on the equipment and national market version, information for the system is displayed in the Assisted Driving View in the central display area of the instrument cluster.
Additional information:
Assisted Driving View, 

Alternative displays
Depending on the equipment version, the displays in the instrument cluster may vary and are displayed as follows:

Icon Description

  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-67Green steering wheel icon.
    Gray line for lane marking on the appropriate side.
    Green arrow icon for lane-changing.
    The system carries out a lane change.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-68Green steering wheel icon.
    Gray line for lane marking on the appropriate side.
    No arrow icon for changing the display.
    The system detected the lane change request. Lane change not currently possible.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-69Depending on the national-market version:
    Green steering wheel icon.
    Gray line for lane marking on the appropriate side.
    Gray arrow icon for lane-changing.
    Lane change not possible; functional requirements not met.

System limits
The limits of the Steering Assistant system ap-ply.

 

Parking assistance systems

General information
The parking assistance systems include different individual systems. The individual systems provide support with assistance functions, sensors and different camera views when parking and maneuvering or driving in reverse.

Additional information: 

  • Park Distance Control
  • Active Park Distance Control
  • Side protection
  • Rearview camera without Surround View
  • Automatic Parking Assistant
  • Automatic Parking Assistant, driving out of parking space
  • Back-up Assistant
  • Surround View with rearview camera
  • Panorama View
  • Cross traffic warning
  • Remote 3D View

Park Distance Control

Principle
The Park Distance Control helps with parking. Acoustic and visual warnings signal obstacles in front of or behind the vehicle.
Depending on the equipment, obstacles that are detected by the side ultrasonic sensors may also be reported by the side protection.

General information
The range of the system, depending on obstacles and environmental conditions, is approx. 6 ft/2 m.
An acoustic warning sounds in case of an im-pending collision at a distance to the object of approx. 27 in/70 cm.
For objects behind the vehicle, the acoustic warning is issued as early as a distance to the object of approx. 5 ft/1.50 m.

Safety information 

Warning
The system cannot serve as a substitute for the driver’s personal judgment in assessing the traffic situation. Based on the limits of the system, it cannot independently react to all traffic situations. There is a risk of accident. Adjust driving style to traffic conditions. Check surrounding traffic and vehicle’s surroundings closely and actively intervene where appropriate.

Warning
Due to high speeds when the Park Distance Control is activated, the warning can be delayed due to physical circumstances. There is a risk of injury or risk of damage to property. Avoid approaching an object too fast. Avoid driving off quickly while Park Distance Control is not yet active.

Overview

Button in the vehicleBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-70

  • Park assistance button

Sensors
The system is controlled by the following sensors:

  • Ultrasonic sensors in the front/rear bumpers.
  • Depending on the equipment: ultrasonic sensors on the side.

Turning on/off

Turning on automatically
The system switches on automatically in the following situations:

  • When the engine is running, selector lever position R is engaged.
  • Depending on the equipment version: while approaching detected obstacles at a speed lower than approx. 2.5 mph/4 km/h. The activation distance depends on the situation in question.
    You may switch automatic activation when obstacles are detected on and off.
  1. CAR”
  2. Settings”
  3. Driver Assistance”
  4. Parking and Maneuvering”
  5. If necessary, “Automatic PDC Activation”
  6. Automatic PDC Activation

Depending on equipment, an additional cam-era view is also switched on.

Automatic deactivation during forward travel
The system switches off when a certain distance travelled or speed is exceeded.
Switch the system back on, if needed.

Switching on/off manually

BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-71Press the park assistance button.

  • On: the LED lights up.
  • Off: the LED goes out.

The rearview camera image is displayed if the reverse gear is engaged when pressing the park assistance button.
Depending on the equipment version, the sys-tem cannot be switched off manually if the re-verse gear is engaged.

Warning

Signal tones
General information
An intermittent tone indicates when the vehicle is approaching an object. If, for example, an object is detected at the front left of the vehicle, a signal tone sounds from the front left speaker.
The shorter the distance to the object, the shorter the intervals.
When the distance to a detected object is less than approx. 8 in/20 cm, a continuous tone is sounded.
When there are objects in front of and behind the vehicle at the same time, with a distance smaller than approx. 8 in/20 cm, an alternating continuous tone will sound.
The intermittent tone and continuous tone are switched off if the selector lever position P is engaged.
Depending on design version, the intermittent tone is switched off after a short time when the vehicle is stationary.
If an object approaches when the vehicle is stationary, the acoustic signal is reactivated.

Volume
The volume of the Park Distance Control acoustic signals can be adjusted.

  1. CAR”
  2. Settings”
  3. Driver Assistance”
  4. Parking and Maneuvering”
  5. Volume PDC signal”
  6. Set the desired value.

Visual warningBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-72

The approach of the vehicle to an object is shown on the Control Display. Objects that are farther away are already displayed on the Control Display before a signal sounds.
The display appears as soon as the Park Distance Control is activated.
The detection range of the sensors is represented in the colors green, yellow and red when obstacles are detected.

Pathway lines are faded in for better estimation of the space required.
When the image of the rearview camera is dis-played, you can switch to the Park Distance Control or to a different view with obstacle markings if necessary:

  1. Press the Controller to the left, if needed.
  2. For instance “Park. sensors only”

Cross traffic warning: depending on the equipment, you will be warned in the Park Distance Control display against vehicles approaching in the front or rear from the side.

System limits

Safety information 

Warning
Due to its limits, the system may not react, or it may react too late or in a manner that is not consistent with normal use. There may be a risk of accident or risk of damage to property. Actively intervene as warranted. Refer to the information in this Owner’s Manual regarding the scope of the system’s operation and limitations.

Trailer towing
The rear functions of Park Distance Control are switched off with a trailer attached or when the trailer socket is occupied.
Depending on vehicle equipment and national-market version, the rear functions of Park Distance Control remain switched on when trailer towing is enabled.

BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-73White icon is displayed.
Depending on the vehicle equipment, the detection range of the sensors is shown as a shaded area on the Control Dis-play.

Limits of ultrasonic measurement
The detection of objects with ultrasonic measurements can run into physical limits, e.g., in the following situations:

  • With obstacles and persons at the edge of the lane.
  • Low objects already displayed, for instance curbs, can move into the blind area of the sensors before or after continuous tone sounds.

Unwarranted warnings
Reaching the system limits can cause unwarranted warnings.
To prevent unwarranted warnings, for instance in car washes, turn off automatic Park Distance Control activation on obstacle detection.

Malfunction

  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-74White icon is displayed, and the detection range of the sensors is dimmed on the Control Display.

A Check Control message is displayed.
Park Distance Control malfunction. Have the system checked by an authorized service center or another qualified service center or repair shop.

Active Park Distance Control

Principle
The Park Distance Control brake function ini-tiates emergency braking if there is an acute risk of collision.

General information
Due to system limits, a collision cannot be pre-vented under all circumstances.
The function is available below walking speed when driving in reverse or rolling backward.
A press of the accelerator pedal interrupts the brake intervention.
After emergency braking to a stop, further creeping toward an obstacle is possible. Proceed with caution. To move forward, lightly press the accelerator pedal and release as needed.
If the accelerator pedal is depressed longer, the vehicle drives off. Manual braking is possible at any time.
The system uses the ultrasonic sensors of Park Distance Control and the Automatic Parking Assistant.

Safety information 

Warning
The system cannot serve as a substitute for the driver’s personal judgment in assessing the traffic situation. Based on the limits of the system, it cannot independently react to all traffic situations. There is a risk of accident. Adjust driving style to traffic conditions. Check surrounding traffic and vehicle’s surroundings closely and actively intervene where appropriate.
In addition, the safety information for the Park Distance Control and the Automatic Parking Assistant apply.

Temporary switching off
The Park Distance Control brake function can be temporarily switched off:
Confirm the message on the Control Display.
During continued driving in this surrounding situation, no further emergency braking will oc-cur.

Settings
It is possible to set which areas on the vehicle will be protected by the system.

  1. CAR”
  2. Settings”
  3. Driver Assistance”
  4. Parking and Maneuvering”
  5. Active PDC with braking interv.”
  6. Select the desired setting.

System limits
The limits of the systems of the Park Distance Control and the Automatic Parking Assistant apply.
The system cannot be used in the following situations, for example:

  • Active Park Distance Control is deactivated when Hill Descent Control is active.
  • When driving with a trailer.
    If required, deactivate the system via iDrive where applicable.

Side protection

Principle
The side protection warns of obstacles on the side of the vehicle.

General information
The system uses the ultrasonic sensors of Park Distance Control and the Automatic Park-ing Assistant.

Safety information

Warning
The system cannot serve as a substitute for the driver’s personal judgment in assessing the traffic situation. Based on the limits of the system, it cannot independently react to all traffic situations. There is a risk of accident. Adjust driving style to traffic conditions. Check surrounding traffic and vehicle’s surroundings closely and actively intervene where appropriate.

In addition, the safety information for the Park Distance Control and the Automatic Parking Assistant apply.

DisplayBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-75

To protect the sides of the vehicle, obstacle markings are displayed on the sides of the vehicle.

  • Color marks: warning against detected obstacles.
  • Gray marks, hatched area: no obstacles were detected.
  • No marks, black area: the area next to the vehicle was not yet captured.

Limits of the side protection
The system only displays stationary obstacles that were previously detected by sensors while passing them.
The system does not detect whether an obstacle moves later on. If the vehicle is stationary, the marks are shown in black after a certain time. The area next to the vehicle must be newly captured.
The side protection is not available when the trailer socket is occupied or trailer towing is activated.
In addition, the limits of the systems of the Park Distance Control and the Automatic Parking Assistant apply.

Without Surround View: rearview camera

Principle
The rearview camera helps when reverse parking and maneuvering. The area behind the vehicle is shown on the Control Display.
Additionally, assistance functions can be shown in the display, e.g., help lines.

Safety information

Warning
The system cannot serve as a substitute for the driver’s personal judgment in assessing the traffic situation. Based on the limits of the system, it cannot independently react to all traffic situations. There is a risk of accident. Adjust driving style to traffic conditions. Check surrounding traffic and vehicle’s surroundings closely and actively intervene where appropriate.

Overview
Depending on the vehicle equipment: button in the vehicle BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-87

BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-71Park assistance button

Sensors
The system is controlled by the following sensors:
Rearview camera.

Turning on/off

Turning on automatically
The system is switched on automatically if se-lector lever position R is engaged when the engine is running.

Automatic deactivation during forward travel
The system switches off when a certain distance travelled or speed is exceeded.
Switch the system back on, if needed.

Depending on the vehicle equipment: switching on/off manually
BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-71press the park assistance button.

  • On: the LED lights up.
  • Off: the LED goes out.

The parking assistance functions are shown on the Control Display.

Switching the view via iDrive
If the rearview camera view is not displayed, change the view via iDrive:

  1. If necessary, tilt the Controller to the side.
  2. BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-77Rear view camera”
    The rearview camera image is displayed.

Functional requirements

  • The tailgate is fully closed.
  • Keep the detection range of the camera open. Protruding cargo, a rear-mounted luggage rack or trailer can limit the detection range of the camera.

Display on the control display

Toolbars
The assistance functions can be activated manually via the toolbars on the sides of the Control Display.

  1. Move the Controller to the right, if needed.
  2. With corresponding equipment: BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-78 “Camera image”
  3. BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-79“Parking aid lines”.
    Pathway lines and turning circle lines are displayed.
  4. “Obstacle mark.”.
    Depending on the equipment, the obstacles detected by the Park Distance Control are displayed by marks.

Zoom on trailer hitch:

  1. Tilt the Controller to the left, if needed.
  2. BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-81“Trailer hitch”.
    A zoomed image of the trailer hitch is shown.

More than one assistance function can be active at the same time.

Parking aid lines

General information
Additional assistance functions can be shown in the camera image on the control display.
More than one assistance function can be active at the same time.

Pathway linesBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-82

Pathway lines help you to estimate the space required when parking and maneuvering on level roads.
The pathway lines are continuously adjusted to the steering wheel movements depending on the steering wheel angle.

Turning circle linesBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-83

Turning circle lines can only be superimposed on the camera image together with pathway lines.
Turning circle lines show the course of the smallest possible turning radius on a level road.
Only one turning circle line is displayed after the steering wheel is turned past a certain angle.

Parking using lanes and turning circle lines

  1. Position the vehicle so that the red turning circle line leads to within the limits of the parking space.
  2. Turn the steering wheel to the point where the green pathway line covers the corresponding turning circle line.

Obstacle markingBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-84

Depending on the equipment, obstacles be-hind the vehicle are detected by the Park Distance Control sensors.
Obstacle markings can be faded into the im-age of the rearview camera.
The colored steps of the obstacle markings match the marks of the Park Distance Control.

Zoom on trailer hitch
To make it easier to attach a trailer, you can zoom in on the view of the trailer hitch.BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-85

Two static circle segments show the distance between the trailer and the trailer hitch. A docking line dependent on the steering-wheel angle helps with aiming for the trailer with the trailer hitch.
When zooming in, remember that the view may no longer show certain obstacles.

Setting brightness and contrast
With the rearview camera switched on:

  1. Move the Controller to the right, if needed.
  2. BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-78Camera image”
  3. Select the desired setting.

System limits
System limits of the sensors

Deactivated camera
When the camera is deactivated, for instance when the tailgate is open, the camera image is displayed hatched in gray.

Detection of objects
Very low obstacles as well as high, protruding objects such as ledges may not be detected by the system.
Depending on the equipment, some assistance functions also take into account data from the Park Distance Control.
Follow the notes in the Park Distance Control chapter.
The objects displayed on the Control Display may be closer than they appear. Do not estimate the distance from the objects on the display.

Automatic Parking Assistant

PrincipleBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-86

The Automatic Parking Assistant supports the driver in the following situations:

  • When parking parallel to the road, parallel parking.
  • When reverse parking perpendicular to the road, perpendicular parking. The system orients itself with the middle of the parking space.
  • Depending on the equipment version: when driving out of parallel parking spaces.

General information

Handling
Automatic Parking Assistant handling is divided into three steps:

  • Turn on and activate.
  • Parking space search.
  • Parking.

System status and instructions on required actions are displayed on the Control Display.
Ultrasonic sensors measure parking spaces on both sides of the vehicle.

Step tronic transmission
The Automatic Parking Assistant calculates the best possible parking line and takes control of the following functions during the parking operation:

  • Steering.
  • Acceleration and braking.
  • Changing gears.
    The parking operation is automatic.

Safety information

Warning
The system cannot serve as a substitute for the driver’s personal judgment in assessing the traffic situation. Based on the limits of the system, it cannot independently react to all traffic situations. There is a risk of accident. Adjust driving style to traffic conditions. Check surrounding traffic and vehicle’s surroundings closely and actively intervene where appropriate.

Warning
When using the trailer hitch, the assistance system cannot react correctly because the sensors are concealed. There may be a risk of accident or risk of damage to property. The driver assistance system should not be used during trailer towing or if the trailer hitch is used, for instance bicycle rack.

NOTICE
The system can steer the vehicle over or onto curbs. There is a risk of damage to property, among other potential damage. Watch surrounding traffic closely and actively intervene where appropriate.

In addition, the safety instructions of the Park Distance Control apply.

Overview

Button in the vehicleBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-87

BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-71Park assistance button

Sensors
The system is controlled by the following sensors:

  • Ultrasonic sensors in the front/rear bumpers.
  • Ultrasonic sensors, side.

2023 BMW X5 Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Functional requirements

For the measurement of parking spaces

  • Maximum speed while driving forward approx. 22 mph/35 km/h.
  • Maximum distance to row of parked vehicles: 5 ft/1.5 m.

Suitable parking space
General information:

  • Gap behind an object that has a min. length of 1.7 ft/0.5 m.
  • Gap between two objects, each with a minimum length of approx. 1.7 ft/0.5 m.
    Parallel parking to the road: 
  • Minimum length of gap between two ob-jects: own vehicle length plus approx. 2.6 ft/0.8 m.
  • Minimum depth: approx. 5 ft/1.5 m. Perpendicular parking:
  • Minimum width of the gap: own vehicle width plus approx. 2.3 ft/0.7 m.
  • Minimum depth: own vehicle length.
    The depth of diagonal parking spaces must be estimated by the driver. Due to technical limitations, the system is only able to approximate the depth of perpendicular parking spaces.

For the parking operation

  • Doors and tailgate are closed.
  • Driver’s seat belt is fastened.

Switching on with the button

BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-71Press the park assistance button. The LED lights up.

The current status of the parking space search is indicated on the Control Display.
BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-88Automatic Parking Assistant is activated automatically.
Switching on with reverse gear

  1. Shift into reverse.
    The current status of the parking space search is indicated on the Control Display.
  2. If necessary, activate:BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-119 Autom. Parking”

Switching on via iDrive
The display of the rearview camera or the view of the Park Distance Control must be active.

  1. Move the Controller to the right.
  2. Activate the Automatic Parking Assistant on the Control Display: “Autom. Parking”

Display on the control display

System activated/deactivated
Icon Meaning

  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-119Gray: the system is not available.
    White: the system is available but not activated.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-88System is activated.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-90Parking space search is active.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-91The parking operation is active. The system takes over the steering.

Parking space search and system statusBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-92

  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-90Automatic Parking Assistant is activated and parking space search is active.
  • Control Display shows suitable parking spaces at the edge of the road next to the vehicle icon. When Automatic Parking Assistant is active, suitable parking spaces are highlighted and an acoustic signal sounds.
  • If a diagonal or parallel parking space is clearly detected, the system automatically adjusts the suitable parking method. In the case of parking spaces suitable for parallel and diagonal parking, a selection menu is displayed. In this case, the desired parking method must be selected manually.
  • The parking operation is active. The sys-tem takes over the steering.
  • Parking space search is always active whenever the vehicle is moving forward slow and straight, even if the system is de-activated. When the system is deactivated, the displays on the Control Display are shown in gray.

Switching signal tone for suitable parking spaces on/off

  1. CAR”
  2. Settings”
  3. Driver Assistance”
  4. Parking and Maneuvering”
  5. Automatic Parking”
  6. Alert if parking space detected”

Acoustic signals of the Park Distance Control
Depending on national-market version, an intermittent tone for Park Distance Control sounds during an automatic parking operation.
A continuous tone sounds when the distance to a detected object is less than approx. 8 inches/20 cm.

Parking using the Automatic Parking Assistant

Parking

  1. Switching on and activating the Automatic Parking Assistant.
    For this, engage the reverse gear or press the parking assist button and activate the system on the Control Display, if needed. Automatic Parking Assistant is activated.
  2. BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-88Pass the row of parked vehicles forward at a speed of up to approx. 22 mph/35 km/h and at a distance of maximum 5 ft/1.5 m. The status of the parking space search and possible parking spaces are displayed on the Control Display.
  3. Confirm the suggested parking space for the parking operation: select the parking space on the Control Display.
    The system takes over the steering.
  4. Follow the instructions on the Control Dis-play.
    At the end of the parking operation, selector lever position P is set.
    The end of the parking operation is indicated on the Control Display.
  5. Adjust the parking position yourself, if needed.

Canceling manually
The Automatic Parking Assistant can be interrupted at any time:

  • Press the park assistance button.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-88Autom. Parking”: select the icon on the Control Display.

Canceling automatically
The system is interrupted automatically in the following situations:

  • When the driver grasps the steering wheel or takes over the steering.
  • Possibly on a snow-covered or slippery road.
  • When there are obstacles that are hard to overcome, such as curbs.
  • When there are obstacles that suddenly appear.
  • The Park Distance Control indicates distances that are too small.
  • When the maximum number of parking attempts or the time taken for parking is exceeded.
  • When changing over to another function on the Control Display.
  • The turn signal opposite to the desired parking side is switched on.
  • If the tailgate is open.
  • If doors are open.
  • When setting the parking brake.
  • During acceleration.
  • The brake pedal remains depressed for longer while the vehicle is at a standstill.
  • When unfastening the driver’s seat belt. A Check Control message is displayed.

Resuming
An interrupted parking operation can be continued, if needed.
Reactivate the Automatic Parking Assistant and follow the instructions on the Control Dis-play.

Turning off
The system can be switched off manually:
Press the park assistance button.

System limits

Safety information 

Warning
Due to its limits, the system may not react, or it may react too late or in a manner that is not consistent with normal use. There may be a risk of accident or risk of damage to property. Actively intervene as warranted. Refer to the information in this Owner’s Manual regarding the scope of the system’s operation and limitations.

No parking assistance
The Automatic Parking Assistant does not of-fer assistance in the following situations:

  • In tight curves.
  • When towing a trailer.
    For parking spaces that are only marked with lines on the ground. The system ori-ents itself according to objects.
  • For diagonal parking spaces.

Functional limitations
The system may be limited in the following situations:

  • On bumpy road surfaces such as gravel roads.
  • On slippery ground.
  • On steep uphill or downhill grades.
  • With accumulations of leaves/snow in the parking space.
  • In case of changes to an already-measured parking space.
  • With ditches or edges, for instance an edge of a port.
  • Parking spaces that are not suitable may be detected or suitable parking spaces may not be detected at all.

Malfunction
A Check Control message is displayed.
The Automatic Parking Assistant has malfunctioned. Have the system checked by an authorized service center or another qualified service center or repair shop.

Driving out of a parking space using the Automatic Parking Assistant

Principle
The system makes driving out of parallel park-ing spaces easier.

General information

Step tronic transmission
The Automatic Parking Assistant calculates an optimal line for pulling out of a parking space and takes control of the following functions during the maneuver:

  • Steering.
  • Accelerating and braking.
  • Changing gears.

The vehicle maneuvers automatically until the vehicle reaches a position in which the driver can drive out of the parking space without further steering movements.

Safety information  

Warning
The system cannot serve as a substitute for the driver’s personal judgment in assessing the traffic situation. Based on the limits of the system, it cannot independently react to all traffic situations. There is a risk of accident. Adjust driving style to traffic conditions. Check surrounding traffic and vehicle’s surroundings closely and actively intervene where appropriate.

Warning
When using the trailer hitch, the assistance system cannot react correctly because the sensors are concealed. There may be a risk of accident or risk of damage to property. The driver assistance system should not be used during trailer towing or if the trailer hitch is used, for instance bicycle rack.
In addition, the safety information for the Park Distance Control and the Automatic Parking Assistant apply.

Functional requirements

  • The vehicle was parked manually and ob-jects in front of and behind the car are detected. The distance to a detected curb is at least 6 inches/15 cm.
  • The vehicle was parked using the Auto-matic Parking Assistant and an object is detected in front of the vehicle.
  • The parking space is at least 2.6 ft/0.8 m longer than your vehicle.
  • The vehicle has been parked in reverse.

Driving out of parking spaces

  1. Turn on the drive-ready state.
  2. Step tronic transmission:
    Press the park assistance button or shift into reverse gear when the vehicle is stationary to switch on the Automatic Parking Assistant.
  3. Tilt the Controller to the right and activate the Automatic Parking Assistant on the Control Display: “Autom. Parking”
  4. On the Control Display, confirm the required direction for driving out of the parking space if necessary.
  5. Follow the instructions on the Control Dis-play.
    Step tronic transmission:
    The system takes control of the maneuver. A message will be displayed at the end of the maneuver.
  6. Make sure that the traffic situation permits driving out of the parking space and driving off as usual.
    The Automatic Parking Assistant is switched off automatically.

System limits
The driving out of a parking space function may not be offered temporarily under certain environmental conditions. The system limits of the Park Distance Control and the Automatic Parking Assistant continue to apply.

Back-up assistant

Principle
The Back-up Assistant supports the driver when driving in reverse, for instance when driving out of tight or confusing parking or street situations.
The vehicle stores the driving movements of the last distance covered. This stored distance covered can be driven back with automated steering.

General information
The system takes control of the steering when driving in reverse along the stored route.
The driver controls driving the vehicle via an accelerator pedal and brake.
The Back-up Assistant uses the operating elements and sensors of the Park Distance Con-trol and the Automatic Parking Assistant.

Safety information

Warning
The system cannot serve as a substitute for the driver’s personal judgment in assessing the traffic situation. Based on the limits of the system, it cannot independently react to all traffic situations. There is a risk of accident. Adjust driving style to traffic conditions. Check surrounding traffic and vehicle’s surroundings closely and actively intervene where appropriate.

Warning
When using the trailer hitch, the assistance system cannot react correctly because the sensors are concealed. There may be a risk of accident or risk of damage to property. The driver assistance system should not be used during trailer towing or if the trailer hitch is used, for instance bicycle rack.
In addition, the safety information for the Park Distance Control and the Automatic Parking Assistant apply.

Functional requirements

  • Drive forward without interruption to store the distance covered.
  • A maximum of 165 ft/50 meters are stored.
  • To store the distance covered, do not drive faster than 22 mph/36 km/h.
  • Dynamic Stability Control is activated.

Driving in reverse with automated steering

  1. Press the park assistance button or shift into reverse gear when the vehicle is stationary and the drive-ready state is switched on.
  2. Move the Controller to the right.
  3. Back-up Assistant”
    The system takes over the steering.
  4. Follow the instructions on the Control Dis-play where required.
  5. Take your hands off the steering wheel and carefully drive off using the accelerator pedal and the brake.
    When driving in reverse, pay attention to the vehicle’s surroundings, and if you encounter an obstacle, stop immediately and take over control of the vehicle. Follow the instructions for Park Distance Control.
  6. Stop no later than when normal road traffic is reached and take control of the vehicle, such as by shifting to a forward gear. At the end of the stored distance travelled, a signal will sound and a request will be displayed, also with the instruction to take control of the vehicle.

Canceling the Back-up Assistant manually
The assisted reversing by the backup assistant can be canceled manually:

  • Via touchscreen:BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-93 “Back-up Assistant”
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-71Press the button.

Canceling the Back-up Assistant automatically
The system automatically cancels in situations such as the following:

  • When the driver grasps the steering wheel or takes over the steering.
  • When engaging a forward gear.
  • During activation or intervention by driving control systems or assist systems.
  • After a few minutes when the vehicle is stationary.
  • The vehicle leaves the stored lane when re-versing, for instance at maximum steering angle.
  • The view on the control display is overlaid with messages such as incoming calls.

System limits

  • When you reach normal road traffic or if you encounter an obstacle, stop immediately and take over control of the vehicle.
  • The maximum speed when driving in reverse is limited to approx. 6 mph/9 km/h. If the maximum speed is exceeded, a warning is issued and the function may be can-celed.
  • After driving a stored distance covered with major steering-wheel angles, the function of the system will be limited for the return trip.
  • In addition, the limits of the systems of the Park Distance Control and the Automatic Parking Assistant apply.
    Different influences can lead to side deviations when driving the stored distance covered in re-verse. For example, this includes the following factors:
  • Steering movements when the vehicle is stationary while storing the distance covered.
  • The speed is not adapted to the distance covered.
  • Road characteristics, such as gradients or inclines.

Surround View

Principle
The Surround View uses various vehicle cameras, for instance, a rearview camera and front camera to assist with parking and maneuvering. Depending on the view, the vehicle’s surroundings or a part of it is depicted on the control display.

General information
Several cameras capture the area from different selectable perspectives.
The following camera perspectives can be displayed:

  • The automatic camera perspective automatically shows the appropriate perspective according to the respective driving situation.
  • The rearview camera shows the areas be-hind the vehicle.
  • The flank view on the right and left shows the areas on the sides of the vehicle.
  • The free camera perspective, which can be moved via iDrive, shows defined perspectives on a circular path.
  • The Panorama View shows crossing traffic, depending on the gear currently engaged.

Safety information

Warning
The system cannot serve as a substitute for the driver’s personal judgment in assessing the traffic situation. Based on the limits of the system, it cannot independently react to all traffic situations. There is a risk of an accident. Adjust driving style to traffic conditions. Check surrounding traffic and vehicle’s surroundings closely and actively intervene where appropriate.

Overview

Buttons in the vehicleBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-94

BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-71Park assistance button
BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-95Panorama View

Sensors
The system is controlled by the following sensors:

  • Front camera.
  • Top view cameras.
  • Rearview camera.

Turning on/off

Turning on automatically
The system is switched on automatically if se-lector lever position R is engaged when the engine is running.
The camera perspective suitable for the respective driving situation is displayed.

Switching on/off manually

BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-71Press the park assistance button.

  • On: the LED lights up.
  • Off: the LED goes out.
Depending on the equipment version, the rear-view camera cannot be switched off when the reverse gear is engaged.
 
Automatic deactivation during forward travel
The system switches off when a certain distance travelled or speed is exceeded.
Switch the system back on, if needed.
 

Display on the control display

OverviewBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-96
  1. Toolbar, left
  2. Camera image
  3. Side view
  4. Automatic camera perspective
  5. Movable unobstructed camera perspective 6 Toolbar, right
  6. Rearview camera
  7. Selection window

Toolbar on the left
The left toolbar can be used for the direct se-lection of various views via iDrive. Move the Controller to the left, if needed.

  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-97Parking”: around the vehicle.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-983D view”: available camera.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-81Trailer hitch”.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-99Car wash”.

Side view
The side view can be selected for the right or left vehicle side.
This view helps when positioning the vehicle at the curb or with other obstacles on the side by displaying the side surroundings.
The side view looks from rear to front and, in case of danger, focuses automatically on possible obstacles.

Automatic camera perspective
The automatic camera perspective shows a steering-dependent view in the respective driving direction.
This perspective adapts to the respective driving situation.
As soon as obstacles are detected, the view changes to a fixed display of the area in front or at the rear behind the bumper or, if necessary, changes to a side view.
When reverse gear is engaged, the automatic camera perspective is, if necessary, exited and the system uses a fixed perspective of the rearview camera. If necessary, manually select the automatic camera perspective when reverse gear is engaged. The automatic cam-era perspective will be retained for the current parking operation.

Movable unobstructed camera perspective
With selection of the movable camera perspective, a circle appears on the Control Display.
By turning the Controller or via touch function, specified perspectives on the circle can be selected.
The current perspective is marked with a cam-era icon.
To leave the function, move the Controller sideways and select another camera function.

Toolbar on the right
Assistance functions can be activated and settings can be entered via the right toolbar via iDrive. Move the Controller to the right, if needed.

  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-119Autom. Parking”.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-93Back-up Assistant”.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-78Camera image”:
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-100Brightness”.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-101Contrast”.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-79Parking aid lines”.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-80Obstacle mark.”.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-102Settings”: apply settings, for instance to use the activation points for Panorama View.

Rearview camera
The rearview camera helps when reverse parking and maneuvering. The area behind the vehicle is shown on the Control Display.

Selection window
The individual camera perspectives can be selected in the selection window via iDrive.

Parking aid lines

General information
Additional assistance functions can be shown in the camera image on the control display.
More than one assistance function can be active at the same time.

Pathway lines BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-103

Pathway lines help you to estimate the space required when parking and maneuvering on level roads.
The pathway lines are continuously adjusted to the steering wheel movements depending on the steering-wheel angle.

Turning circle linesBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-104

Turning circle lines can only be superimposed on the camera image together with pathway lines.
Turning circle lines show the course of the smallest possible turning radius on a level road. Only one turning circle line is displayed after the steering wheel is turned past a certain angle.

Parking using lanes and turning circle lines

  1. Position the vehicle so that the red turning circle line leads to within the limits of the parking space.
  2. Turn the steering wheel to the point where the green pathway line covers the corresponding turning circle line.

Obstacle markingBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-105

Obstacles behind the vehicle are detected by the Park Distance Control sensors.
Obstacle markings can be shown in the cam-era image.
The colored steps of the obstacle markings match the marks of the Park Distance Control.

Car wash viewBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-106

The car wash view assists when entering a car wash by displaying the floor and the vehicle’s own track.

Zoom on trailer hitch
To make it easier to attach a trailer, you can zoom in on the view of the trailer hitch.BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-107

Two static circle segments show the distance between the trailer and the trailer hitch.
A docking line dependent on the steering-wheel angle helps with aiming for the trailer with the trailer hitch.
When zooming in, remember that the view may no longer show certain obstacles.

Side protection

Principle
The side Park Distance Control is automatically displayed when the automatic camera perspective is turned on. The function shows obstacles located next to the vehicle.

DisplayBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-108

To protect the sides of the vehicle, obstacle markings are displayed on the sides of the vehicle.

  • No marks: no obstacles were detected.
  • Color marks: warning against detected obstacles.

Limits of the side protection
The system only displays stationary obstacles that were previously detected by sensors while passing them.
The system does not detect whether an obstacle moves later on. For this reason, at stand-still, the marks are not shown anymore in the display after a certain time. The area next to the vehicle must be newly captured.

Door opening angle

Principle
If obstacle marking is activated, the Surround View indicates fixed obstacles that obstruct the opening angles of the doors.
The system does not provide a warning of approaching road users.

Display BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-109

The maximum opening angle of the doors is displayed in selector lever position P. As soon as the vehicle begins moving, the opening an-gles are replaced by parking aid lines.

Limits of the display
The vehicle’s surroundings are distorted in the display for technical reasons.
Even if the icons for the door opening angles do not cross other objects on the Control Display, the following needs to be noted when parking next to other objects:
Because of the perspective, higher, protruding objects may be closer than they appear on the Control Display.

Setting brightness and contrast
Brightness and contrast can be adjusted with Surround View or Panorama View switched on.

  1. Move the Controller to the right, if needed.
  2. BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-78Camera image”
  3. Select the desired setting.

Functional limitations
The system can be used only to a limited ex-tent in the following situations:

  • In poor light.
  • In case of soiled cameras.
  • With a door open.
  • With the tailgate open.
  • With exterior mirrors folded in.

Areas with gray hatching with an icon in the camera image identify areas that are currently not shown, such as an open door.

Non-visible areas
Because of the camera angle, the areas under the vehicle cannot be viewed by the cameras.

Detection of objects
Very low obstacles as well as high, protruding objects such as ledges may not be detected by the system.
Some assistance functions also take into consideration data from the Park Distance Control. Follow the notes in the Park Distance Control chapter.
The objects displayed on the Control Display may be closer than they appear. Do not estimate the distance from the objects on the dis-play.

Malfunction
A camera failure is displayed on the Control Display.

BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-110A yellow icon is displayed and the detection range of the malfunctioning camera is displayed in black on the Control Display.

Panorama View

PrincipleBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-111

Panorama View gives you an earlier view of crossing traffic at blind driveway exits and intersections.

General information
Road users concealed by obstacles to the left and right of the vehicle can only be detected relatively late from the driver’s seat. The cam-eras in the front and rear capture the side areas around the vehicle to improve the view.
Yellow lines in the screen display mark the front and rear end of the vehicle.

The camera image shows different levels of distortion in some areas and is thus not suitable for distance estimations.
Depending on the equipment version, the function can only be used when driving forward.

Safety information

Warning
The system cannot serve as a substitute for the driver’s personal judgment in assessing the traffic situation. Based on the limits of the system, it cannot independently react to all traffic situations. There is a risk of accident. Adjust driving style to traffic conditions. Check surrounding traffic and vehicle’s surroundings closely and actively intervene where appropriate.

Overview

Button in the vehicleBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-112

BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-95Panorama View

Sensors
The system is controlled by the following sensors:

  • Front camera.
  • Depending on the equipment: rearview camera.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-95Press the button when the engine is running.

Depending on the driving direction, the image of the respective camera is displayed:

  • Front”: front camera image.
  • Rear”: rear camera image.

Depending on the vehicle equipment, a cross-traffic warning can additionally warn of approaching vehicles using radar sensors.

Principle
Positions, where Panorama View should switch on automatically, can be stored as activation points provided that a Global Positioning Sys-tem signal is received.

General information
Up to ten activation points can be stored.
Activation points can be used when driving for-ward for the front camera.

Storing activation points

  1. Drive to the position at which the system is to be switched on, and stop.
  2. BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-95Press the button.
  3. Tilt the Controller to the right.
  4. Activation point”
    The current position is displayed.
  5. Save activation point”
    Activation points are stored with one of the following pieces of information if possible:
    • With the city/town.
    • With the city/town and the street.
    • With the GPS coordinates.

Using activation points
The use of activation points can be switched on and off.

  1. BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-95Press the button.
  2. Tilt the Controller to the right.
  3. Settings”
  4. Panorama View, GPS-based”
  5. Panorama View is displayed automatically when set activation points are reached.”

Displaying activation points

  1. BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-95Press the button.
  2. Tilt the Controller to the right.
  3. BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-113Manage points”
    A list of all activation points is displayed.

Renaming or deleting activation points

  1. BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-95Press the button.
  2. Tilt the Controller to the right.
  3. BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-113“Manage points”
    A list of all activation points is displayed.
  4. Select an activation point as needed.
  5.  Select the desired setting.

Functional limitations
The Surround View functional limitations ap-ply.

System limits
The limits of the Surround View system apply. Additional information:

Cross-traffic warning

Principle
At blind driveway exits or when driving out of perpendicular parking spaces, road users approaching from the side are detected sooner by the cross traffic warning than is possible from the driver’s seat.

General informationBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-114

Two radar sensors in the rear bumper monitor the area behind the vehicle.
The system indicates approaching road users.
Depending on the vehicle equipment, the area around the vehicle in front of the vehicle is monitored as well. Two additional radar sensors are located in the front bumpers.

Safety information 

Warning
The system cannot serve as a substitute for the driver’s personal judgment in assessing the traffic situation. Based on the limits of the system, it cannot independently react to all traffic situations. There is a risk of accident. Adjust driving style to traffic conditions. Watch the surrounding traffic situation closely, be ready to take over steering and braking at any time, and actively intervene where appropriate.

Overview

Button in the vehicle BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-115

BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-71Park assistance button

Sensors
The system is controlled by the following sensors:

  • Radar sensors, side, rear.
  • Depending on the equipment: radar sensors, side, front.

Turning on/off

Activating/deactivating the system
With the button

  1. BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-71Press the park assistance button.
  2. Tilt the Controller to the right.
  3. BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-102Settings”
  4. Cross traffic warning”
  5. Cross traffic warning”

Via iDrive

  1. CAR”
  2. Settings”
  3. Driver Assistance”
  4. Parking and Maneuvering”
  5. Cross traffic warning”
  6. Cross traffic warning”

Turning on automatically
If the system was activated on the control dis-play, it will automatically be turned on as soon as the Park Distance Control or the Panorama View is active and a gear is engaged.
If reverse gear is engaged, the rear system is switched on.
Depending on the vehicle equipment, the front system is switched on when a forward gear is engaged.

Switching off automatically
The system is automatically switched off in the following situations:

  • When the speed exceeds walking speed.
  • When a certain distance travelled is exceeded.
  • With an active parking operation of the Automatic Parking Assistant.

Warning
General information
The respective display is called up on the Con-trol Display. A signal tone may sound and the light in the exterior mirror may flash.

Light in the exterior mirrorBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-116

The light in the exterior mirror flashes, if vehicles are detected by the rear sensors and your own vehicle, is moving in reverse.

Display in the Park Distance Control view BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-117

In the Park Distance Control view, the respective boundary area flashes red if vehicles are detected by the sensors.

Display in the camera viewBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driver-assistance-systems-fig-118

The respective boundary area, arrow 1, in the camera view flashes red, if vehicles are detected by the sensors. Yellow lines, arrow 2, mark the bumper of your own vehicle.

Acoustic warning
In addition to the optical indicator, a warning signal sounds if your own vehicle moves into the respective direction.

System limits

Functional limitations
The system may be limited in the following situations:

  • In tight curves.
  • Crossing objects are moving at a very slow or a very fast speed.
  • Other objects that hide cross-traffic are in the capture range of the sensors.

If the trailer power socket is occupied or trailer towing is activated, for instance during operation with trailer or bicycle rack, cross traffic warning is not available for the area behind the vehicle.

Remote 3D View

Principle
The BMW app and the pictures of the Surround View cameras in combination with the corresponding equipment enable the display of the vehicle’s surroundings on a mobile device.
The function displays a snapshot of the situation.

Sensors
The system is controlled by the following sensors:

  • Front camera.
  • Top view cameras.
  • Rearview camera.

Functional requirements

  • Data transfer must be activated.
  • The BMW app must be installed on the mo-bile end device.
  • Connected Drive countries: a driver profile with an existing Connected Drive account must be activated.

Switching the function on/off

Switching on/off with other functions

  1. CAR”
  2. Settings”
  3. General settings”
  4. Data privacy”
  5. Select the desired setting.

Switching on/off individually
Pre-adjustment

  1. CAR”
  2. “Settings”
  3. General settings”
  4. Data privacy”
  5. Select services individually”
  6. My BMW app & customer portal”
  7. Remote 3D View”

Turning on/off

  1. CAR”
  2. Settings”
  3. General settings”
  4. Data privacy”
  5. Individual selection”

Functional limitations
The system may not be fully functional or may not be available in the following situations:

  • With a door or the tailgate open. Dark fields in the display indicate areas that are not recorded by the system.
  • With manually folded-in exterior mirrors. When other camera functions are being performed in the vehicle.
  • The vehicle moves faster than the walking speed.
  • It may not be possible to use the function in every country.
  • For reasons of data protection, the function can only be used three times within two hours.

FAQ

Q: What driver assistance systems are available in the 2023 BMW X5 Plug-in Hybrid?

A: The 2023 BMW X5 Plug-in Hybrid typically comes equipped with a suite of advanced driver assistance systems that may include features such as adaptive cruise control, lane departure warning, and more.

Q: Is adaptive cruise control standard in the 2023 X5 Plug-in Hybrid?

A: Adaptive cruise control may be available as standard or as an optional feature, depending on the trim level and configuration chosen.

Q: What is adaptive cruise control, and how does it work in the X5 Plug-in Hybrid?

A: Adaptive cruise control automatically adjusts the vehicle’s speed to maintain a safe following distance from the vehicle ahead, using sensors and radar to monitor traffic conditions.

Q: Does the 2023 X5 Plug-in Hybrid have lane departure warning?

A: Yes, lane departure warning is often included in the driver assistance systems of the 2023 X5 Plug-in Hybrid. It alerts the driver if the vehicle drifts out of its lane without using a turn signal.

Q: Are there any features that assist with parking and maneuvering in tight spaces?

A: Yes, the X5 Plug-in Hybrid often includes features like parking sensors and a surround-view camera system to assist with parking and low-speed maneuvering.

Q: Does the 2023 X5 Plug-in Hybrid have autonomous driving capabilities?

A: The 2023 X5 Plug-in Hybrid may offer advanced driver assistance features that provide a degree of semi-autonomous driving, such as lane-keeping assist and traffic jam assist, but it’s not fully autonomous.

Q: What is lane-keeping assist, and how does it work?

A: Lane-keeping assist helps the driver stay within their lane by gently steering the vehicle back into the lane if it begins to drift without signaling. It uses cameras and sensors to detect lane markings.

Q: Can the X5 Plug-in Hybrid assist with evasive maneuvers or emergency braking?

A: Yes, the X5 Plug-in Hybrid often features emergency braking and evasive maneuver assistance as part of its advanced driver assistance systems, helping to avoid collisions or reduce their severity.

Q: Are there features to help with long highway drives?

A: The 2023 X5 Plug-in Hybrid may include features like adaptive cruise control with stop-and-go functionality, making highway driving more comfortable and less fatiguing.

Q: Can I customize the settings of the driver assistance systems in the X5 Plug-in Hybrid?

A: Yes, many of the driver assistance features in the X5 Plug-in Hybrid can be customized to suit your preferences through the vehicle’s infotainment system.

Q: Are there specific driver profiles that can save individual settings for multiple drivers?

A: Yes, the X5 Plug-in Hybrid often allows you to create and save driver profiles, which can include personalized settings for driver assistance features.

Q: How can I access and control the driver assistance systems in the X5 Plug-in Hybrid?

A: Driver assistance features can typically be accessed and controlled through the vehicle’s infotainment system or via buttons and controls on the steering wheel.

Q: Are there voice commands available to control certain driver assistance features?

A: Some X5 Plug-in Hybrid models may offer voice control functionality for certain driver assistance features, allowing you to interact with the vehicle using voice commands.

Q: Does the X5 Plug-in Hybrid provide visual and audible alerts for driver assistance features?

A: Yes, the vehicle often provides visual alerts on the instrument cluster or heads-up display and audible warnings when driver assistance features are activated or when potential hazards are detected.

Useful Link

View Full PDF: BMW X5 PLUG-IN HYBRID 2023 User Guide
https://www.bmwusa.com/owners-manuals.html
2023 BMW X5 Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Categories
BMW X5 PLUG-IN HYBRID

2023 BMW X5 PLUG-IN HYBRID Driving stability control systems

BMW-Logo

BMW X5 PLUG-IN HYBRID 2023 Vehicle features and options

A complex driving stability control system is built into the 2023 BMW X5 Plug-in Hybrid. It includes anti-lock braking (ABS), traction control (TCS), electronic stability control (ESC), and dynamic stability control (DSC). This complete system makes the car safer and easier to control by keeping the wheels from locking up when you brake, limiting wheel spin when you speed up, and intelligently adjusting the brake pressure and engine power to avoid oversteering or understeering during corners. With its adaptive features and multiple driving modes, this stability control system makes sure that the BMW X5 Plug-in Hybrid performs at its best in all kinds of driving situations. It makes the car safer and more enjoyable to drive overall.

2023 BMW X5 Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Antilock Braking System

The Antilock Braking System prevents the locking of the wheels during braking.
The vehicle maintains its steerability even during emergency braking, which increases active driving safety.
The Antilock Braking System is ready after each engine start.

Brake assistant 

The brake assistant applies maximum braking assistance when the brake is depressed quickly. It reduces the braking distance to a minimum during emergency braking. The advantages of the Antilock Braking System are thereby utilized.
Do not reduce the pressure on the brake pedal for the duration of emergency braking.

Adaptive brake assistant
In combination with Active Cruise Control, this system ensures that the brake responds even more rapidly when braking in critical situations.

Drive-off assistant

Principle
The drive-off assistant supports driving off on uphill grades.

Driving off 

  1. Hold the vehicle in place with the foot brake.
  2. Release the foot brake and drive off without delay.

After the foot brake is released, the vehicle is held in place for approx. 2 seconds.
Depending on the vehicle loading or with trailer towing, the vehicle may roll back slightly.

Dynamic Stability Control 

  • Skidding, which can lead to oversteering.
  • Loss of adhesion of the front wheels, which can lead to understeering.

Safety information

Warning
The system cannot serve as a substitute for the driver’s personal judgment in assessing the traffic situation. Based on the limits of the system, it cannot independently react to all traffic situations. There is a risk of an accident. Adjust driving style to traffic conditions. Watch the surrounding traffic situation closely, be ready to take over steering and braking at any time, and actively intervene where appropriate.

Warning
When driving with a roof load, for instance with a roof-mounted luggage rack, the vehicle’s center of gravity is higher, which increases the risk of the vehicle tipping in critical driving situations. There may be a risk of accident or risk of damage to property. Drive with roof load only with activated Dynamic Stability Control.

Overview

Button in the vehicle BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driving-stability-control-systems-fig-1

BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driving-stability-control-systems-fig-2DSC OFF

Deactivating/activating the Dynamic Stability Control

General information
When the Dynamic Stability Control is deactivated, driving stability is limited when accelerating and cornering.
To support driving stability, reactivate Dynamic Stability Control as soon as possible.

Deactivating the system
BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driving-stability-control-systems-fig-2Hold the button down until DSC OFF is displayed in the instrument cluster and the DSC OFF indicator light is illuminated.

Activating the system
BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driving-stability-control-systems-fig-2Press the button.

DSC OFF and the DSC OFF indicator light turn off.

2023 BMW X5 Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Display

In the instrument cluster
If the Dynamic Stability Control is deactivated, DSC OFF is displayed in the instrument cluster.

Indicator/warning lights 

BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driving-stability-control-systems-fig-3Indicator light illuminates: Dynamic Stability Control is deactivated.
BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driving-stability-control-systems-fig-4Indicator light blinks: Dynamic Stability Control controls the drive and brake forces.

Indicator light illuminates: the Dynamic Stability Control has malfunctioned.

Dynamic Traction Control

Principle
The Dynamic Traction Control is a variant of the Driving Stability Control where the drive power is optimized.
The system ensures maximum drive power on unusual road conditions, for instance, unplowed snow-covered roads or loose road surfaces, but with somewhat limited driving stability.

General information
When the Dynamic Traction Control is activated, there is maximum traction. Driving stability is limited during acceleration and when cornering.
A brief activation of the Dynamic Traction Control may be useful in the following situations:

  • When driving in slush or on uncleared, snow-covered roads.
  • When driving off from deep snow or loose ground.
  • When driving with tire chains.

Overview

Button in the vehicle BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driving-stability-control-systems-fig-5

BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driving-stability-control-systems-fig-2DSC OFF

Activating/deactivating the Dynamic Traction Control

Activating the system

BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driving-stability-control-systems-fig-2Press the button.

TRACTION is displayed in the instrument cluster and the indicator light for DSC OFF lights up.

Deactivating the system

TRACTION and the DSC OFF indicator light turn off.

Display

Display in the instrument cluster
When the Dynamic Traction Control is activated, TRACTION is displayed in the instrument cluster.
Indicator/warning lights

The indicator light illuminates:
BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driving-stability-control-systems-fig-3the Dynamic Traction Control is activated.

Automatic program change
In certain situations, the Dynamic Stability Control is activated automatically:

  • The Active Cruise Control with Stop &Go function is activated.
  • On a brake intervention by the Intelligent Safety systems.
  • If the suspension control system fails.
  •  The vehicle has a flat tire.

xDrive

Principle
xDrive is the all-wheel-drive system of the vehicle. Concerted action by the xDrive and other suspension control systems, such as Dynamic Stability Control, further optimizes traction and driving dynamics.

General information
xDrive variably distributes the driving power to the front and rear axles as demanded by the driving situation and road conditions.
The Driving Dynamics Control is used to change the all-wheel distribution from traction-oriented to sport-oriented.
Because of the needs-based use of the all-wheel-drive system, Efficient4x4 yields a reduction in consumption.

Display on the control display

Display xView display

  1. CAR”
  2. Driving information”
  3. xVIEW”
    or
    “offroad”
    The following information is displayed:
    • With a navigation system: compass display for the driving direction.
    • With navigation system: elevation for the current position.
    • With the navigation system: destination flag in compass direction to the destination.
    • Pitch attitude with degree indication and percentage.
    •  Transverse gradient with degree indication.
    • Graphic display for the steering-wheel angle.
    • Level adjustment of the two-axle ride level control.

Automatic Differential Brake

Principle
Automatic Differential Brake controls the driving power by automatic brake intervention on individual wheels.
General information
The function works in the same way as a differential lock and improves traction on a loose surface, for example. The system detects when a wheel begins to spin and automatically brakes this wheel.
The driving power is diverted to the wheel with better traction.
As a result, the driving power is transferred more efficiently to the wheels during accelerations.

Hill Descent Control

Principle
Hill Descent Control is a downhill control feature that adjusts the vehicle speed on steep downhill gradients, e.g., when driving on un-paved roads.

General information
When the system is active, the vehicle moves at the speed set by the driver, without the driver having to depress the brake pedal.
While Hill Descent Control is adjusting the speed, the system automatically distributes the brake force to the individual wheels. This improves driving stability and steerability. If necessary, the Antilock Braking System prevents the wheels from locking.
The system can be activated below approx. 25 mph/40 km/h.
Speeds can be set between approx.
2 mph/3 km/h and approx. 20 mph/30 km/h. When the vehicle is driving downhill, the sys-tem reduces the speed to the set value, within the physical limits.

Overview

Button in the vehicle BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driving-stability-control-systems-fig-6

BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driving-stability-control-systems-fig-7Hill Descent Control

Activate Hill Descent Control

The LED on the button lights up.
BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driving-stability-control-systems-fig-7Press the button.

Speeds between approx. 2 mph/3 km/h and approx. 20 mph/30 km/h are adopted as the set speed.
Active Park Distance Control: the Park Distance Control brake function is deactivated.

Additional information:
Active Park Distance Control

Display in the instrument cluster

BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driving-stability-control-systems-fig-8An icon and the selected desired speed are displayed.

  • Indicator green: Hill Descent Control is active. The system is actively braking the vehicle.
  • Indicator gray: Hill Descent Control is on standby.

Display in the Head-up display
The status of the system can also be shown in the Head-up display.

Increasing or decreasing vehicle speed

Using the cruise control rocker switch
The set speed can be changed using the cruise control rocker switch on the steering wheel.BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driving-stability-control-systems-fig-9

  • Press the rocker switch up: the speed increases gradually.
  • Press the rocker switch up and hold: the speed increases while the rocker switch is pressed.
  • Press the rocker switch down: the speed decreases gradually.
  • Press the rocker switch down and hold: the speed decreases while the rocker switch is pressed.

Using the brake pedal
While the system is adjusting the speed, the set speed can be reduced by depressing the brake pedal.

Deactivating Hill Descent Control
BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driving-stability-control-systems-fig-7Press the button again. The LED goes out.

The system is automatically deactivated above approx. 25 mph/40 km/h.
Malfunction
If a malfunction occurs, a message is displayed in the instrument cluster.

2023 BMW X5 Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Integral Active Steering

Principle
The Integral Active Steering increases the maneuverability and makes a more direct steering response possible.
General information
Integral Active Steering is a combination of variable steering ratio and rear axle steering.
The steering is more direct because the variable steering ratio amplifies the steering-wheel angle while maneuvering. The rear axle steering acts to increase maneuverability at low speeds by turning the rear wheels slightly in the opposite direction to the front wheels.
At higher speeds, the rear wheels are turned in the same direction as the front wheels. For instance, this results in a harmonious lane change.
In critical driving situations, the Integral Active Steering can stabilize the vehicle through purposeful steering of the rear wheels before the driver intervenes, for instance in case of over-steering.

Setting
The system offers several different settings.
The various settings can be set using Driving Dynamics Control.

Additional information:
Driving Dynamics Control

Using tire chains
In order to guarantee free movement of the wheels when operating with tire chains, rear axle steering of the integral active steering must be switched off when tire chains are mounted.
Additional information:
Rear axle steering during operation with tire chains

Malfunction
In the event of a malfunction, the steering wheel must be turned further at lower speeds, while the vehicle responds more sensitively to steering wheel movements in the higher speed range.
There is no longer support of Integral Active Steering in critical driving situations.
Proceed cautiously and drive defensively.
Have the system checked by an authorized service center or another qualified service center or repair shop.

FAQ

What is the driving stability control system in the 2023 BMW X5 Plug-in Hybrid?

The driving stability control system in the 2023 BMW X5 Plug-in Hybrid is a sophisticated electronic system designed to enhance the vehicle’s stability and control in various driving conditions.

What are the key components of the driving stability control system?

The key components include the anti-lock braking system (ABS), traction control system (TCS), electronic stability control (ESC), and dynamic stability control (DSC).

How does ABS work in the BMW X5 Plug-in Hybrid?

ABS prevents wheel lock-up during hard braking, allowing the driver to maintain steering control. It modulates brake pressure to each wheel independently.

What is the purpose of the Traction Control System (TCS)?

TCS helps prevent wheel spin during acceleration by adjusting engine power and applying brakes to specific wheels.

TCS helps prevent wheel spin during acceleration by adjusting engine power and applying brakes to specific wheels.

ESC helps maintain vehicle stability during cornering by applying brakes to individual wheels and adjusting engine power to counter oversteer or understeer.

Can the driver disable ESC in the BMW X5 Plug-in Hybrid?

Some versions of the BMW X5 may allow the driver to partially or fully disable ESC, depending on the driving mode and settings.

What is Dynamic Stability Control (DSC)?

DSC is an advanced system that integrates ABS, TCS, and ESC to provide comprehensive stability control in various driving conditions.

Does the BMW X5 Plug-in Hybrid offer different driving modes?

Yes, the BMW X5 Plug-in Hybrid typically offers multiple driving modes, including eco, comfort, sport, and adaptive modes, which can adjust stability control settings.

How does the stability control system perform in slippery or off-road conditions?

The stability control system in the BMW X5 Plug-in Hybrid is designed to adapt to different road conditions and can help maintain stability even in challenging environments.

Are there any additional safety features related to stability control?

The BMW X5 Plug-in Hybrid may offer additional safety features such as hill descent control, which assists in maintaining stability during steep descents.

Can the driver customize stability control settings?

Depending on the vehicle’s configuration, the driver may have the option to customize stability control settings within certain limits.

How does stability control affect fuel efficiency in a plug-in hybrid?

By optimizing traction and stability, the stability control system can contribute to improved fuel efficiency in the BMW X5 Plug-in Hybrid.

Does the BMW X5 Plug-in Hybrid have adaptive suspension to complement stability control?

Some models of the BMW X5 Plug-in Hybrid may come equipped with adaptive suspension systems that work in harmony with stability control to provide a comfortable yet stable ride.

Is there any driver feedback or alerts related to stability control?

The vehicle’s dashboard may display warnings or alerts if stability control is actively intervening to maintain stability, ensuring the driver is aware of the situation.

How does the BMW X5 Plug-in Hybrid’s stability control system contribute to overall driving safety?

The stability control system in the BMW X5 Plug-in Hybrid is a crucial component of its safety features, helping to prevent accidents and improve vehicle stability in various driving conditions, ultimately enhancing overall safety for the driver and passengers.

Useful Link

BMW X5 PLUG-IN HYBRID 2023 User Guide
https://www.bmwusa.com/owners-manuals.html
2023 BMW X5 Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Categories
BMW X5 PLUG-IN HYBRID

2023 BMW X5 PLUG-IN HYBRID Safety Instructions And Drive System

BMW-Logo

BMW X5 PLUG-IN HYBRID 2023 Vehicle features and options

The 2023 BMW X5 Plug-in Hybrid is an innovative and environmentally friendly version of BMW’s popular luxury SUV, featuring a hybrid powertrain that combines an electric motor and a gasoline engine. The X5 Plug-in Hybrid is equipped with several advanced safety features, such as BMW’s Active Driving Assistant, which includes lane departure warning, forward collision warning, automatic emergency braking, and pedestrian detection. Moreover, the X5 Plug-in Hybrid comes with a standard rearview camera, parking sensors, and adaptive LED headlights, which adjust the beam pattern according to the driving conditions for optimal visibility. The SUV also features electronic stability control, traction control, and an anti-lock braking system for superior handling and stability in all driving situations. In addition, the X5 Plug-in Hybrid also features an advanced airbag system with front, side, and knee airbags for both the driver and passengers, as well as curtain airbags that extend the length of the vehicle. The X5 Plug-in Hybrid also has a unique safety feature that automatically disconnects the high-voltage battery in the event of an accident, reducing the risk of electric shock. Overall, the 2023 BMW X5 Plug-in Hybrid is a reliable and safe luxury SUV that comes with a variety of advanced safety features to ensure the safety of its passengers on the road.

2023 BMW X5 Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Airbags

BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Safety-1

  1. Front airbag, driver
  2. Front airbag, front passenger
  3. Head
  4. Side airbag In the rear
  5. Side airbag
  6. Knee airbag

Front airbags
Front airbags help protect the driver and the front passenger by responding to frontal im-pacts in which seat belts alone would not pro-vide adequate protection.

Side airbag
In the event of a side collision, the side airbag protects the side of the body in the chest and lap area.
Depending on the national-market version:

In the event of a side collision, the side airbag in the rear protects the chest and lap area on the side of the bodies of the occupants in the outer rear seats.

Head airbag
In the event of a side collision, the head airbag protects the head.

Ejection Mitigation
The head airbag system is designed as an ejection mitigation countermeasure to reduce the likelihood of ejections of vehicle occupants through side windows during rollovers or side collision events.

Knee airbag
The knee airbag protects the legs in the event of a frontal impact.

Protective effect

General information
Airbags are not deployed in every impact situation, e.g., in less severe accidents.

Information on optimum protective effect of the airbags 

Warning
If the seat position is incorrect or the deployment area of the airbags is impaired, the airbag system cannot provide protection as intended and may cause additional injuries due to deployment. There is a risk of injury or danger to life. Follow the information on achieving the optimum protective effect of the airbag system.

  • Keep a distance from the airbags.
  • Always grasp the steering wheel on the steering wheel rim. Hold your hands at the 3 o’clock and 9 o’clock positions to keep the risk of injury to your hands or arms as low as possible when the airbag is deployed.
  • Adjust seat and steering wheel so that hands can be crossed over the steering wheel. Select the settings so that the shoulder rests against the backrest when crossing the hands and the upper body
    is as far back as possible while still maintaining a comfortable grip on the steering wheel.
  • Make sure that the front passenger is sit-ting correctly, i.e., keeps his or her feet and legs in the footwell and does not support them on the dashboard.
  • Make sure that occupants keep their heads away from the side airbag.
  • There should be no additional persons, animals or objects between an airbag and a person.
  • Dashboard and windshield on the passenger’s side must stay clear – do not at-tach adhesive film or coverings and do not attach brackets or cables, for instance for navigation devices or mobile phones.
  • Do not bond the airbag cover panels with adhesive, do not cover them or modify them in any way.
  • Do not use the cover of the front airbag on the passenger’s side as a storage area.
  • Do not attach slip covers, seat cushions or other objects to the front seats that are not specifically suited for seats with integrated side airbags.
  • Do not hang pieces of clothing, such as jackets, over the backrests.
  • Never modify either the individual components or the wiring in the airbag system. This also applies to steering wheel covers, the dashboard, and the seats.
  • Do not disassemble the airbag system.

Even when you follow all instructions very closely, injury from contact with the airbags cannot be fully ruled out in certain situations. The ignition and inflation noise may lead
to short-term and, in most cases, temporary hearing impairment in sensitive occupants.
Vehicle modifications for a person with disabilities may affect the air bag system; contact BMW Customer Relations for further information.
Warnings and information on the airbags are also found on the sun visors.

Operational readiness of the airbag system

Safety information

Warning
Individual components can be hot after the deployment of the airbag system. There is a risk of injury. Do not touch individual components.

Warning
Improperly executed work can lead to failure, malfunction or unintentional deployment of the airbag system. In the case of a malfunction, the airbag system might not deploy as intended despite the accident’s severity. There is a risk of injury or danger to life. Have the airbag system checked, repaired, disassembled and scrapped by an authorized service center or another qualified service center or repair shop.

Display in the instrument cluster
BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Safety-fig-27When drive-ready state is turned on, the warning light in the instrument cluster lights up briefly, thereby indicating the operational readiness of the entire air-bag system and the seat belt tensioners.

Malfunction

  • Warning light does not come on when the drive-ready state is turned on.
  • The warning light lights up continuously.
    Have the system checked.

Setting the front seat positions
The power that deploys the driver’s/front passenger airbags depends on the position of the driver’s/front passenger seat.
To maintain the accuracy of this function, calibrate the electrical front seats as soon as a respective message appears on the control display.
Additional information:

Automatic deactivation of the front passenger airbags

Principle
The system reads if the front passenger seat is occupied by measuring the human body’s resistance.
Front, knee, and side airbag on the front passenger’s side are activated or deactivated.
General information
Before transporting a child on the front passenger seat, refer to the safety information and instructions for children on the front passenger seat, see Children.

Safety information

Warning
To ensure the front passenger airbag function, the system must be able to detect whether a person is sitting in the front passenger seat. The entire seat surface must be used for this purpose. There is a risk of injury or danger to life. Make sure that the front passenger keeps his or her feet in the footwell.

Fault of the automatic deactivation system
When transporting older children and adults, the front passenger airbags may be deactivated in certain seat positions. In this case, the indicator light for the front passenger airbags lights up.
In this case, change the seat position so that the front passenger airbags are activated and the indicator light goes out.
If it is not possible to activate the airbags, have the person sit in the rear seat.
To enable accurate recognition of the occupied seat surface:

  • Do not attach covers, cushions, ball mats or other items to the front passenger seat unless they are specifically determined to be safe for use on the front passenger seat.
  • Do not place any electronic devices on the front passenger seat if a child restraint system is to be installed on it.
  • Do not place objects under the seat that can press against the seat from below.
  • No moisture in or on the seat.

Indicator light for the front passenger airbags
The indicator light for the front-seat passenger airbag in the headliner indicates the operating state of the front-seat passenger airbag.
The light indicates whether the airbags are either activated or deactivated.
After the drive-ready state is switched on, the light lights up and then indicates whether the airbags are either activated or deactivated.

  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Safety-fig-2The indicator light lights up when a child is properly seated in a child restraint system or when the seat is empty. The airbags on the passenger’s side are not activated.
  • The indicator light does not light up when, for instance, a correctly seated person of sufficient size is detected on the seat. The airbags on the passenger’s side are activated.

Detected child restraint systems
The system generally detects children seated in a child restraint system, particularly in child restraint systems required by NHTSA at the point in time when the vehicle was manufactured. After installing a child restraint system, make sure that the indicator light for the front passenger airbags lights up. This indicates that the child restraint system has been detected and the front passenger airbags are not activated.

2023 BMW X5 Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Intelligent Safety

Principle
Intelligent Safety enables the central operation of the driver assistance systems.

General information
Depending on how the vehicle is equipped, Intelligent Safety consists of one or more systems that can help prevent an imminent collision.

  • Forward Collision Warning with light braking function
  • Evasion Assistant
  • Intersection warning with City light braking function
  • Pedestrian Warning with City Collision Mitigation
  • Lane departure warning
  • Active Blind Spot Detection
  • Side collision mitigation
  • For rear-end collision preparation

Safety information

Warning
The system cannot serve as a substitute for the driver’s personal judgment in assessing the traffic situation. Based on the limits of the system, it cannot independently react to all traffic situations. There is a risk of accident. Adjust driving style to traffic conditions. Watch the surrounding traffic situation closely, be ready to take over steering and braking at any time, and actively intervene where appropriate.

Warning
Indicators and warnings cannot serve as a substitute for the driver’s personal judgment. Due to its limits, the system may not issue warnings or responses, or these may be issued late or in a manner that is not consistent with their normal use. There is a risk of an accident. Adjust driving style to traffic conditions. Watch surrounding traffic closely and actively intervene where appropriate.

Warning
When towing with Intelligent Safety systems enabled or Cruise Control switched on, individual functions may not work correctly. There is a risk of an accident. Switch off all Intelligent Safety systems and Cruise Control before towing.

Overview

Button in the vehicleBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Safety-fig-3

BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Safety-fig-4Intelligent Safety

Settings
The following settings can be selected for Intelligent Safety systems:

  • “ALL ON”: all Intelligent Safety systems are switched on. Basic settings are activated for the sub-functions, for instance setting for warning time.
  • “INDIVIDUAL”: the Intelligent Safety systems are switched on according to the individual settings.
  • “Configure INDIVIDUAL”: Intelligent Safety systems can be configured individually. The individual settings are activated and stored. As soon as a setting is changed on the menu, all settings of the menu are activated.
  • “ALL OFF”: All Intelligent Safety systems are switched off.

Button Status

  • Button lights up green: all Intelligent Safety systems are switched on.
  • Button lights up orange: some Intelligent Safety systems are switched off or currently unavailable.
  • Button does not light up: all Intelligent Safety systems are switched off.

Switching Intelligent Safety systems on/off

General information
Some Intelligent Safety systems are automatically active after every departure. Some Intelligent Safety systems activate according to the last setting.

Operation

  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Safety-fig-4Press the button.
    The menu for the Intelligent Safety system is displayed.
    If all Intelligent Safety systems were switched off, all systems are now switched on.
    “Configure INDIVIDUAL”: Configure Intelligent Safety systems individually if required.
  • Press the button repeatedly. The following settings are switched between:
    • “ALL ON”
    • “INDIVIDUAL”
      Some Intelligent Safety systems cannot be individually switched off.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Safety-fig-4Press and hold this button.
    “ALL OFF”: The menu is selected. All Intelligent Safety systems are switched off.

Forward Collision Warning with light braking function

Principle
The Forward Collision Warning warns of a possible risk of collision and may brake independently. In the event of an accident, the system may reduce impact speed.

General information
Sensors detect the traffic situation in their detection range.
The system issues a two-phase warning of
a possible risk of collision with vehicles at speeds above approx. 3 mph/5 km/h. The timing of warnings may vary with the current driving situation.
The system considers the driver’s vehicle handling when responding. If an active driving style is detected, warnings and brake interventions occur less frequently.
Depending on the vehicle equipment, the Driver Attention Camera in the instrument cluster captures the driver’s field of vision. Additionally, the system checks for visual impairments. Field of vision and visibility also affect the timing of the warnings.

Safety information

Warning
The system cannot serve as a substitute for the driver’s personal judgment in assessing the traffic situation. Based on the limits of the system, it cannot independently react to all traffic situations. There is a risk of an accident. Adjust driving style to traffic conditions. Watch the surrounding traffic situation closely, be ready to take over steering and braking at any time, and actively intervene where appropriate.

Warning
Indicators and warnings cannot serve as a substitute for the driver’s personal judgment. Due to its limits, the system may not issue warnings or responses, or these may be issued late or in a manner that is not consistent with their normal use. There is a risk of an accident. Adjust driving style to traffic conditions. Watch surrounding traffic closely and actively intervene where appropriate.

Warning
When towing with Intelligent Safety systems enabled or Cruise Control switched on, individual functions may not work correctly. There is a risk of an accident. Switch off all Intelligent Safety systems and Cruise Control before towing.

Sensors
The system is controlled by the following sponsors:

  • Cameras behind the windshield.
  • With radar sensor: front radar sensor. Additional information:
    Sensors of the vehicle

Switching Forward Collision Warning on/off

Turning on the system automatically
The system is automatically active when the vehicle is turned on.

Turning the system on/off manually
BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Safety-fig-4Follow instructions for settings, display, and operation in the Intelligent Safety chapter.

Additional information:
Intelligent Safety
Setting the Collision Warning Setting the warning time

  1. “CAR”
  2. “Settings”
  3. “Driver Assistance”
  4. “Safety and Warnings”
  5. “Forward Collision Mitigation”
  6.  Select the desired setting:
    • “Early”
    • “Medium”
    • “Late”: only acute warnings are dis-played.

Warning with braking function

Display
A warning icon appears in the instrument cluster and in the Head-up Display, where available, if a collision with a detected vehicle is imminent.

Icon Measure

  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Safety-fig-5Icon lights up red: prewarning. Brake and increase distance.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Safety-fig-5Icon flashes red and an acoustic signal sounds: acute warning.
    Brake and make an evasive maneuver, if necessary.

Prewarning
This prewarning is provided, for instance when there is an impending risk of a collision or the distance to the vehicle ahead is too small.
If a prewarning is provided, respond by braking as warranted.

Acute warning with braking function
An acute warning is displayed in case of the imminent risk of a collision when the vehicle approaches another object at a high differential speed.
Actively intervene if an acute warning is given, e.g., apply brakes. Depending on the driving situation and the equipment version, the acute warning may be accompanied by a brief activation of the braking system.
With the warning time setting “Late” the brief activation of the braking system is omitted.
If an acute warning is provided, the system may also provide assistance, such as through automatic brake intervention, when there is risk of collision.
Acute warnings may be provided even when there has been no prior warning.

Brake intervention
The warning prompts the driver to intervene. When the brake pedal is pressed quickly and hard, the maximum braking force of the vehicle is used.
The system may also assist in braking if there is a risk of collision.
When the vehicle is traveling at a low speed, the vehicle may come to a complete stop.
City brake function: the brake intervention occurs to up to approx. 50 mph/80 km/h.
With radar sensor: the brake intervention occurs to up to approx. 155 mph/250 km/h.
At speeds above approx. 130 mph/210 km/h, the brake intervention occurs as a brief activation of the braking system. No automatic delay occurs. The braking intervention can be interrupted by stepping on the accelerator pedal with suffi-cient force or by actively moving the steering wheel.

System limits

Safety information

Warning
Due to its limits, the system may not react, or it may react too late or in a manner that is not consistent with normal use. There may be a risk of accident or risk of damage to property. Actively intervene as warranted. Refer to the information in this Owner’s Manual regarding the scope of the system’s operation and limitations.

Detection range BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Safety-fig-17

The system’s detection capability is limited.
Only objects that are detected by the system are taken into account.
Thus, a system response might not come or might come late.
The following situations may not be detected, for instance:

  • Vehicle driving slowly in front and being approached at high speed.
  • Vehicles that suddenly swerve in front of you, or strongly decelerating vehicles.
  • Vehicles with unusual rear designs.
  • Two-wheeled vehicles ahead of you.

Upper-speed limit
If the vehicle speed exceeds approx.
155 mph/250 km/h, the system is deactivated temporarily. The system is enabled as soon as the speed drops below this value again.

System limits of the sensors
Additional information:

  • Cameras
  • Radar sensors

Functional limitations
The system may be limited in the following situations:

  • In tight curves.
  • If the driving stability control systems are limited or deactivated, for instance, DSC OFF.
  • Up to 10 seconds after the start of the engine via the Start/Stop button.

Warning sensitivity
The more sensitive the warning settings are, for example, the warning time, the more warnings are displayed. Therefore, there may also be an excess of unwarranted warnings and responses.

Evasion Assistant

Principle
The Evasion Assistant supports the driver in making evasive maneuvers in certain situations, such as when obstacles or persons suddenly appear.

General information
The system issues a warning and intervenes to support the driver if a lateral evasive maneuver is possible. Sensors monitor and detect the clearance around the vehicle. If the system identifies space alongside the vehicle, it supports an evasive maneuver made by the driver by safely performing automatic steering movements.

Safety information

Warning
The system cannot serve as a substitute for the driver’s personal judgment in assessing the traffic situation. Based on the limits of the system, it cannot independently react to all traffic situations. There is a risk of an accident. Adjust driving style to traffic conditions. Watch the surrounding traffic situation closely, be ready to take over steering and braking at any time, and actively intervene where appropriate.

Warning
Indicators and warnings cannot serve as a substitute for the driver’s personal judgment. Due to its limits, the system may not issue warnings or responses, or these may be is-sued late or in a manner that is not consistent with their normal use. There is a risk of an accident. Adjust driving style to traffic conditions. Watch surrounding traffic closely and actively intervene where appropriate.

Sensors
The system is controlled by the following sensors:

  • Cameras behind the windshield.
  • Front radar sensor.
  • Radar sensors, side, front.
  • Radar sensors, side, rear. Additional information:
    Sensors of the vehicle

Functional requirements

  • Pedestrian Warning with braking function is switched on.
    Pedestrian Warning with City Collision Mitigation
  • Forward Collision Warning with light braking function is switched on.
    Forward Collision Warning with light braking function
  • Sensors detect sufficient clearance around the vehicle.

Switching Evasion Assistant on/off
The system is automatically active when the vehicle is turned on.

Warning with evasion support

Display in the instrument cluster
If a collision with a detected vehicle or a detected person is imminent, a warning icon appears on the instrument cluster and in the Head-up Display.

Icon Measure

  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Safety-fig-5Icon lights up red: prewarning. Brake and increase distance.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Safety-fig-5Icon flashes red and an acoustic signal sounds: acute warning for obstacles.
    Brake and make an evasive maneuver, if necessary.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Safety-fig-7Icon flashes red and an acoustic signal sounds: acute warning for pedestrians.
    Brake and make an evasive maneuver, if necessary.

Acute warning with evasion support
An acute warning is displayed when there is an imminent danger of collision due to the vehicle approaching another object at a high speed.
Intervene in the case of an acute warning. The system is designed to provide assistance by taking evasive action when there is a risk of collision.
Acute warnings may be provided even when there has been no prior warning.

System limits

Safety information 

Warning
Due to its limits, the system may not react, or it may react too late or in a manner that is not consistent with normal use. There may be a risk of accident or risk of damage to property. Actively intervene as warranted. Refer to the information in this Owner’s Manual regarding the scope of the system’s operation and limitations.BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Safety-fig-8

The system’s detection capability is limited.
Only objects that are detected by the system are taken into account.
Thus, a system response might not come or might come late.
The following situations may not be detected, for example:

  • Vehicle driving slowly in front and being approached at high speed.
  • Vehicles that suddenly swerve in front of you, or strongly decelerating vehicles.
  • Vehicles with unusual rear designs.
  • Two-wheeled vehicles ahead of you.

System limits of the sensors
Additional information:

  • Cameras
  • Radar sensors

Functional limitations
The system may be limited in the following situations:

  • In tight curves.
  • If the driving stability control systems are limited or deactivated, for instance, DSC OFF.
  • Up to 10 seconds after the start of the engine via the Start/Stop button.

Intersection warning with City light braking function

Principle
The Intersection Collision Warning can help to prevent accidents with cross traffic at intersections and junctions. In the event of an accident, the system may reduce impact speed.
At speeds that are common in towns and cities, the system warns the driver of a possible risk of collision and brakes automatically if necessary.

General information
Sensors detect the traffic situation in their detection range.
Vehicles that cross your driving direction can be detected by the system as soon as these vehicles enter into the detection range of the system.
At intersections and junctions, a warning is is-sued when a risk of collision with crossing traffic is detected.
The system issues a two-phase warning of
a possible risk of collision with vehicles at speeds above approx. 6 mph/10 km/h. The timing of warnings may vary with the current driving situation.
The Driver Attention Camera in the instrument cluster captures the driver’s field of vision. Additionally, the system checks for visual impairments. Field of vision and visibility also affect the timing of the warnings.

Safety information 

Warning
The system cannot serve as a substitute for the driver’s personal judgment in assessing the traffic situation. Based on the limits of the system, it cannot independently react to all traffic situations. There is a risk of an accident. Adjust driving style to traffic conditions. Watch the surrounding traffic situation closely, be ready to take over steering and braking at any time, and actively intervene where appropriate.

Warning
Indicators and warnings cannot serve as a substitute for the driver’s personal judgment. Due to its limits, the system may not issue warnings or responses, or these may be issued late or in a manner that is not consistent with their normal use. There is a risk of an accident. Adjust driving style to traffic conditions. Watch surrounding traffic closely and actively intervene where appropriate.

Warning
When towing with Intelligent Safety systems enabled or Cruise Control switched on, individual functions may not work correctly. There is a risk of an accident. Switch off all Intelligent Safety systems and Cruise Control before towing.

Sensors
The system is controlled by the following sensors:

  • Cameras behind the windshield.
  • Front radar sensor.
  • Radar sensors, side, front. Additional information:
    Sensors of the vehicle

Switching Intersection Collision Warning on/off

Turning on the system automatically
The system is automatically active when the vehicle is turned on.

Turning the system on/off manually
Follow instructions for settings, display, and operation in the Intelligent Safety chapter.

Additional information:
Intelligent Safety

Setting the Intersection Collision Warning

Setting the warning time 

  1. “CAR”
  2. “Settings”
  3. “Driver Assistance”
  4. “Safety and Warnings”
  5. “Forward Collision Mitigation”
  6. Select the desired setting:
    • Early”
    • Medium”
    • Late”: only acute warnings are displayed.

Icon Meaning

  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Safety-fig-9Icon illuminates red: prewarning for risk of collision with a vehicle crossing from the right.
    Icon illuminates red and a signal sounds: acute warning for immediate risk of collision.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Safety-fig-9Icon illuminates red: prewarning for risk of collision with a vehicle crossing from the left.
    Icon illuminates red and a signal sounds: acute warning for immediate risk of collision.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Safety-fig-10Icon illuminates red: prewarning for risk of collision with a vehicle from an undetectable direction of travel.
    Icon illuminates red and a signal sounds: acute warning for immediate risk of collision.

Prewarning
For example, a prewarning is displayed when a risk of collision with a crossing vehicle is detected.
Intervene if a prewarning is issued, e.g., apply brakes.

Acute warning with braking function
An acute warning is displayed in the event of an immediate risk of collision with a crossing vehicle.
If an acute warning is issued, brake and evade as necessary. If an acute warning is provided, the system may provide assistance, such as through automatic brake intervention, when there is risk of collision.
Acute warnings may be provided even when there has been no prior warning.

Brake intervention
The warning prompts the driver to intervene. The system may also assist in braking if there is a risk of collision.
The vehicle can be decelerated to a standstill.
The braking intervention can be interrupted by stepping on the accelerator pedal with sufficient force or by actively moving the steering wheel.
The system’s ability to detect objects may be limited in some circumstances. Refer to the information in this Owner’s Manual regarding the limitations of the system and actively inter-vene as warranted.

System limits

Safety information

Warning
Due to its limits, the system may not react, or it may react too late or in a manner that is not consistent with normal use. There may be a risk of accident or risk of damage to property. Actively intervene as warranted. Refer to the information in this Owner’s Manual regarding the scope of the system’s operation and limitations.

Upper-speed limit
The system responds to crossing vehicles when the vehicle speed is below approx. 50 mph/80 km/h.

Detection rangeBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Safety-fig-11

The system’s detection capability is limited.
Thus, a system response might not come or might come late.
The following situations may not be detected, for instance:

  • Crossing vehicles when they are hidden, e. g. by buildings.
  • Vehicles that suddenly swerve in front of you, or strongly decelerating vehicles.
  • Crossing two-wheeled vehicles.
  • Vehicles with an unusual side view.

2023 BMW X5 Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

System limits of the sensors
Additional information:

  • Cameras
  • Radar sensors

Functional limitations
The system may be limited in the following situations:

  • In tight curves.
  • If the driving stability control systems are limited or deactivated, for instance, DSC OFF.
  • Up to 10 seconds after the start of the engine via the Start/Stop button.

Warning sensitivity
The more sensitive the warning settings are, for example, the warning time, the more warnings are displayed. Therefore, there may also be an excess of unwarranted warnings and responses.

Pedestrian Warning with City Collision Mitigation

Principle
At speeds that are common in towns and cities, the Pedestrian Warning warns the driver of a risk of collision with pedestrians and cyclists, and brakes automatically if necessary. In the event of an accident, the system may reduce impact speed.

General information
Sensors detect the traffic situation in their detection range.
The system issues a warning of a possible risk of collision with pedestrians and cyclists at speeds above approx. 3 mph/5 km/h.

Safety information 

Warning
The system cannot serve as a substitute for the driver’s personal judgment in assessing the traffic situation. Based on the limits of the system, it cannot independently react to all traffic situations. There is a risk of an accident. Adjust driving style to traffic conditions. Watch the surrounding traffic situation closely, be ready to take over steering and braking at any time, and actively intervene where appropriate.

Warning
Indicators and warnings cannot serve as a substitute for the driver’s personal judgment. Due to its limits, the system may not issue warnings or responses, or these may be is-sued late or in a manner that is not consistent with their normal use. There is a risk of an accident. Adjust driving style to traffic conditions. Watch surrounding traffic closely and actively intervene where appropriate.

Warning
When towing with Intelligent Safety systems enabled or Cruise Control switched on, individual functions may not work correctly. There is a risk of accident. Switch off all Intelligent Safety systems and Cruise Control before towing.

Sensors
The system is controlled by the following sensors:

  • Cameras behind the windshield.
  • With radar sensor: front radar sensor. Additional information:
    Sensors of the vehicle

Detection rangeBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Safety-fig-12

The detection range in front of the vehicle is divided into two areas:

  • Central area, arrow 1, directly in front of the vehicle.
  •  Extended area, arrows 2, to the right and left of the central area.
    A collision is imminent if pedestrians are located within the central area. A warning is is-sued about pedestrians who are located within the extended area only if they are moving in the direction of the central area.

Switching Pedestrian Warning on/off

Turning on the system automatically
The system is automatically active when the vehicle is turned on.

Turning the system on/off manually

BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Safety-fig-4Follow instructions for settings, display, and operation in the Intelligent Safety chapter.

Additional information:
Intelligent Safety

Warning with braking function

Display
If a collision with a pedestrian or a cyclist is imminent, a warning icon appears on the instrument cluster and in the Head-up Display.

BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Safety-fig-7The red icon is displayed and a signal sounds.

Intervene immediately by braking or make an evasive maneuver.

Brake intervention
The warning prompts the driver to intervene. When the brake pedal is pressed quickly and hard, the maximum braking force of the vehicle is used.
If there is a risk of collision, the system may also assist with brake intervention.
When the vehicle is traveling at a low speed, the vehicle may come to a complete stop.
The braking intervention can be interrupted by stepping on the accelerator pedal with sufficient force or by actively moving the steering wheel.

System limits

Safety information

Warning
Due to its limits, the system may not react, or it may react too late or in a manner that is not consistent with normal use. There may be a risk of accident or risk of damage to property. Actively intervene as warranted. Refer to the information in this Owner’s Manual regarding the scope of the system’s operation and limitations.

Upper speed limit
The system responds to pedestrians and cyclists when the vehicle speed is below approx. 50 mph/80 km/h.

Detection range
The system’s detection capability is limited.
Thus, a warning might not be issued or be is-sued late.
The following situations may not be detected, for instance:

  • Partially covered pedestrians.
  • Pedestrians are not detected as such because of the viewing angle or contour.
  • Pedestrians outside of the detection range.
  • Pedestrians have a body size less than 32 in/80 cm.

System limits of the sensors
Additional information:

  • Cameras
  • Radar sensors

Functional limitations
The system may be limited or may not be available in the following situations:

  • If the driving stability control systems are deactivated, for instance, DSC OFF.
  • Up to 10 seconds after the start of the engine via the Start/Stop button.

Lane departure warning

Principle
The lane departure warning alerts when the vehicle is about to run off the road or exit the lane.

General information
This camera-based system warns to start at a minimum speed.
The minimum speed is country-specific and is displayed in the menu for the intelligent Safety systems.
Warnings are issued by means of a steering wheel vibration.
The system does not provide a warning if the turn signal is set in the respective direction before exiting the lane.
Depending on the equipment version, if in the speed range up to 130 mph/210 km/h a lane boundary is crossed, the system may intervene with a brief active steering intervention in addition to vibrating. The system thus helps keep the vehicle in the lane.

Safety information 

Sensors
The system is controlled by cameras behind the windshield.

Additional information:
For sensors of the vehicle

Functional requirement
The camera must detect the lane boundaries for the lane departure warning to be active.
Turning the Lane Departure Warning on/off

Turning on the system automatically
Depending on the national market version, the system is automatically active after every departure.
Turning the system on/off manually

BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Safety-fig-4Follow instructions for settings, display, and operation in the Intelligent Safety chapter.

Additional information:
Intelligent Safety

Setting Lane Departure Warning Setting the warning time

  1. CAR”
  2. Settings”
  3. Driver Assistance”
  4. Safety and Warnings”
  5. 5. “Lane Departure Warning”
  6. Select the desired setting:
    • Early”
    • Medium”
    • Reduced”: some warnings are suppressed depending on the situation, for instance when purposely driving over pathway lines in curves or with dynamic passing without blinker.
    • Off”: no warnings are issued.

Setting the intensity of the steering wheel vibration

  1. 1. “CAR”
    2. “Settings”
    3. “Driver Assistance”
    4. “Steering Wheel Feedback”
    5. “Vibration intensity”
    6. Select the desired setting.

The setting is applied to all Intelligent Safety systems.
Switching steering intervention on/off
The steering intervention can be switched on and off separately for Active Blind Spot Detection and lane departure warning.

  1. CAR”
  2. Settings”
  3. Driver Assistance”
  4. Safety and Warnings”
  5. Lane Departure Warning”
  6. Steering intervention”

Depending on the national-market version, the steering intervention is automatically active af-ter every driving off.
Display in the instrument cluster
Different system statuses are displayed on the instrument cluster, depending on vehicle equipment and national-market version.

BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Safety-fig-13Icon Meaning

The icon is illuminated green: the system is turned on. A lane boundary has been detected on at least one side of the vehicle and the system is ready to intervene. Warnings will be issued.
Icon flashes green: the system is performing a steering intervention.

Depending on the equipment and national market version, information for the system is displayed in the Assisted Driving View of the instrument cluster.
Additional information:
Assisted Driving View

2023 BMW X5 Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Warning function

If you leave the lane
If you leave the lane and if a lane boundary has been detected, the steering wheel vibrates in accordance with the steering wheel vibration setting.
When the turn signal is switched on in the corresponding direction before changing the lane, a warning is not issued.

Steering intervention
Depending on the equipment and national-market version: if, in the speed range up to 130 mph/210 km/h a lane boundary is crossed, the system may intervene with a brief active steering intervention in addition to vibrating. The steering intervention helps keep the vehicle in the lane. The steering intervention can be noticed on the steering wheel and can be manually overridden at any time. During an active steering intervention, the display in the instrument cluster will blink.
For instance, the steering intervention will be suppressed in the following situations:

  • With hard accelerating or braking.
  • When blinking.
  • With hazard warning system switched on.
  • In driving situation with high driving dynamics.
  • While Dynamic Stability Control is adjusting.
  • Immediately following a steering intervention by the vehicle systems.
  • When actively merging back to your own lane after passing.

Warning signal
Depending on the equipment version: in the event of multiple active steering interventions by the system within 3 minutes without the driver’s intervention at the steering wheel, an acoustic warning will sound. A short warning signal will sound at the second steering intervention. Beginning with the third steering intervention, a continuous warning will sound.
In addition, a Check Control message is dis-played.
The warning signal and Check Control message are an encouragement to pay closer attention to the lane.

With trailer towing
If the trailer power socket is occupied or trailer towing is activated, for instance during operation with trailer or bicycle rack, no steering intervention takes place.

End of warning
For instance, the warning will be canceled in the following situations:

  • Automatically after a few seconds.
  • When returning to your own lane.
  • With hard accelerating or braking.
  • With hazard warning system switched on.
  • When blinking.
  • While Dynamic Stability Control is adjusting or is disabled.
  • Immediately following a steering intervention by the vehicle systems.
  • With manual steering intervention.
  • When another driver assistance system is activated, if applicable.
  • Lane boundaries are not detected.
  • When the system limits are reached.

 

System limits Safety information

Warning
Due to its limits, the system may not react, or it may react too late or in a manner that is not consistent with normal use. There may be a risk of accident or risk of damage to property. Actively intervene as warranted. Refer to the information in this Owner’s Manual regarding the scope of the system’s operation and limitations.

System limits of the sensors
Additional information:

  • Cameras

Functional limitations
The system may be limited in the following situations:

  • In the event of missing, worn, poorly visible, merging, diverging, or multiple lane boundaries such as in construction areas.
  • With lane boundaries that are covered in snow, ice, dirt or water.
  • In tight corners or on narrow roads.
  • With lane boundaries that are covered by objects.
  • When driving very close to the vehicle in front of you.
  • Up to 10 seconds after the start of the engine via the Start/Stop button
    A Check Control message may be displayed when the system is limited.

Active Blind Spot Detection 

Principle
Active Blind Spot Detection detects vehicles in the blind spot or vehicles approaching from behind in the adjacent lane.
The light in the exterior mirror warns the driver in different steps.

General informationBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Safety-fig-15

Radar sensors monitor the area behind and next to the vehicle when traveling faster than a minimum speed.
The minimum speed is country-specific and is displayed in the menu for the intelligent Safety systems. The system indicates whether there are vehicles in your blind spot, arrow 1, or approaching from behind in an adjacent lane, arrow 2. The light in the exterior mirror lights up dimly.
Before you change lanes after setting the turn signal, the system issues a warning in the situations described above. The light in the exterior mirror flashes and the steering wheel vibrates.
Vehicles with side collision mitigation: at speeds of up to 130 mph/210 km/h, the system can intervene with a brief active steering intervention and help guide the vehicle back into the lane. The steering intervention occurs when a minimum speed is reached. This mini-mum speed is displayed on the Control Display in the menu for the steering intervention.

Safety information

Warning
The system cannot serve as a substitute for the driver’s personal judgment in assessing the traffic situation. Based on the limits of the system, it cannot independently react to all traffic situations. There is a risk of accident. Adjust driving style to traffic conditions. Watch the surrounding traffic situation closely, be ready to take over steering and braking at any time, and actively intervene where appropriate.

Warning
Indicators and warnings cannot serve as a substitute for the driver’s personal judgment. Due to its limits, the system may not issue warnings or responses, or these may be is-sued late or in a manner that is not consis-tent with their normal use. There is a risk of accident. Adjust driving style to traffic conditions. Watch surrounding traffic closely and actively intervene where appropriate.

Sensors
The system is controlled by the following sensors:

  • Radar sensors, side, rear.
  • For vehicles with steering intervention: cameras behind the windshield.

Additional information:
Sensors of the vehicle, refer to page 39.
Turning Active Blind Spot Detection on/off
Turning the system on/off manually

BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Safety-fig-4Follow instructions for settings, dis-play, and operation in the Intelligent Safety chapter.

Additional information:
Intelligent Safety

Adjusting the Active Blind Spot Detection

Setting the warning time 

  1. “CAR”
  2. “Settings”
  3. “Driver Assistance”
  4. “Safety and Warnings”
  5. “Active Blind Spot Detection”
  6. Select the desired setting.

Setting the intensity of the steering wheel vibration

  1. “CAR”
  2. “Settings”
  3. “Driver Assistance”
  4. “Steering Wheel Feedback”
  5. “Vibration intensity”
  6. Select the desired setting.

The setting is applied to all Intelligent Safety systems.
Vehicles with steering intervention: Switching steering intervention on/off
The steering intervention can be switched on and off separately for Active Blind Spot Detection and lane departure warning.

  1. “CAR”
  2. “Settings”
  3. “Driver Assistance”
  4. “Safety and Warnings”
  5. “Active Blind Spot Detection”
  6. “Steering intervention”

Displays in the instrument cluster
Depending on the equipment and national market version, information for the system is displayed in the Assisted Driving View of the instrument cluster.

Additional information:
Assisted Driving View

Warning function

Light in the exterior mirrorBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Safety-fig-16

Prewarning
The dimmed light in the exterior mirror indicates when there are vehicles in the blind spot or approaching from behind.

Acute warning
When the turn signal is switched on while a vehicle is in the critical zone, the steering wheel vibrates briefly and the light in the exterior mirror flashes brightly.
The warning stops when the other vehicle has left the critical area or the turn signal has been deactivated.

Vehicles with steering intervention
When there is no response to the vibration
of the steering wheel at speeds of up to
130 mph/210 km/h and the lane marking is crossed, the system intervenes with a brief active steering intervention. The steering intervention helps return the vehicle into the lane. The steering intervention can be noticed on the steering wheel and can be manually over-ridden at any time.
Flashing of the light
A flashing of the light during vehicle unlocking serves as system self-test.

System limits

Safety information 

Warning
Due to its limits, the system may not react, or it may react too late or in a manner that is not consistent with normal use. There may be a risk of accident or risk of damage to property. Actively intervene as warranted. Refer to the information in this Owner’s Manual regarding the scope of the system’s operation and limitations.

Upper-speed limit
If the vehicle speed exceeds approx.
155 mph/250 km/h, the system is deactivated temporarily.
If the vehicle speed falls below approx.
155 mph/250 km/h, the system is reactivated.

System limits of the sensors
Additional information:

  • Radar sensors
  • For vehicles with steering intervention: cameras

Functional limitations
The system may be limited in the following situations:

  • When a vehicle is approaching at a speed much faster than your own.
  • In tight corners or on narrow roads.
  • The bumper is dirty, iced up or covered, for instance by stickers.
    For vehicles with steering intervention, this intervention can be limited, for instance in the following situations:
  • In the event of missing, worn, poorly visible, merging, diverging, or multiple lane boundaries such as in construction areas.
  • With lane boundaries that are covered in snow, ice, dirt or water.
  • With lane boundaries that are not white.
  • With lane boundaries that are covered by objects.
  • When driving very close to the vehicle in front of you.
  • If the camera is impaired.
  • Up to 10 seconds after the start of the engine via the Start/Stop button.

A Check Control message may be displayed when the system is limited.
If the trailer power socket is occupied or trailer towing is activated, for instance during operation with trailer or bicycle rack, the system can-not be switched on. A Check Control message is displayed.

Displaying warnings
Depending on the selected warning settings, e.g., warning time, more or fewer warnings can be displayed. However, there may also be an excess of unwarranted warnings of critical situations.

Side collision mitigation

Principle
The side-collision warning helps to avoid imminent side collisions.

General information BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Safety-fig-15

Radar sensors monitor the space next to the vehicle when traveling faster than a minimum speed and up to approx. 130 mph/210 km/h.
The minimum speed is country-specific and is displayed in the menu for the intelligent Safety systems.
If, for instance, another vehicle is detected next to the vehicle and if there is a risk of collision with this vehicle, the system helps avoid the collision. For this purpose, the system issues a warning with a blinking LED in the exterior mirror and a vibrating steering wheel. If necessary, the system will carry out an active steering intervention.

Safety information

Warning
The system cannot serve as a substitute for the driver’s personal judgment in assessing the traffic situation. Based on the limits of the system, it cannot independently react to all traffic situations. There is a risk of accident. Adjust driving style to traffic conditions. Watch the surrounding traffic situation closely, be ready to take over steering and braking at any time, and actively intervene where appropriate.

Warning
Indicators and warnings cannot serve as a substitute for the driver’s personal judgment. Due to its limits, the system may not issue warnings or responses, or these may be is-sued late or in a manner that is not consistent with their normal use. There is a risk of accident. Adjust driving style to traffic conditions. Watch surrounding traffic closely and actively intervene where appropriate.

Sensors
The system is controlled by the following sensors:

  • Cameras behind the windshield.
  • Radar sensors, side, front.
  • Radar sensors, side, rear. Additional information:
    Sensors of the vehicle

Functional requirement
The camera behind the windshield determines the lane boundary positions.
The camera must detect the lane markings for the side collision mitigation with steering intervention to be active.

Turning the side collision warning on/off

Turning the system on/off manually
Follow instructions for settings, display, and operation in the Intelligent Safety chapter.

Additional information:
Intelligent Safety
Setting the Side Collision Warning
Setting the intensity of the steering wheel vibration

  1. CAR”
  2. Settings”
  3. Driver Assistance”
  4. Steering Wheel Feedback”
  5. Vibration intensity”
  6. Select the desired setting.

The setting is applied to all Intelligent Safety systems.

Displays in the instrument cluster
Depending on the equipment and national market version, information for the system is displayed in the Assisted Driving View of the instrument cluster.
Additional information:
Assisted Driving View

Warning function

Light in the exterior mirrorBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Safety-fig-14

Acute warning
If there is a risk of collision, the light in the exterior mirror flashes and the steering wheel vibrates.
A Check Control message is displayed at the same time.
If necessary, an active steering intervention is performed to prevent the collision and main-tain the vehicle within its own lane.
The steering intervention can be noticed on the steering wheel and can be manually over-ridden at any time.
System limits

Safety information

Warning
Due to its limits, the system may not react, or it may react too late or in a manner that is not consistent with normal use. There may be a risk of accident or risk of damage to property. Actively intervene as warranted. Refer to the information in this Owner’s Manual regarding the scope of the system’s operation and limitations.

Warning
Due to its limits, the system may not react, or it may react too late or in a manner that is not consistent with normal use. There may be a risk of accident or risk of damage to property. Actively intervene as warranted. Refer to the information in this Owner’s Manual regarding the scope of the system’s operation and limitations.

System limits of the sensors
Additional information:

  • Cameras
  • Radar sensors

Functional limitations
The system may be limited in the following situations:

  • When a vehicle is approaching at a speed much faster than your own.
  • In tight corners or on narrow roads.
  • In the event of missing, worn, poorly visible, merging, diverging, or multiple lane boundaries such as in construction areas.
  • With lane boundaries that are covered in snow, ice, dirt or water.
  • With lane boundaries that are covered by objects.
  • When driving very close to the vehicle in front of you.
  • Up to 10 seconds after the start of the engine via the Start/Stop button.

A Check Control message may be displayed when the system is limited.
If the trailer power socket is occupied or trailer towing is activated, for instance during opera-tion with trailer or bicycle rack, the system can-not be switched on. A Check Control message is displayed.

Rear-end collision preparation

Principle
Depending on the equipment and national-market version, the rear-end collision preparation can react to vehicles approaching from be-hind.

General informationBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Safety-fig-17

Radar sensors monitor the area behind the vehicle.
When a vehicle approaches from the rear at a certain speed, the system can react as follows:

  • Where applicable, the hazard warning flashers will be switched on.
  • Where applicable, the pre-crash functions are triggered.

Safety information

Warning
The system cannot serve as a substitute for the driver’s personal judgment in assessing the traffic situation. Based on the limits of the system, it cannot independently react to all traffic situations. There is a risk of accident. Adjust driving style to traffic conditions. Watch the surrounding traffic situation closely, be ready to take over steering and braking at any time, and actively intervene where appropriate.

Warning
Indicators and warnings cannot serve as a substitute for the driver’s personal judgment. Due to its limits, the system may not issue warnings or responses, or these may be is-sued late or in a manner that is not consistent with their normal use. There is a risk of accident. Adjust driving style to traffic conditions. Watch surrounding traffic closely and actively intervene where appropriate.

Sensors
The system is controlled by radar sensors on the sides at the rear.

Additional information:
Sensors of the vehicle, refer to page 39.

Turning rear-end collision preparation on/off
The system is automatically active when the vehicle is turned on.
The system is deactivated in the following situations:

  • When driving in reverse.
  • When the trailer power socket is in use or trailer towing is activated, for instance, dur-ing operation with trailer or bicycle rack.

System limits
System limits of the sensors
Additional information:

  • Radar sensors

Functional limitations
The system function may be limited in the following situations:

  • When a vehicle is approaching at a speed much faster than your own.
  • The speed of the approaching vehicle is very slow.

If equipped with Equipment Stop Assistant

Principle
If the driver is no longer fit to drive, the Emergency Stop Assistant helps to safely bring the vehicle to a standstill.

General information
The emergency stop function can only be triggered manually by the occupants. The emergency stop function is not triggered automatically.
When the system is activated, the vehicle is brought to a standstill in its own lane by use of lane guidance.
Depending on the vehicle equipment and national-market version, the system includes a lane change function.
With lane change function: on motorways or motorway-like roads, the system steers the vehicle to the side of the road or shoulder where possible. On other roads or with high traffic volume, the vehicle is brought to a standstill in the current lane.

Overview BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Safety-fig-18

  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Safety-fig-19Parking brake

Functional requirements

  • The function can be activated at speeds of approx. 6 mph/10 km/h up to approx. 155 mph/250 km/h.
  • With lane change function: lane changes are executed when the traffic situation al-lows.

Activating the emergency stop function
BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Safety-fig-19Pull the switch for the parking brake briefly to activate the emergency stop function.

  • With lane change function: releasing the switch may trigger an automatic lane change.
  • The system will take control of the vehicle for a maximum of 2 minutes.
  • The hazard warning system is switched on.
  •  An emergency call is triggered.

Canceling the emergency stop function
The driver can cancel the emergency stop function by actively taking control of the vehicle throughout the entire process.
For instance, the emergency stop function will be canceled in the following situations:

  • When steering.
  • When blinking.
  • When depressing the accelerator pedal.
  • When switching off the hazard warning system.
  • When canceling the Emergency Request.
  • When switching the selector lever position at a standstill.
  • The parking brake switch is pressed.

 

At standstill
As soon as the vehicle is stationary, the system will carry out the following settings:

  • The vehicle is secured against rolling away.
  • The interior lights are switched on.
  • The central locking system is unlocked.

Displays in the instrument cluster 

Icon Status
BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Safety-fig-10Icon illuminates red: emergency stop function enabled.

Without lane change function:

Icon Status

  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Safety-fig-20Icon illuminates green: when a lane boundary is detected, the system keeps the vehicle in the lane.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Safety-fig-21Icon illuminates gray: lane guidance has been temporarily interrupted.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Safety-fig-22Icon illuminates yellow: the lane boundary has been crossed.
    When lane markings are detected, the system keeps the vehicle in the lane.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Safety-fig-23Steering wheel icon illuminates yellow: do not grip the steering wheel with your hands. The system is still active.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Safety-fig-24Steering wheel icon illuminates red and a signal sounds: do not grip the steering wheel with your hands. Interruption of lane guidance is imminent.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Safety-fig-25Icon illuminates red and a signal sounds: lane guidance is switched off.

System limits
Use the system only in the event of a driver failure.
The system cannot replace the driving performance of a driver who is fit to drive.

2023 BMW X5 Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

BMW Drive Recorder

Principle
The BMW Drive Recorder stores brief video recordings of the vehicle surroundings, e.g., to document surrounding traffic.

General information
Video recordings can be saved in different ways:

  • Automatic storage of the recording. The function allows the documentation of the event of an accident.
  • Manual storage of the recording.
    The function allows the documentation of traffic situations.
    The system saves recordings made up to 20 seconds before and after saving was triggered.
    The assistance systems’ cameras are used to record, e.g., Panorama View.
    Additionally, the following parameters are stored for the trip:
  • Date.
  • Time.
  •  Vehicle speed.
  • Global Positioning System coordinates.

Data protection
The permissibility of recording and using video recordings is contingent upon the statutory regulations of the country in which the system is to be used. The user is responsible for the use of the system and compliance with respective applicable regulations.
The manufacturer of the vehicle recommends confirming there are no statutory or regulatory constraints on use of the system in your state or country prior to the initial use. In addition, the laws regarding use of the system should be verified at regular intervals, especially when frequently crossing borders.
Other drivers of the vehicle must be informed about the system. In addition, information about the system is required when handing off the vehicle.

Functional requirements 

  • Standby or drive readiness is switched on.
  • BMW Drive Recorder is activated.
  • Privacy Policy was accepted.
  • Recording type was selected.
  • Recording time was selected.

Activating/deactivating the BMW Drive Recorder
The BMW Drive Recorder must be activated before the first use of the recording function.

  1. Apps”
  2. Drive Recorder”
  3. Accept Privacy Policy.
  4. Settings”
  5. Recording allowed”
  6. Select the desired setting.

Recording functions

Automatic recording
Recordings are saved automatically when the vehicle sensors detect an accident.

Manual recording
Using the button

BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Safety-fig-26Press and hold this button.

Via iDrive

  1. Apps”
  2. Drive Recorder”
  3. Start recording”
    To stop the recording: “Cancel”.

Recording can also be started by selecting the widget on the Control Display.

Recording playback and administration
Stored video recordings can be played back, exported and deleted.
For your own safety, the video recording is only displayed on the Control Display up to approx. 2 mph/3 km/h. In some national-market versions, the video recording is only displayed if the parking brake is engaged or if the selector lever is in the P position.

  1. Apps”
  2. Drive Recorder”
  3. Saved recordings”
  4. Select desired recording.
  5. Select the desired setting.

If a camera change occurred during the recording, different segments of the video can be selected.

Settings

General information
Various settings can be applied.

Recording type

  1. Apps”
  2. Drive Recorder”
  3. Settings”
  4. RECORDING TYPE”
  5. Select the desired setting.

Recording time

  1. Apps”
  2. Drive Recorder”
  3. Settings”
  4. Select the desired setting.

Cameras

  1. Apps”
  2. Drive Recorder”
  3. Settings”
  4. Camera selection”
  5. Select the desired camera.

In case of an accident, the system switches automatically to “All” cameras.
If driver assistance systems are enabled, their camera views are automatically selected.
System limits
In the event of serious accidents, it may not be possible to store recordings if the damage on the vehicle is too great or the power supply was interrupted.

Active Protection

Principle
Active Protection prepares occupants and the vehicle for a possible accident in critical driving or collision situations.

General information
Depending on vehicle equipment and national-market version, Active Protection consists of various pre-crash functions.
The system is used to detect certain critical driving situations that might lead to an accident. This includes the following critical driving situations:

  • Emergency braking.
  • Severe understeering.
  • Severe oversteering.
    Certain functions of several systems can, within the system limits, lead to Active Protection triggering:
  • Forward Collision Warning with light braking function: automatic brake intervention.
  • Front collision mitigation: Brake Assistant
  • Rea rend collision preparation: detection of impending rear-end collisions.

Safety information

Warning
The system cannot serve as a substitute for the driver’s personal judgment. Due to the system limits, critical situations might not be detected reliably or in time. There is a risk of accident. Adjust driving style to traffic conditions. Watch surrounding traffic closely and actively intervene where appropriate.

Function
When the seat belt is fastened, the driver’s and front passenger’s belt straps are automatically tightened once after driving away.
In accident-critical situations, the following individual functions become active as needed:

  • Automatic pre-tensioning of the front seat belts.
  • Automatic closing of the windows. The windows remain open with a small gap.
  • The panoramic glass sunroof closes automatically. The sun protection is also closed.
  • Depending on the equipment: automatic positioning of the backrest for the front passenger seat.

After a critical driving situation without an accident, the front seat belts are loosened again.
If the belt tension does not loosen automatically, stop the vehicle and unbuckle the seat belt using the red button in the buckle. Fasten the seat belt before continuing to drive.
All other systems can be restored to the desired setting.

Post Crash brake

Principle
In certain accident situations, the Post Crash brake can automatically bring the vehicle to a standstill without intervention by the driver.

General information
The Post Crash iBrake can reduce the risk of a further collision and its consequences.

At standstill
After coming to a halt, the brake is released automatically.

Harder vehicle deceleration
In certain situations, it may be necessary to bring the vehicle to a halt more quickly than automatic braking allows.
To do this, quickly apply extra force to the brake. For a brief period, the brake pressure will be higher than the brake pressure that is achieved by the automatic braking function. Automatic brake actuation is interrupted.
Canceling automatic braking
It may be necessary to interrupt automatic braking in certain situations, for instance when making an evasive maneuver.

Cancel automatic braking:

  • By pressing the brake pedal.
  • By pressing the accelerator pedal.

Fatigue alert

Principle
The Fatigue Alert can detect decreasing alertness or fatigue of the driver during long, monotonous trips, for instance on highways. The system recommends a break.

Safety information

Warning
The system cannot serve as a substitute for the driver’s personal judgment in assessing one’s physical state. An increasing lack of alertness or fatigue may not be detected or not be detected in time. There is a risk of accident. Make sure that the driver is rested and alert. Adjust driving style to traffic conditions.

Function
The system is switched on each time the drive-ready state is switched on.
After start of the trip, the system monitors certain aspects of the driver’s behavior, so that decreasing alertness or fatigue can be detected.
This procedure takes the following criteria into account:

  • Personal driving style, for instance, steering behavior.
  • Driving conditions, for instance, time, length of trip.
  • Depending on the equipment: attention of the driver through the Driver Attention Camera.
    Starting at approx. 43 mph/70 km/h, the system is active and can also display a break recommendation.

Break recommendation

Setting break recommendation
The fatigue alert is active automatically each time the drive-ready state is switched on and can thus display a break recommendation.
The break recommendation can also be switched on or off and adjusted via iDrive.

  1. “CAR”
  2. “Settings”
  3. “General settings”
  4. “Fatigue and Focus Alert”
  5. Select the desired setting.

Display
If the driver becomes less alert or fatigued, a message is displayed in the Control Display with the recommendation to take a break.
During the display, various settings can be selected.
After a break, another break recommendation cannot be displayed until after approximately 45 minutes.

System limits
System functionality may be limited. If system functionality is limited, either no warning is is-sued or an incorrect warning is issued. The system function may be limited in the following situations:

  • When the time is set incorrectly.
  • When the vehicle speed is mainly below about 43 mph/70 km/h.
  • With a sporty driving style, such as during rapid acceleration or when cornering fast.
  • In active driving situations, such as when changing lanes frequently.
  • When the road condition is poor.
  • In the event of strong side winds.
    The system is reset approx. 45 minutes after parking the vehicle, for instance in the case of a break during longer trips on highways.

Q&A

  1. What safety features come standard on the BMW X5 Plug-in Hybrid 2023 model?
  • The X5 Plug-in Hybrid comes standard with features like BMW’s Active Driving Assistant, rearview camera, parking sensors, adaptive LED headlights, electronic stability control system, and traction control.
  1. What is BMW’s Active Driving Assistant?
  • BMW’s Active Driving Assistant is a suite of safety features that includes lane departure warning, forward collision warning, automatic emergency braking, and pedestrian detection.
  1. What kind of airbag system does the X5 Plug-in Hybrid have?
  • The X5 Plug-in Hybrid features an advanced airbag system that includes front, side, and knee airbags for both the driver and passengers, as well as curtain airbags that extend the length of the vehicle.
  1. Does the X5 Plug-in Hybrid have a safety feature that disconnects the high-voltage battery in case of an accident?
  • Yes, the X5 Plug-in Hybrid has a safety feature that automatically disconnects the high-voltage battery in the event of an accident, minimizing the risk of electric shock.
  1. What kind of braking system does the X5 Plug-in Hybrid have?
  • The X5 Plug-in Hybrid has an anti-lock braking system that provides superior handling and stability in all driving situations.
  1. Does the X5 Plug-in Hybrid have a traction control system?
  • Yes, the X5 Plug-in Hybrid comes with a traction control system that helps maintain control of the vehicle on slippery roads.
  1. What kind of headlights does the X5 Plug-in Hybrid have?
  • The X5 Plug-in Hybrid comes with adaptive LED headlights that adjust the beam pattern according to the driving conditions to provide optimal visibility.
  1. Does the X5 Plug-in Hybrid have parking sensors?
  • Yes, the X5 Plug-in Hybrid comes standard with parking sensors that help drivers navigate tight spaces.
  1. What kind of stability control system does the X5 Plug-in Hybrid have?
  • The X5 Plug-in Hybrid has an electronic stability control system that provides superior handling and stability in all driving situations.
  1. What is the purpose of the lane departure warning system?
  • The lane departure warning system alerts the driver when the vehicle is drifting out of its lane without the turn signal activated.
  1. What is the forward collision warning system?
  • The forward collision warning system alerts the driver when a potential collision is detected ahead.
  1. What is the automatic emergency braking system?
  • The automatic emergency braking system applies the brakes automatically when a potential collision is detected and the driver does not respond in time.
  1. Does the X5 Plug-in Hybrid have a rearview camera?
  • Yes, the X5 Plug-in Hybrid comes standard with a rearview camera that helps drivers back up safely.
  1. What is the purpose of knee airbags?
  • Knee airbags provide additional protection to the lower legs and knees of the driver and front-seat passenger in the event of a collision.
  1. What is the purpose of curtain airbags?
  • Curtain airbags extend the length of the vehicle and provide additional protection to the head and neck of the driver and passengers in the event of a side collision.

Useful Link

BMW X5 PLUG-IN HYBRID 2023 User Guide
https://www.bmwusa.com/owners-manuals.html
2023 BMW X5 Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Categories
BMW X5 PLUG-IN HYBRID

2023 BMW X5 PLUG-IN HYBRID Using Lights Functions

BMW-Logo

BMW X5 PLUG-IN HYBRID 2023 Using Light Functions

The 2023 BMW X5 Plug-In Hybrid is a work of art in terms of both style and technology. It has a sophisticated set of lighting features that are both practical and beautiful. Using modern LED and adaptive technologies, the car’s lighting system does more than just light the way. It also improves safety, driving comfort, and visibility on the road. The X5 Plug-In Hybrid makes a strong visual statement with its iconic kidney grille, which may have small lights inside, and its Adaptive LED headlights, which change based on the driving conditions and surroundings. Also, the elaborate dance of the lights when they come on and go off adds to the luxurious look of the car. The light features of the 2023 X5 Plug-In Hybrid are more than just a way to light the way. Instead, they show how committed BMW is to making driving both easy and impressive.

2023 BMW X5 Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Lights and lighting

Switches in the vehicleBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Lights-fig-1

The light switch element is located next to the steering wheel.

Icon Function 

  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Lights-fig-2Lights off.
    Daytime driving lights.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Lights-fig-3Parking lights.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Lights-fig-4Automatic headlight control. Adaptive lighting functions.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Lights-fig-5Low beams.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Lights-fig-6Instrument lighting.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Lights-fig-7Right roadside parking light.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Lights-fig-8Left roadside parking light.

Automatic headlight control

Principle
The low beams are switched on and off au-tomatically depending on the ambient brightness, for example in tunnels, in twilight or if there is precipitation.

General information
A blue sky with the sun low on the horizon can cause the lights to be turned on.
If the low beams are switched on manually, the automatic headlight control is deactivated.

Activating 

  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Lights-fig-9Press the button on the light switch element.
    The LED in the button lights up.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Lights-fig-10The indicator light in the instrument cluster is illuminated when the low beams are switched on.

System limits
The automatic headlight control cannot replace your personal judgment of lighting conditions.
For example, the sensors are unable to detect fog or hazy weather. In these situations, turn the lights on manually.

Parking lights, low beams and roadside parking lights

General information
If the driver’s door is opened when the drive-ready state is switched off, the exterior lighting is automatically switched off after a period of time.

Parking lights
General information
The parking lights can only be switched on in the low-speed range.

Turning on

BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Lights-fig-11Press the button on the light switch element.
BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Lights-fig-12The indicator light in the instrument cluster lights up.

The vehicle is illuminated on all sides.
Do not use the parking lights for extended periods; otherwise, they might drain the vehicle battery and it would then be impossible to switch on the drive-ready state.

Turning off
BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Lights-fig-13Press the button on the light switch element or switch on the drive-ready state.

After the drive-ready state is switched on, the automatic headlight control will be activated.

Low beams

Turning on

BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Lights-fig-26Press the button on the light switch element.
The low beams illuminate when drive ready state is switched on.
BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Lights-fig-10The indicator light in the instrument cluster lights up.

Press the button again to switch on the low beams when the standby state is switched on.

Turning off
Depending on the national-market version, the low beams can be switched off in the low-speed range.

BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Lights-fig-13Press the button on the light switch element.

Roadside parking lights
When the vehicle is parked, a one-sided roadside parking light can be switched on.
Depending on the national-market version, this function may be deactivated.

Button Function 

  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Lights-fig-14Right roadside parking light on.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Lights-fig-15Left roadside parking light off.
    Switching off the roadside parking light: Press the button on the light switch element or switch on the drive-ready state.
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Lights-fig-13Press the button on the light switch element or switch on the drive-ready state.

Welcome lights

Principle
The welcome light turns on automatically for a limited period of time when approaching or unlocking the vehicle.

General information
Depending on the equipment, the exterior lighting of the vehicle can be set individually.

Activating/deactivating welcome light 

  1. “CAR”
  2.  “Settings”
  3. “Exterior lighting”
  4. Depending on the equipment, select the following setting:
    • Welcome and goodbye”
      When unlocking the vehicle, individual lighting functions are switched on for a limited time.
    • Door handle lights”
      Door handles and the ground in front of the doors are illuminated for a limited time.
    • Welcome Light Carpet”
      The area next to the vehicle is illuminated for a limited time.

LED light carpetBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Lights-fig-16

The light source is located in the position indicated.
Keep the light source clean and unobstructed.

Pathway lighting

Principle
For the pathway lighting, the exterior lighting turns on for a certain period of time after leav-ing the vehicle in order to illuminate the area surrounding the vehicle.

Switching pathway lighting on
After switching off the drive-ready state, briefly push the turn signal lever forward.

Setting the duration

  1. CAR”
  2. Settings”
  3. Exterior lighting”
  4. Pathway lighting”
  5. Select the desired setting.
  6. OK”

Daytime driving lights 

General information
The daytime driving lights light up when the drive-ready state is switched on.

Activating/deactivating daytime driving lights
In some countries, daytime driving lights are mandatory, so it may not be possible to deactivate the daytime driving lights in front.

  1. CAR”
  2. Settings”
  3. Exterior lighting”
  4. Depending on the national-market version: “Daytime driving lights” or “Daytime driving lights, rear”

2023 BMW X5 Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Adaptive lighting functions

Principle
Adaptive lighting functions enable dynamic illumination of the road.

General information
The adaptive lighting functions may consist of one system or multiple systems, depending on the equipment version:

  • Adaptive Light Control.
  •  Cornering light.

Activating
BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Lights-fig-9Press the button on the light switch element.

The LED in the button lights up.
The adaptive lighting functions are active when the drive-ready state is switched on.

Adaptive Light Control 

General information
Depending on the steering-wheel angle and other parameters, the light from the headlight follows the course of the road.
To avoid blinding oncoming traffic, the Adaptive Light Control does not swivel to the opposite lane when the vehicle is at a standstill.

Cornering light

Principle
In tight curves, for instance, on mountainous roads or when turning, additional cornering light is switched on that lights up the inside of the curve when the vehicle is moving below a certain speed.

General information
The cornering light is automatically switched on depending on the steering-wheel angle or, where applicable, the use of turn signals.
When driving in reverse, the cornering lights may be automatically switched on regardless of the steering-wheel angle.

Adaptive headlight range control
The adaptive headlight range control feature balances out acceleration and braking proc-esses as well as the vehicle load conditions in order to avoid blinding oncoming traffic.

Automatic High Beam Assistant

Principle
The Automatic High Beam Assistant detects other road users early on and automatically switches the high beams on or off depending on the traffic situation.

General information
The Automatic High Beam Assistant ensures that the high beams are switched on, whenever the traffic situation allows. In the low-speed range, the high beams are not switched on by the system.
The system responds to light from oncoming traffic and traffic driving ahead of you, and to ambient lighting, for instance in towns and cities.
The high beams can be switched on and off manually at any time.

Activating Automatic High Beam Assistant

  1. Press the button on the light switch element.
    The LED in the button lights up.
  2. Press the button on the turn signal lever. BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Lights-fig-17

BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Lights-fig-18The indicator light in the instrument cluster is illuminated when the low beams are switched on.
The headlights are automatically changed between low beams and high beams.
BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Lights-fig-19The blue indicator light in the instrument cluster lights up when the system switches on the high beams.

Interruption of the journey with activated Automatic High Beam Assistant: the Automatic High Beam Assistant remains activated when driving continues.
The Automatic High Beam Assistant is deactivated when manually switching the high beams on and off.
To reactivate the Automatic High Beam Assistant, press the button on the turn signal lever.

Deactivating Automatic High Beam AssistantBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Lights-fig-17

Press the button on the turn signal lever.

Sensitivity of the Automatic High Beam Assistant

General information
The sensitivity of the Automatic High Beam Assistant can be adjusted.

Safety information 

Warning
If adjustments have been made or the sensitivity has been modified, oncoming traffic may be momentarily blinded. There is a risk of an accident. If adjustments have been made and the sensitivity has been modified, make sure that oncoming traffic is not momentarily blinded. Switch off the high beams manually if required.

Functional requirements

  • Setting at standstill only.
  • Drive-ready state is switched on.
  • The light is turned off.

Increasing sensitivity
Push the turn signal lever to the front for approximately 10 seconds.
A Check Control message is displayed. The system responds more sensitively.

Resetting the sensitivity
Push the turn signal lever to the front again for approx. 10 seconds or switch off the drive-ready state.
The sensitivity of the Automatic High Beam Assistant is reset to the factory settings.

System limits
The Automatic High Beam Assistant cannot replace the driver’s personal judgment of when to use the high beams. In situations that require this, therefore dim manually.
The system is not fully functional in the following situations, and driver intervention may be necessary:

  • In very unfavorable weather conditions, such as fog or heavy precipitation.
  • When detecting poorly-lit road users such as pedestrians, cyclists, horseback riders and wagons; when driving close to train or ship traffic; or at animal crossings.
  • In tight curves, on hilltops or in depressions, in crossing traffic or in half-obscured oncoming traffic on highways.
    In poorly-lit towns and cities or in the presence of highly reflective signs.
  • When the windshield in front of the interior mirror is fogged up, dirty or covered with stickers, etc.

Laser high beams

Principle
The headlight range of the high beams is increased and provides better illumination of the road.

General information
The laser high beams are integrated into the headlights and emit from there.
When the high beams are switched-on, starting with a speed of approx. 37 mph/60 km/h, the laser high beams in the headlight are automatically switched on in addition to the LED high beams.
Depending on the national-market version, additional information can be taken from the laser sign on the headlight.

Safety information BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Lights-fig-21

The sign is in the headlight and is visible from the outside.

Instrument lighting

Functional requirement
The parking lights or low beams must be switched on to set the brightness.

Setting the brightness
BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Lights-fig-22Adjust the brightness with the thumbwheel.

Interior lighting

General information
Depending on the equipment version, interior lights, footwell lights, entry lights, ambient lighting, and speaker lighting are automatically controlled.

Overview
Buttons in the vehicle BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Lights-fig-23

  • Interior lights
  • Reading lights

Turning interior lights on/off 

BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Lights-fig-24Press the button.

To switch off permanently: press the button and hold for approx. 3 seconds.
The interior lights in the rear of the vehicle can be switched on and off independently. The button is located in the rear headliner.

Turning reading lights on/off

BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Lights-fig-25Press the button.

Depending on the vehicle equipment, the reading lights are located next to the interior lights in the front and rear.

Ambient light

General information
Depending on the equipment version, lighting can be adjusted for some lights in the car’s interior.

Activating/deactivating ambient light 

  1. CAR”
  2. Settings”
  3. Interior lighting”
  4. Ambient lighting”

Turning ambient light on/off
The ambient light is switched on when the vehicle is unlocked and switched off when the vehicle is locked.
If the ambient light was deactivated via iDrive, it will not be turned on when the vehicle is unlocked.

Selecting the color

  1. “CAR”
  2. “Settings”
  3. “Interior lighting”
  4. “Color”
  5. Select the desired setting.

Setting the brightness

  1. “CAR”
  2. “Settings”
  3. “Interior lighting”
  4. “Brightness”
  5. Select the desired setting.

Dynamic light
Individual actions, for example, incoming calls or opened doors, are indicated by light effects.

  1. “CAR”
  2. “Settings”
  3. “Interior lighting”
  4. “Dynamic light”
  5. Select the desired setting.

Dimmed while driving
Some lights of interior lighting are dimmed when the vehicle is driven in the dark.

  1. “CAR”
  2. “Settings”
  3. “Interior lighting”
  4. “Dimmed for night driving”

Panoramic glass sunroof, lighting
If the panoramic glass sunroof is opened or the sun protection is closed, the lighting is switched off.

Bowers & Wilkins Diamond Surround Sound System

Principle
Some speakers in the vehicle are illuminated. Brightness can be individually set.

General information
When the speakers are muted, the speaker lighting is turned off.

Activating/deactivating speaker lighting

  1. “CAR”
  2. “Settings”
  3. “Interior lighting”
  4. “Bowers & Wilkins”

Turning speaker lighting on/off
The speaker lighting is switched on when the vehicle is unlocked and switched off when the vehicle is locked.

Setting the brightness

  1. “CAR”
  2. “Settings”
  3. “Interior lighting”
  4. “Bowers & Wilkins”
  5. “Brightness”
  6. Select the desired setting.

FAQ

How do I activate the Adaptive LED headlights?

The Adaptive LED headlights typically activate automatically under low-light conditions and can adjust based on the vehicle’s speed, steering angle, and other factors.

Does the BMW X5 Plug-In Hybrid feature automatic high beams?

Yes, many modern BMW models, including the X5 Plug-In Hybrid, offer an Automatic High Beam Assistant that can automatically switch between high and low beams depending on traffic conditions.

How do I adjust the interior ambient lighting?

Interior ambient lighting can often be adjusted through the infotainment system under the lighting or settings menu, allowing for changes in color and intensity.

Can I set the exterior lights to turn on when I approach the vehicle?

Yes, the “Welcome Light” feature can be activated through the vehicle settings, illuminating the exterior lights as you approach the car with the key fob.

Is there a rear fog light in the BMW X5 Plug-In Hybrid?

European models typically come equipped with rear fog lights. Activation is usually done via the light switch or dedicated button.

How do I activate the dynamic turn signals?

When you engage the turn signal, the dynamic feature (sequential lighting) should activate automatically if the vehicle is equipped with this function.

How long do the LED headlights last, and are they user-replaceable?

LED headlights have a long lifespan, often lasting the life of the vehicle. However, if replacement is needed, it’s recommended to visit a BMW service center due to the complexity of the systems involved.

Can I adjust the brightness of the instrument cluster and infotainment display?

Yes, brightness levels can typically be adjusted through the settings menu on the infotainment system or via dedicated buttons or dials.

Does the X5 Plug-In Hybrid feature cornering lights?

Many upscale models like the X5 may have cornering lights that illuminate the direction of the turn, improving visibility during tight maneuvers.

What is the function of the “leaving home” light feature?

This feature illuminates the vehicle’s exterior lights for a short duration after you lock the car, helping you see your surroundings as you move away from the vehicle.

Are the brake lights adaptive?

Some BMW models feature adaptive brake lights, which increase their intensity or surface area during hard braking to warn following traffic.

How can I check if any of the lights are malfunctioning?

The vehicle’s onboard diagnostic system should display a warning on the instrument cluster or infotainment screen if there’s a malfunction with any of the lighting systems.

Does the car have a ‘daytime running lights’ feature?

Yes, most modern BMW models, including the X5 Plug-In Hybrid, come equipped with daytime running lights that activate automatically when the vehicle is on.

How do I use the parking or stationary lights?

The light switch, typically located on the dashboard or steering column, will have a setting for parking lights, allowing you to activate them when needed.

Are the lights energy efficient?

Yes, LED lighting, as typically used in modern BMW models, is energy efficient and draws less power from the vehicle compared to traditional bulbs.

Useful Link

BMW X5 PLUG-IN HYBRID 2023 User Guide
https://www.bmwusa.com/owners-manuals.html
2023 BMW X5 Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Categories
X5 PLUG-IN HYBRID

2023 BMW X5 PLUG-IN HYBRID Displays Instructions | Detailed Settings

BMW-Logo

BMW X5 PLUG-IN HYBRID 2023 Vehicle features and options

The 2023 BMW X5 Plug-In Hybrid shows how serious the brand is about combining luxury with cutting-edge technology. At the center of its cabin is a complex web of high-tech screens that are both useful and beautiful. From the crisp clarity of the central infotainment system, which integrates smartphones easily and gives real-time traffic updates, to the complexity of the head-up display, every detail has been fine-tuned for an engaging driving experience. These screens are more than just for looks; they also give real-time information about how the vehicle’s electric motor and combustion engine are working. With the ability to show energy flow, regeneration data, and a variety of changeable settings, the X5‘s displays not only keep drivers informed but also keep them interested. This is a perfect example of how BMW combines innovation and luxury.

2023 BMW X5 Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Instrument cluster

Principle
The instrument cluster consists of various digital displays, e.g., a speedometer, time, range, and temperatures as well as indicator and warning lights.

General information
Depending on the vehicle equipment, it may be possible to deactivate the display change in the instrument cluster via iDrive.
Some of the displays in the instrument cluster may differ from the illustrations in the Owner’s Manual.

Safety information

Warning
If the displays on the instrument cluster fail, do not use the vehicle. There may be a risk of accident or risk of damage to property. Immediately park the vehicle in a safe manner. If drive readiness is switched off and on again, the malfunction may be rectified and it may be possible to continue driving. If the malfunction cannot be remedied, have the system checked by an authorized service center or by another qualified service center or a repair shop.

OverviewBMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-1

  1. Fuel gauge 
    Overall range
  2. Speedometer
  3. Central display range
    Navigation display Charging screen 
  4. Depending on the equipment: Driver Attention Camera
  5.  Selection lists 
    Widgets
    Trip odometer, see Trip data 185 Power gauge
    Status, Driving Dynamics Control 152 Transmission display
  6. High-voltage battery charge state indicator
    Electric range
  7. Outside temperature
  8. Check Control
  9. Speed Limit Assistant 
  10. Speed Limit Info
  11. Time

Central display range
Depending on the equipment and configuration, the following is displayed in the central display range of the instrument cluster:

  • Navigation displays such as the map view or, if destination guidance is active, a route preview with route guidance information.
  • Displays showing service notifications.
  • Charging screen.
  • Assisted Driving View. Information about the assist systems is displayed in an animated surrounding area of the vehicle.

Some displays in the central display range can be configured individually.
The displays may vary depending on the equipment and national market version.

Settings
Specific displays can be configured individually.

  1. CAR”
  2. Settings”
  3. Displays”
  4. Instrument panel”
  5. Select the desired setting.

Assisted Driving View

Principle
Depending on vehicle equipment, information on driver assistance systems is displayed using an animation of the vehicle when driver assistance is enabled.

General information
Depending on the settings, Assisted Driving View can be displayed permanently or temporarily with active Driver Assistance in the instrument cluster.
Safety information

Warning
The system cannot serve as a substitute for the driver’s personal judgment in assessing the traffic situation. Based on the limits of the system, it cannot independently react to all traffic situations. There is a risk of an accident. Adjust driving style to traffic conditions. Watch the surrounding traffic situation closely, be ready to take over steering and braking at any time, and actively intervene where appropriate.

Warning
The system cannot serve as a substitute for the driver’s personal judgment in assessing the traffic situation. Based on the limits of the system, it cannot independently react to all traffic situations. There is a risk of an accident. Adjust driving style to traffic conditions. Watch the surrounding traffic situation closely, be ready to take over steering and braking at any time, and actively intervene where appropriate.

Settings

Permanent display 

  1. CAR”
  2. Settings”
  3. Displays”
  4. Instrument panel”
  5. Central display area”
  6. Assisted Driving View”

Temporary display

  1. CAR”
  2. Settings”
  3. Displays”
  4. Instrument panel”
  5. Display Assisted Driving View when Driver Assistance is active”

Display

An example: the indicator and warning lights for the Active Cruise Control with Stop&Go function and the Automatic Lane Change Assistant indicate a lane change to the next lane. At the same time, the lane change to the next lane is shown with animation in the Assisted Driving View.

System limits
The system’s detection capability is limited. The system may indicate something wrong.
Only objects that are detected by the system are taken into account.

Additional information: 

  • Cameras
  • Radar sensors

2023 BMW X5 Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Instrument cluster with extended features: Widgets

Principle
Displays for specific functions can be displayed in the instrument cluster.
The following displays can be selected:

  • Current entertainment source, e.g., radio.
  • Torque and power.
  • G-meter.
  • Trip data.
  • Efficiency display.

Selecting BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-3

Continue to press the button on the turn signal lever until the desired widget is selected.

Display BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-4

G-meter
The G-meter indicates the forces that are applied in the longitudinal and transverse direction on the vehicle occupants while driving.

Efficiency display

Principle
Information about driving style and consumption can be displayed in the form of a con-sumption display as a widget in the instrument cluster, for example.

General information
Depending on the activated driving mode, different information will be displayed:

Driving mode Display 

  • HYBRID
    Average consumption, fuel. Current consumption, fuel. Consumption display, fuel. Odometer for driving without a combustion engine.
  • ELECTRIC
    Average consumption, electric. Current consumption, electric. Consumption display, electric. Odometer for driving without a combustion engine.
  • SPORT
    Engine temperature.

Average consumption
The average consumption indicates the fuel consumption when driving a specific route.

Overview

The average electrical consumption is displayed in ELECTRIC.

Current consumption
The current fuel consumption display allows you to check the current fuel consumption, e.g., to drive economically and in an environmentally-friendly manner.
The current electrical consumption is displayed in ELECTRIC.

Charging screen 

Principle
The charging screen displays information about the charging process in the instrument cluster.BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-5

  1. Range for electric driving
  2. Charging status with charging cable 
  3. Set departure time
  4. End of charging time
  5. Set departure time
  6. Maximum electrical range 
  7. Pre-conditioning
  8. Current charge state 

Displays of the hybrid system

Displays in the instrument cluster

General information
The following functions of the hybrid system are displayed:

  • High-voltage battery charge state indicator.
  • Drive-ready state: READY.
  • Electric driving: ELECTRIC.
  • Electric driving: ELECTRIC INDIVIDUAL.
  • Hybrid mode: HYBRID STANDARD.
  • Hybrid mode: HYBRID ECO PRO.
  • BATTERY CONTROL.

The display depends on the system’s operating condition.

High-voltage battery charge state indicator

Principle
Indicates the current charge state of the high-voltage battery as a percentage.

Safety information 

Warning
Even when it is indicated that the high-voltage battery is discharged, the high-voltage system is always still under high voltage. There is a risk of fire or a risk of injury. Do not touch or change live parts, e.g., orange high-voltage cables, even when the batteries are discharged.

Display

BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-6

  • Electric range, arrow 1.
  • Current charge state, arrow 2.
  • Adjusted charge state of the BATTERY CONTROL function, arrow 3.

Drive-ready state: READY 

BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-7READY indicates the drive-ready state.

Additional information:
Drive-ready state

Electric driving: ELECTRIC BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-8
The display becomes active af-ter ELECTRIC is activated via Driving Dynamics Control.

Additional information:
Driving Dynamics Control

Electric driving: ELECTRIC INDIVIDUAL
BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-9The display becomes active af-ter ELECTRIC INDIVIDUAL is activated via Driving Dynamics Control.

Additional information:
Driving Dynamics Control

Hybrid mode: HYBRID STANDARD
BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-10The display becomes active after HYBRID STANDARD is activated via Driving Dynamics Control.

Additional information:
Driving Dynamics Control

BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-11Hybrid mode: HYBRID ECO PRO
The display becomes active after HYBRID ECO PRO is activated via Driving Dynamics Control.

Additional information:
Driving Dynamics Control

BATTERY CONTROL
BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-12The display becomes active af-ter BATTERY CONTROL is ac-tivated via the BATTERY CON-TROL button.
The available electric range is conserved for a later point in the trip.

Additional information:
Driving modes in detail

Indications on the Control Display

Current vehicle condition
General information
The following are displayed:

  • Active components of the hybrid system.
  • The direction of the energy flows:
    Orange: energy flow of the combustion engine.
    Blue: energy flow of the hybrid system.
  • Vehicle states:
    • ePOWER.
    • POWER.
    • eBOOST.
    •  CHARGE.
    • Coasting.
    • Charging.
  • System requirements of the hybrid system, for instance, drivetrain not yet at operating temperature.
  • Driver request, e.g., selector lever in M/S position.

Displaying the current vehicle condition

  1. CAR”
  2. Driving information”
  3. Energy flow”

Check Control

Principle
The Check Control system monitors functions in the vehicle and notifies you of faults in the monitored systems.

General information
A Check Control message is displayed as a combination of indicator or warning lights and text messages in the instrument cluster and, if applicable, in the Head-up display.
In addition, an acoustic signal may sound and a text message may appear on the Control Display.

Hiding Check Control messagesBMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-3

Press the button on the turn signal lever.

Continuous display
Some Check Control messages are displayed continuously and are not cleared until the fault is eliminated. If several faults occur at once, the messages are displayed consecutively.
The messages can be hidden for approx.
8 seconds. After this time, they are displayed again automatically.

Temporary display
Some Check Control messages are hidden automatically after approx. 20 seconds. The Check Control messages are stored and can be displayed again later.

Displaying stored Check Control messages 

  1. “CAR”
  2. “Vehicle status”
  3.  “Check Control messages”
  4. Select the desired text message.

Display

Check Control
At least one Check Control message is displayed or stored.

Text messages
Text messages in combination with an icon in the instrument cluster explain a Check Con-trol message and the meaning of the indicator/warning lights.

Supplementary text messages
Additional information, such as the cause of a fault or the required action, can be called up via Check Control.
With urgent messages the added text will be automatically displayed on the Control Display.
Depending on the Check Control message, further help can be selected.

  1. “CAR”
  2. “Vehicle status”
  3. “Check Control messages”
  4. Select the desired text message.
  5. Select the desired setting.

Messages after trip completion
Certain messages displayed while driving are displayed again after the drive-ready state is switched off.

Indicator/warning lights

Principle
Indicator/warning lights in the instrument cluster display the status of some functions in the vehicle and indicate when a fault is present in the monitored systems.

General information
The indicator/warning lights can light up in a variety of combinations and colors.
Several of the lights are checked for proper functioning and light up temporarily when the drive-ready state is turned on.

Red lights

Seat belt reminder
BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-14The indicator lamp lights up in the following situations:

  • Seat belt on the driver or passenger side is not buckled.
  • The seat belt reminder can also be acti-vated if objects are placed on the front passenger seat.
  • The seat belt is not buckled on the corresponding rear seat.
    Make sure that the seat belts are positioned correctly.

Rear seat belt reminder: Seat detection
BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-15The seat belt is not buckled on the corresponding rear seat.

Airbag system
BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-16The Airbag system and seat belt tensioner may not be working.
Have the vehicle checked immediately by an authorized service center or another qualified service center or repair shop.

Parking brake
BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-17The parking brake is set. Additional information:
For releasing the parking brake

Brake system

BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-18Brake system fault. Continue to drive moderately.
BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-19Have the vehicle checked immediately by an authorized service center or another qualified service center or repair shop.

If equipped with Equipment Stop Assistant

BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-20Emergency Stop function active. Additional information:
Emergency Stop Assistant

Risk of collision
BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-20Indicator light illuminates or flashes in conjunction with an acoustic signal if a collision is imminent.

Additional information:
Intersection warning with City light braking function

Forward Collision Warning with light braking function 
BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-21The indicator light is illuminated: pre-warning. Brake and increase distance.
Indicator light flashes and an acoustic signal sounds: acute warning. Brake and make an evasive maneuver, if necessary.

Additional information:
Forward Collision Warning with light braking function

Intersection Collision Warning: vehicle detected from the right
BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-22Indicator light illuminates: prewarning for risk of collision with a vehicle crossing from the right.

Indicator light flashes and a signal sounds: acute warning for immediate risk of collision.

Additional information:
Intersection warning with City light braking function

Intersection Collision Warning: vehicle detected from the left
BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-83Indicator light illuminates: prewarning for risk of collision with a vehicle crossing from the left.

Indicator light flashes and a signal sounds: acute warning for immediate risk of collision.

Additional information:
Intersection warning with City light braking function

Pedestrian Warning with City Collision Mitigation
BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-23Indicator light flashes and an acoustic signal sounds: imminent collision with a detected person or a cyclist.

Intervene immediately by braking or making an evasive maneuver.

Additional information:
Pedestrian Warning with City Collision Mitigation

Active Cruise Control with Stop&Go function
BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-24Indicator light flashes and an acoustic signal sounds: braking and evading.

Additional information:
Active Cruise Control with Stop&Go function

Steering Assistant 
BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-25Depending on the equipment and national-market version: the steering wheel icon flashes red or lights up red. A signal sounds: the system is switched off.

Additional information:
Steering Assistant

Drive power
BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-26Reduced drive power due to an over-heated drivetrain.

Additional information: Power gauge

Yellow lights

Steering Assistant
BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-27The indicator light lights up and an acoustic signal may sound: a system interruption is imminent.
The indicator warning light flashes: lane boundary driven over.

Additional information:
Steering Assistant

Antilock Braking System
BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-28The Brake Assistant function may not activate. Avoid abrupt braking. Take the longer braking distance into ac-count.
BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-29Have the system immediately checked by an authorized service center or another qualified service center or repair shop.

Dynamic Stability Control
BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-30The indicator light blinks: Dynamic Stability Control controls the drive and brake forces. The vehicle is stabilized. Reduce speed and modify your driving style to the driving circumstances.
Indicator light illuminates: the Dynamic Stability Control has malfunctioned.
Have the system immediately checked by an authorized service center or another qualified service center or repair shop.

Additional information:
Dynamic Stability Control

The Dynamic Stability Control deactivated or the Dynamic Traction Control activated
BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-31.The Dynamic Stability Control is deactivated or the Dynamic Traction Control is activated.

Additional information: 

  • Dynamic Stability Control
  • Dynamic Traction Control

Flat tire monitor
BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-84
Flat tire monitor reports tire pressure loss in a tire. Reduce your speed and stop cautiously. Avoid sudden braking and steering maneuvers.

Additional information:
Flat tire monitor

Tire pressure monitor
BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-84The indicator light illuminates: the Tire Pressure Monitor reports a low tire pressure or a flat tire. Follow the information in the Check Control message.
The indicator light flashes and is then illuminated continuously: flat tires or tire pressure losses cannot be detected.

  • Fault caused by systems or devices with the same radio frequency: after leaving the area of the interference, the system automatically becomes active again.
  • In the case of tires with special approval: the tire pressure monitor was unable to complete the reset. Reset the system again.
  • Wheel without wheel electronics installed: have it checked by an authorized service center or another qualified service center or repair shop as needed.
  • Malfunction: have the system checked by an authorized service center or another qualified service center or repair shop.

Additional information:
Tire pressure monitor

Steering system
BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-32The steering system may be faulty. Have the system checked by an authorized service center or another qualified service center or repair shop.

Emissions
BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-33The warning light lights up: Emissions are deteriorating. Have the vehicle checked as soon as possible?

  • The warning light flashes under certain circumstances:
    This indicates that there is excessive misfiring in the engine.
    Reduce the vehicle speed and have the system checked immediately; otherwise, serious engine misfiring within a brief period can seriously damage emission control components, in particular the catalytic converter. Socket for OBD onboard diagnostics

Acoustic pedestrian protection malfunction
BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-34Acoustic pedestrian protection has malfunctioned. Increased caution when maneuvering.
In case of repeated malfunctions, have the system checked by an authorized service center or another qualified service center or repair shop.

Green lights

Rear seats: Seat belt fastened
BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-35The seat belt is buckled on the corresponding rear seat.

Rear seats: Seat detection
BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-36The seat belt is buckled on the corre-sponding rear seat.

Turn signal
BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-37The turn signal is on.
Unusually rapid blinking of the indicator light indicates that a turn signal bulb has failed.

Additional information:
Turn signal

Parking lights
BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-85Parking lights are switched on.
Additional information: Parking lights/low beams

Low beams
BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-39Low beams are switched on.
Additional information: Parking lights/low beams

Lane departure warning
BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-40Depending on vehicle equipment and national-market version:
The indicator light lights up: the system is switched on. A lane boundary has been detected on at least one side of the vehicle and the system is ready to intervene. Warnings will be issued.
Icon flashes green: the system is performing a steering intervention.
Additional information: Lane departure warning

Automatic High Beam Assistant
BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-41Automatic High Beam Assistant is switched on.
High beams are switched on and off automatically depending on the traffic situation.
Additional information:
Automatic High Beam Assistant

Automatic Hold: the vehicle is held automatically
BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-42Automatic Hold is activated. The vehi-cle is automatically held in place when it is stationary.

Additional information:
Automatic Hold

Automatic Hold: vehicle secured against rolling away
BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-43After the brake is applied, the vehicle is kept from rolling away.

Additional information:
Automatic Hold

Manual Speed Limiter
BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-44The indicator light lights up: the system is switched on.
The indicator light flashes: the set speed limit has been exceeded. Additional information:
Manual Speed Limiter

Cruise Control
BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-45The system is active.

Additional information:
For cruise control

Active Cruise Control with Stop&Go function switched on
BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-46The system is turned on.

Additional information:
 Active Cruise Control with Stop&Go function

Active Cruise Control with Stop&Go function: vehicle ahead 
BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-46The system is turned on.

Additional information:
Active Cruise Control with Stop&Go function

Active Cruise Control with Stop&Go function: vehicle ahead
BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-47The indicator light lights up: the system is switched on. The vehicle ahead has been detected. Indicator lamp flashes: preceding vehicle has started driving.

Additional information:
Active Cruise Control with Stop&Go function

Speed Limit Assistant activated
BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-48
Depending on the equipment, the indicator light is illuminated together with the icon for a speed control system:
Speed Limit Assistant is active and detected speed limits can be accepted manually for the displayed system.

Additional information:
Speed Limit Assistant

Speed Limit Assistant: Apply speed limit
BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-49The detected speed limit can be applied with the SET button. As soon as the speed limit has been applied, a green checkmark is displayed. Additional information:
Speed Limit Assistant

Steering Assistant
BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-50The system supports the driver in keeping the vehicle within the lane.

Additional information:
Steering Assistant

Automatic Lane Change Assistant: lane change in progress
BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-51
Arrow icon for lane change green: the system is carrying out a lane change.
Additional information:
Automatic Lane Change Assistant

Automatic Lane Change Assistant: lane change not possible 
BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-52The gray line for lane boundary on the appropriate side: system detected a lane change request. Lane change not currently possible.

Additional information:
Automatic Lane Change Assistant

BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-51Automatic Lane Change Assistant: functional requirements not met
Depending on the national-market version:
Arrow icon for lane change gray: lane change not possible; functional requirements not met.

Additional information:
Automatic Lane Change Assistant
BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-53Assisted Driving Plus
Assisted Driving Plus

Blue lights

High beams
BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-54
High beams have been switched on. Additional information:
High beams

Drive power
BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-55Reduced drive power due to a cold drivetrain.

Additional information:
Power gauge

Gray lights

Active Cruise Control with Stop&Go function
BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-56Indicator light is illuminated: the system is interrupted.  Indicator light flashes: the conditions are not adequate for the system to work or the system has been deactivated.

Additional information:
Active Cruise Control with Stop&Go function

Steering Assistant
BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-57The indicator light is illuminated: the system is ready.

Additional information:
Steering Assistant

Assisted Driving Plus
BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-58The indicator light is illuminated: the system is interrupted.

Additional information:
Assisted Driving Plus

White lights

Assisted Driving Plus
BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-59The indicator light is illuminated: the system is ready.

Additional information:
Assisted Driving Plus

Fuel gauge

Principle
The current fill level of the fuel tank is displayed.

General information
Vehicle inclination may cause the display to vary.
Additional information:
For refueling

Display

BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-60An arrow next to the fuel pump icon indicates the vehicle side on which the fuel filler flap is located.
The current total range is displayed as a numerical value.

The indicator light in the instrument cluster
The yellow indicator light illuminates, once the fuel reserve is reached.

Tachometer

General information
Always avoid RPM in the red warning field. In this range, the fuel supply is reduced to protect the engine.
Depending on the equipment, the tachometer is available in the SPORT driving mode or in the M/S Sport program.
Depending on the equipment, the tachometer can also be shown in the Head-up display.

Reduced engine speed range
The available engine speed range may be reduced due to certain factors such as a cold drive system. The tachometer display is automatically adjusted depending on the available engine speed range.

Power gauge

Principle
The power gauge indicates the available drive power as a percentage.
The drive power consists of the power for EPO-wer electric drive and the power of the combustion engine.

General information
The following functions of the hybrid system are displayed:

  • Electric driving: ePOWER.
  • Energy recovery: CHARGE.
  • Acceleration boost: eBOOST.

ePOWERBMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-62

Full Black Panel Display.
In ePOWER mode, the range for electric driving is colored blue, arrow 1. The range highlighted in blue can vary depending on the driving situation and Hybrid mode.
A mark indicates the power output by the hybrid drive on a scale, arrow 2.
If the mark is outside the range highlighted in blue, the combustion engine is switched on, arrow 3.
Instrument cluster with enhanced features: in SPORT driving mode, the engine speed of the combustion engine is displayed instead of the output of the hybrid drive.

Additional information: 
BMW eDRIVE

Drive power
The available drive power may be reduced due to certain factors, for instance, a cold combustion engine. Depending on the available drive power, the range for ePOWER is adjusted au-tomatically.
If needed, icons in the power gauge indicate a reduction of the drive power.

Example Description

  • BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-63Reduced drive power due to a cold drivetrain.
  • BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-64Reduced drive power due to an overheated drivetrain.

CHARGE

BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-65

Full Black Panel Display.
Energy recovery during coasting and braking is indicated as CHARGE in the instrument cluster depending on the driving mode, see arrow. The high-voltage battery is charged. If the high-voltage battery is completely charged, no energy can be recovered.

Additional information:
BMW eDRIVE

eBOOSTBMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-66

Full Black Panel Display.
If the electric motor supports the combustion engine, for instance during rapid acceleration, eBOOST is displayed. The level of eBOOST provided depends on the available charge state of the high-voltage battery. If the charge state of the high-voltage battery is low, eBOOST may not be available.

Additional information:
BMW eDRIVE

Outside temperature

General information
If the indicator drops to +37 ℉/+3 ℃ or lower, a signal sounds.
A Check Control message is displayed. There is an increased risk of ice on roads.

Safety information

Warning
Even at temperatures above +37 ℉/+3 ℃there is a risk of icy roads, for instance on bridges or shady sections of the road. There is a risk of an accident. Modify your driving style to the weather conditions at low temperatures.

Range

Principle
The range indicates the distance that can still be covered with the current content in the fuel tank and the electric energy of the high-voltage battery.

General information
The range can be displayed as the range for electric driving or as the total range. The to-tal range considers the contents of the fuel tank as well as the electric energy in the high-voltage battery. If the prerequisites for electric driving are not met, the total range considers the content of the fuel tank only.
Various factors, such as the automatic climate control settings, are taken into account when calculating the electric range. The electric range value is adapted dynamically.
The following factors are taken into account when calculating the range:

  • Automatic climate control settings.
  • Driving style.
  • Climate conditions.

With a low remaining total range, a Check Control message is briefly displayed. With a sporty driving style, for instance, fast cornering, the engine function is not always ensured. The Check Control message appears continuously below a range of approx.
30 miles/50 km. As soon as a low fuel tank level is reached, ELECTRIC is automatically activated to protect the combustion engine if the requirements for electric driving are met. The Steptronic Sport program is not available.
You may continue driving with reduced drive power and exclusively with electric motor power.

Safety information 

NOTICE
With a range below 30 miles/50 km, the engine may no longer have sufficient fuel. Engine functions are not ensured anymore. There is a risk of damage to property, among other potential damage. Refuel promptly.

Range display, electric motor
Instrument cluster with enhanced features:
The electric range is continuously displayed under the charge state indicator for the high-voltage battery.

BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-67The display indicates that the high-voltage battery is almost fully discharged or the electric drive is currently not available.

Total range display
BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-68Instrument cluster with enhanced features:
The total range is permanently displayed next to the fuel gauge.

Additional information:
Fuel gauge

Service notifications

Principle
The function displays the service notifications and the corresponding maintenance scopes.

General information
After turning on the drive readiness, the next service appointment or the distance remaining until the next service is displayed briefly in the instrument cluster.
A service advisor can read out the current service notifications from your vehicle key.
Some information on service notifications can also be shown on the BMW display key.

Display

Detailed information on service notifications
More information on the type of service required may be displayed on the Control Display.

  1. “CAR”
  2. “Vehicle status”
  3. BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-69“Required services”
    Maintenance work and legally mandated inspections are displayed.
  4. Select an entry to call up detailed information.

Icons
Icons Description

  • BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-70No service is currently required.
  • BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-71The time for recommended maintenance or a legally mandated inspection is approaching.
  • BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-72Service interval is exceeded.

Entering appointment dates
Enter the dates for the mandatory vehicle inspections.
Make sure that the vehicle’s date and time are set correctly.

  1. “CAR”
  2. “Vehicle status”
  3. BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-69“Required services”
  4. “Vehicle inspection”
  5. “Date:”
  6. Select the desired setting.

Gear shift indicator

Principle
The shift point indicator recommends the gear that best suits the current driving situation. Using the optimal gear supports an efficient driving style.

General information
Depending on the vehicle equipment and national-market version, the gear shift indicator is active in manual mode M of the Steptronic transmission.
Steptronic transmission: displaying
Suggestions to upshift or downshift are displayed in the instrument cluster.
On vehicles without a gear shift indicator, the engaged gear is displayed.

Example Description 

  • BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-73Efficient gear is set.
  • BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-74Shift into efficient gear.

Selection lists

Principle
Lists can be displayed and, if necessary, used for certain functions in the instrument cluster or the Head-up Display.

  • Entertainment source.
  • Current audio source.
  • List of most recent telephone calls.

If necessary, the corresponding menu will open on the Control Display.

DisplayBMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-75

Depending on the equipment version, the list in the instrument cluster may differ from the illustration.

Displaying and using the list
The lists can be displayed and operated using the buttons on the steering wheel.

Button Function

  • BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-76Change the entertainment source.
    Pressing the button again will close the currently displayed list.
  • BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-77Show list of the most recent telephone calls.
  • BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-78Turn the thumbwheel to select the desired setting.
    Press the thumbwheel to confirm the setting.
    The list of the current entertainment source can be displayed in the instrument cluster again by turning the thumbwheel.

Trip data

Principle
The trip data display provides various information about the trip, e.g., trip distance.

General information
The trip data can be displayed on the Control Display and in the instrument cluster.
The values can be displayed and reset depending on various intervals, such as after re-fueling.

Display on the controlled display

Overview
The following information is displayed depending on the set interval and driving mode:

  • The configured interval for displaying trip data.
  • Average consumption depends on the configured interval.
  • Average speed.
  • Odometer for driving without a combustion engine.
  • Average electrical consumption.
  • Consumption history in form of a chart.

Displays

  1. “CAR”
  2. “Driving information”
  3. “Trip data”

Consumption history
The consumption of the hybrid system is shown in the consumption history in form of a chart based on the distance traveled.

Display in the instrument cluster
Depending on the equipment, information about the distance covered can be displayed as widget in the instrument cluster.

The following information is displayed:

  • Total kilometers.
  • The configured interval for displaying trip data.
  • Distance traveled depends on the configured interval.
  • Odometer for driving without a combustion engine.

Selecting and setting widgets in the instrument cluster.

Additional information:
Widgets

Adjusting the display of the trip data
The intervals for the display of the trip data in the instrument cluster and on the Control Display are adjustable.

  1. “CAR”
  2. “Driving information”
  3. “Trip data”
  4. “Data since”
  5. Select the desired setting:
    • “Start of trip ( )”: the values are automatically reset approx. four hours after the vehicle has come to a standstill.
    • “Refueling ( )”: the values are automatically reset after refueling with a larger quantity of fuel.
    • “Charging ( )”: the values are automatically reset after charging.
    • “Factory”: average consumption since delivery from the factory.
      The values since the time of the factory delivery are displayed.
    • “Individual ( )”: the values since the last manual reset are displayed. The values can be reset at any time.

Resetting average values manually
The following interval can be reset manually at any time: “Individual ( )”.

With the button on the turn signal lever:

  1. Continue to press the button on the turn signal lever until the widget for the trip data is selected.BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-79
  2. 2. Press and hold the button on the turn signal lever.

Via iDrive:

  1. “CAR”
  2. “Driving information”
  3. “Trip data”
  4. “Data since”
  5.  “Reset individual”

The average values and counters are reset. Once the average values and counters have been reset, the following interval is automatically set: “Individual ( )”.

2023 BMW X5 Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Sport displays

Principle
The Sport displays especially support a sporty driving style.

Display on the control display

Overview
The following information is displayed:

  • Boost pressure.
  • Engine oil temperature.
  • G-meter.
  • Torque.
  • Power.

Displays

  1. “CAR”
  2. “Driving information”
  3. “Sport displays”

Display in the instrument cluster
The Sport displays can be displayed in form of widgets in the instrument cluster.
The following widgets can be selected:

  • Widget for torque and power.
  • Widget for G-meter. Additional information: Widgets

Vehicle status

General information
The status can be displayed and actions performed for several systems.

Going to the vehicle status 

  1. “CAR”
  2. “Vehicle status”

Information at a glance
Icons Description

  • BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-80“Flat Tire Monitor”: Status of the flat tire monitor
  • BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-80“Tire Pressure Monitor”: status of the Tire Pressure Monitor
  • BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-86“Engine oil level”: electronic oil measurement
  • BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-71“Check Control messages”: displaying stored Check Control messages
  • BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-69“Required services”: displaying service notifications

BMW Head-up Display

Principle
The Head-up display projects important information in the driver’s field of view, for instance the speed.

General information
Follow instructions for cleaning the Head-up display in the Vehicle Care chapter.

Overview BMW X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Displays-fig-82

The protective glass of the Head-up display is located in the position marked.

Turning on/off

  1. “CAR”
  2. “Settings”
  3. “Displays”
  4. “Head-up display”
  5. “Head-up display”

Display

Overview
The following information is displayed on the Head-up display:

  • Vehicle speed.
  • Navigation instructions.
  • Check Control messages.
  • Selection list in the instrument cluster.
  • Driver assistance systems.
  • Sport displays.

Some of this information is only displayed briefly as needed.

Selecting displays in the Head-up Display

  1. “CAR”
  2. “Settings”
  3. “Displays”
  4. “Head-up display”
  5. Select the desired setting.

Setting the brightness
The brightness is automatically adjusted to the ambient brightness.
The base setting can be adjusted manually.

  1.  “CAR”
  2. “Settings”
  3. “Displays”
  4. “Head-up display”
  5.  “Brightness”
  6. Turn the Controller until the desired brightness is set.
  7. Press the Controller.
    When the low beams are switched on, the brightness of the Head-up Display can be adjusted using the instrument lighting.

Adjusting the height

  1. “CAR”
  2. “Settings”
  3. “Displays”
  4. “Head-up display”
  5. “Height”
  6. Turn the Controller until the desired height is reached.
  7. Press the Controller.
    The height of the Head-up Display can be stored using the memory function.

Setting the rotation
The Head-up Display view can be rotated.

  1. “CAR”
  2.  “Settings”
  3. “Displays”
  4.  “Head-up display”
  5.  “Rotation”
  6. Turn the Controller until the desired setting is selected.
  7. Press the Controller.

Additional settings

  1. “CAR”
  2.  “Settings”
  3. “Displays”
  4.  “Head-up display”
  5.  Select the desired setting:
    • “Speed Limit Assistance”: access the settings for the speed assistant.
    • “Display infotainment lists in”: set up if the selection lists are displayed in the instrument cluster or the Head-up Dis-play.
    •  “Sport displays”: display tachometer in the Head-Up Display.
    • “Off”: the Sport displays are not displayed in the Head-up Display.
    • “In SPORT mode”: the Sport dis-plays are only displayed in SPORT driving mode.
    • “Always”: the Sport displays are continuously displayed in the Head-up Display.
    • “Reduced height”: if not all of the information is in the driver’s field of view, the information can be displayed in the lower section of the Head-up Display.
  6. Visibility of the display
    The visibility of the displays in the Head-up display is influenced by the following factors:
    • Seat position.
    • Objects on the protective glass of the Head-up display.
    • Dust or dirt on the protective glass of the Head-up display.
    • Windshield dirty on inside or outside.
    • Sunglasses with certain polarization filters.
    • Wet road.
    • Unfavorable light conditions.

If the image is distorted, have the base settings checked by an authorized service center or another qualified service center or repair shop.

Special windshield
The windshield is part of the system.
The shape and coating of the special windshield enable the system to function.
In the event of damage, have the special windshield replaced by an authorized service center or by another qualified service center or a repair shop.

FAQ

How can I access the detailed settings for the displays in the BMW X5 Plug-In Hybrid?

Access to the detailed settings is typically found through the central infotainment system, usually by navigating to the ‘Settings’ or ‘Display’ menu.

Can I customize the head-up display (HUD) in the X5 Plug-In Hybrid?

If the model is equipped with a HUD, you can often adjust its brightness, position, and the information displayed via the settings.

Does the display show real-time electric and petrol engine data separately?

Modern plug-in hybrids, including the X5, often display real-time data for both the electric motor and combustion engine, including energy consumption and range.

Is there a way to toggle between different display themes or modes?

Yes, many luxury vehicles like the BMW X5 offer multiple display themes or modes, which can be adjusted via the infotainment system.

Can the infotainment display be integrated with smartphones?

Yes, the BMW X5 supports smartphone integration through features like Apple CarPlay and Android Auto, allowing various smartphone functionalities to be accessed directly from the car’s display.

How do I adjust the brightness of the central display?

Brightness adjustments can usually be found in the ‘Settings’ or ‘Display’ menu of the infotainment system.

Does the BMW X5 Plug-In Hybrid’s display offer real-time traffic updates?

If equipped with a navigation system with live traffic updates, the display can show real-time traffic conditions and suggest alternative routes.

Can I view detailed energy flow and regeneration data on the display?

Most plug-in hybrids offer detailed visuals of energy flow, showcasing when the vehicle is using electric power, gasoline, or regenerating energy during braking.

Is there a nighttime mode for the display to reduce glare?

Yes, modern vehicles, including the BMW X5, usually offer a night mode or automatic brightness adjustment based on ambient light.

How often does the software for the display system need updating?

Software updates vary based on manufacturer recommendations and feature upgrades. BMW may offer over-the-air updates or require visits to a dealership.

Can I display entertainment information, like song titles or radio stations, prominently?

Yes, most infotainment systems allow you to view entertainment details and even customize which details you want prominently displayed.

How do I reset the display settings to factory defaults?

There’s typically an option within the ‘Settings’ menu to reset to factory defaults, but it’s wise to consult the owner’s manual for specific steps.

Can the X5’s display show topographical or satellite navigation views?

High-end models like the BMW X5 often offer diverse navigation views, including topographical or satellite imagery, depending on the navigation package.

Are there voice commands to control the display settings?

Modern BMW models are equipped with advanced voice command systems, allowing control of various functions, including some display settings.

If there’s an issue with the display, can it diagnose itself or provide error messages?

Advanced vehicles like the X5 usually have diagnostic capabilities, and any significant system issues might be displayed as error messages or warnings.

Useful Link

BMW X5 PLUG-IN HYBRID 2023 User Guide
https://www.bmwusa.com/owners-manuals.html
2023 BMW X5 Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Categories
BMW X5 PLUG-IN HYBRID

2023 BMW X5 PLUG-IN HYBRID Driving Functions Guidelines

BMW-Logo

BMW X5 PLUG-IN HYBRID 2023 Driving Functions Guidelines 

Innovative engineering and cutting-edge technology come together in the 2023 BMW X5 Plug-in Hybrid to make a set of driving features that are designed to give you a driving experience like no other. With a mix of electric-only driving, dynamic traction and stability controls, and real-time adjustable suspensions, these features are good for both drivers who like speed and those who want to be good to the environment. With modes like Eco Pro and Sport, drivers can change the way their trip feels with the push of a button. Integrated carefully, high-tech features like adaptive cruise control, lane departure warning, and parking aid make the car easy to use and safe. Meanwhile, the brand’s connected app has real-time data that let drivers check on everything from the health of their batteries to how well they are driving. When all of these features work together, every drive becomes an orchestration of accuracy, comfort, and environmental friendliness. This shows how committed BMW is to pushing the limits of hybrid driving.

2023 BMW X5 Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

BMW eDRIVE

Principle
BMW eDRIVE is the designation for electric drive technology. In addition to the combustion engine, the vehicle features a high-voltage hybrid system that consists of an electric motor and a high-voltage battery, among other things.
The hybrid system can move the vehicle entirely on battery power. It can also support the combustion engine in certain situations.

General information
The vehicle does not consume any fuel while running on battery power. This enables environmentally friendly driving without emissions in certain conditions, for example, in city traffic. During driving with the combustion engine, the hybrid system helps to lower fuel consumption. The electric motor is switched on to support this, if required by the situation.

In addition to this, the electric motor acts as an alternator: during braking and in rolling to a stop/overrun mode, the electric motor converts the vehicle’s kinetic energy into electrical energy. The electrical energy is stored in the high-voltage battery and is used to drive the electric motor.
The high-voltage battery can be charged via the charging socket at charging stations or do-mestic socket outlets.

Overview

Hybrid system componentsBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driving-fig-1

  1. Combustion engine
  2. Power Electronics
  3. Electric motor
  4. High-voltage cables: orange
  5. Auxiliary battery, the combustion engine
  6. High-voltage battery
  7. Charging control unit
  8. Charging socket
    Settings of the hybrid system
    General information
    The hybrid system properties can be set to the following hybrid modes using Driving Dynamics Control:

Settings of the hybrid system

General information
The hybrid system properties can be set to the following hybrid modes using Driving Dynamics Control:

  • SPORT
  • HYBRID
  • ELECTRIC
  • ADAPTIVE
  • BATTERY CONTROL

Different system-related maximum speeds for electric driving apply to different settings. The electrical speed range that can be ach-ieved in each case is indicated by a blue marking in the speedometer.

HYBRID, ADAPTIVE and SPORT
The vehicle is moved in hybrid mode, i.e., the drive combines the combustion engine and electric motor.

ELECTRIC
In ELECTRIC, the vehicle is driven exclusively electrically.

BATTERY CONTROL
With BATTERY CONTROL, the electric range can be maintained and conserved for a later point in the trip or increased as needed.
Displays of the hybrid system
The displays of the hybrid system provide information about the current state of hybrid operation and show the system activity in a chart.

Additional information:
For displays of the hybrid system

While driving
Observe the descriptions on the following topics in Chapter Functions while driving:

  • General driving notes.
  • Safety information.
  • Functional requirements.
  • Auto Start/Stop function, coasting.
  • Energy recovery, CHARGE.
  • Support from the electric motor.
  • Anticipatory hybrid drive. Additional information:
    For functions while driving

Charging the vehicle
The high-voltage battery of the vehicle can be charged via the charging socket at charging stations or domestic socket outlets.
Regular and complete charging of the high-voltage battery reduces fuel consumption by using electric energy.

Additional information:
Charge vehicle

Climate control while parking and charging
The hybrid system makes it possible to operate the automatic climate control prior to start of the trip and with the combustion engine switched off.
During vehicle charging or if the high-voltage battery is sufficiently charged, the car’s interior can be cooled or heated in advance of the trip.
The pre-conditioning can also be switched on directly.

Additional information:
Stationary climate control

Energy-saving driving
To save energy while driving, read the following descriptions.
Additional information:

  • For saving fuel
  • Using the hybrid system efficiently
  • Driving modes for optimizing consumption

Safety of the high-voltage system
Additional information:
Working on the vehicle

Acoustic pedestrian protection
Depending on the national market version, the acoustic pedestrian protection generates continuous driving noise.

  • With a stationary vehicle and drive, readiness is turned on, as soon as the selector lever position P is exited.
  • With electric driving up to approx. 20 mph/30 km/h.

A speaker system broadcasts the noise to the environment.
As a result, other road users, for instance, pedestrians or cyclists, can better perceive the vehicle.

The high-voltage battery, long stationary periods
Observe the information on taking the vehicle out of service and on longer idle periods.

Additional information:
The service life of the high-voltage battery, long stationary periods, and taking the vehicle out of service

2023 BMW X5 Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Start/Stop button

Principle 

BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driving-fig-2Pressing the Start/Stop button switches the drive-ready state on or off.
Drive-ready state is switched on when you depress the brake
pedal while pressing the Start/Stop button.
Pressing the Start/Stop button again switches the drive-ready state back off and standby state is switched back on.
The drive-ready state cannot be switched on as long as the charging cable is connected.

Additional information:

  • Drive-ready state
  • Standby state
  • Charging cable,

Driving off

  1. Turn on the drive-ready state.
  2. Apply gear position.
  3. Release the parking brake.
  4. Driving off.

The full drive power may not be available for approximately 30 seconds after starting the combustion engine. In this case, the vehicle will not accelerate as usual.
The maximum drive power can be utilized as soon as eBoost is available.
Additional information:
Power gauge

Auto Start/Stop function

Principle
The Auto Start/Stop function helps save fuel. The system switches off the combustion en-gine when conditions for electric driving have been met. The standby state remains on.

General information
READY is displayed in the instrument cluster. If necessary, the combustion engine starts automatically.
The combustion engine is also stopped during the trip when rolling without acceleration or braking. This driving condition, in which the ve-hicle is traveling without power and energy re-covery is not active, is referred to as coasting.
The combustion engine is not switched off automatically in the following situations:

  • The combustion engine is not at operating temperature.
  • Selector lever in M/S position.
  • The high-voltage battery is heavily discharged or vehicle’s electrical system is heavily burdened.
  • High stress of the automatic climate control in the heating or cooling phase.
  •  Hood is unlocked.
  • The vehicle is being optimized for the current driving style, for instance during the break-in period or after a workshop visit.
  • The hybrid system is malfunctioning.

Safety mode
An automatically stopped combustion engine does not start independently:

  • With the driver’s door open, if neither the brake pedal nor the accelerator pedal is depressed, and the driver’s seat belt is not fastened.
  • When the hood is unlocked.

The indicator lights come on. The combustion engine can only be started via the Start/Stop button.

Switching off the vehicle during an automatic engine stop
During an automatic engine stop, the vehicle can be switched off permanently, for instance when leaving it.

  1. Press the Start/Stop button.
    • The standby state is activated.
    • The Auto Start/Stop function is deactivated.
    • Selector lever position P is engaged automatically.
  2. Set the parking brake.

Malfunction
The Auto Start/Stop function no longer switches off the combustion engine automatically in the event of a malfunction. A message is displayed. It is possible to continue driving. Have the system checked.

Functions while driving

General information
The combustion engine provides the main drive power. If required, the high-voltage battery is charged at the same time. The hybrid system starts the combustion engine automatically.
While driving electrically with ePOWER, the vehicle is powered by an electric motor.
Depending on the charge state of the high-voltage battery, maximum speed, the vehicle’s capacity to accelerate, and range can vary.
For electric driving and driving with a combustion engine, the relevant conditions must be satisfied.
Driving off and accelerating require a lot of energy. To optimize acceleration and to reduce fuel consumption, the electric motor boosts the combustion engine.

Safety information 

Warning
When driving in electric mode, pedestrians and other road users might pay less attention to the vehicle due to the lack of engine noise. There is a risk of accident. Adjust driving style to traffic conditions. Watch surrounding traffic closely and actively intervene where appropriate.

Functional requirements

Electric driving

  • State of charge and temperature of the high-voltage battery is sufficient.
  • Selector lever position D or R engaged.
  • The accelerator pedal is not depressed too far.
  • The possible maximum speed for electric driving is not exceeded.

Automatic starting of the combustion engine while driving
Depending on the set hybrid mode, the combustion engine is automatically started under conditions such as the following while driving:

  • When accelerating heavily or on uphill grades.
  • By pressing the accelerator pedal beyond the resistance point at the full throttle position, kick down.
  • The charge state of the high-voltage battery is insufficient.
  • Selector lever position M/S is engaged.
  • During manual gear using the shift paddles.
  • Anticipatory hybrid drive with active destination guidance, e.g., out of town.
  • System-related demand from the hybrid components.

Automatic switching-off of the combustion engine while driving
Depending on the driving situation, the combustion engine is switched off if the conditions for electric driving are met.

Auto Start/Stop function, coasting

Principle
The Auto Start/Stop function switches the combustion engine off while the vehicle is moving when braking when rolling to a halt, and while the vehicle is stopped. The condition of rolling to a stop without energy recovery is also referred to as coasting. Comfort functions such as automatic climate control are supplied by the high-voltage battery and can remain switched on. After coasting, the combustion engine or electric motor provides the necessary drive power automatically again, depending on the hybrid mode.

Functional requirements
Coasting is possible under the following conditions:

  • In HYBRID ECO PRO driving mode when the traffic situation allows.
  • Transmission position D is engaged.

Energy recovery: CHARGE

Principle
With the CHARGE energy recovery, the electric motor acts as an alternator and converts the kinetic energy of the vehicle into electrical en-ergy during braking and rolling to a stop.
This recovered energy charges the high-voltage battery. If necessary, this stored electrical energy is output to the electric motor.

General information
Depending on the set hybrid mode, the high-voltage battery is charged at different speeds and the vehicle decelerates differently while rolling to a stop.

Functional requirements
Conditions such as the following prerequisites must be met to recover kinetic energy:

  • The vehicle is moving.
  • Selector lever position D, M/S is set.
  • The high-voltage battery is not fully charged.

Displays in the instrument cluster
Additional information:
Displays of the hybrid system

Support from the electric motor

Principle
The combustion engine provides the main drive power.
The electric motor provides assistance as needed with additional drive power.

eASSIST
During normal driving, the electric motor assists the combustion engine, depending on the situation.

eBOOST
Accelerating quickly, such as when passing, requires the maximum available power from the electric motor. To do this, depress the accelerator pedal firmly.
Anticipatory hybrid drive

Principle
The system facilitates an optimal distribution of the available electric energy to permit electric driving with active destination guidance of the navigation system in the city and in the destination region. If the high-voltage battery is sufficiently charged, additional route sections will be selected for electric driving.

General information
For example, downhill gradients are taken into account for efficient energy recovery.
Depending on the route section, the combustion engine is automatically switched on or off, which supports an efficient driving style and emission-free driving in the inner city.

Additional information:
Using the hybrid system efficiently

Functional requirements

  • Selector lever position D engaged.
  • Destination guidance active.
  • Depending on equipment, HYBRID STANDARD, HYBRID ECO PRO or ADAP-TIVE activated.

Activate/deactivate

  1. “CAR”
  2. Settings”
  3. General settings”
  4. Anticipatory hybrid drive”

Displays

  1. CAR”
  2. Driving information”
  3. “Energy flow”

DisplayBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driving-fig-3

Example: out of town situation. Electric driving is prepared before arriving in a town. When the town is reached, the vehicle switches to electric driving automatically.
Other situations are also shown on the Control Display:

  • Downhill gradient: the vehicle drives electri-cally on the downhill gradient and the high-voltage battery is charged.
  • Target zone: electric driving is preferred in the target zone.
  • Energy distribution: when the state of charge of the high-voltage battery is sufficient, electric driving is preferred when driv-ing extended distances out of town.

eDrive zone
Depending on the national-market vehicle, electric driving is supported with the eDrive zone app in select urban areas. The driving mode will automatically switch to ELECTRIC when driving in an eDrive zone.
The eDrive zones are highlighted in color in the map view of the navigation system.
The eDrive zone function and the display of the map view can be activated or deactivated. After the vehicle delivery, the function and the display of the map view can be activated or deactivated.

Driving Dynamics Control

Principle
Driving Dynamics Control influences the driving dynamics and hybrid system properties of the vehicle.
The vehicle can be adjusted depending on the situation using various driving modes.

General information
The following systems are affected, for in-stance:

  • Engine characteristics.
  • Properties of the hybrid system.
  • Steptronic transmission.
  • Steering.
  • Integral Active Steering.
  • Two-axle ride level control.
  • Display in the instrument cluster.
  • Cruise control.

OverviewBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driving-fig-4

Displays in the instrument cluster
BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driving-fig-5The selected driving mode is displayed in the instrument clus-ter.

Driving modes
Button Driving mode

  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driving-fig-6SPORT STANDARD SPORT INDIVIDUAL
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driving-fig-7HYBRID STANDARD HYBRID ECO PRO
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driving-fig-8ELECTRIC STANDARD ELECTRIC INDIVIDUAL
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driving-fig-9ADAPTIVE
  • BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driving-fig-10BATTERY CONTROL
    Some driving modes can be configured individually.

Driving modes in detail

SPORT STANDARD

Principle
The SPORT driving mode is a dynamic setting for more agility with an optimized suspension.

Turning on
BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driving-fig-6Press the button repeatedly until SPORT is displayed in the instrument cluster.

2023 BMW X5 Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

SPORT INDIVIDUAL

Principle
In the SPORT INDIVIDUAL driving mode, individual settings can be adjusted to support driv-ing dynamics properties.

Configuration

  1. CAR”
  2. Settings”
  3. Driving mode”
  4. SPORT INDIVIDUAL”
  5. Select the desired setting.

Reset SPORT INDIVIDUAL to the standard settings:
“Reset to SPORT STANDARD”.

HYBRID STANDARD

Principle
HYBRID STANDARD is activated with each starting procedure that uses the Start/Stop button.
In HYBRID STANDARD, the vehicle is driven in hybrid mode based on the various driving situations, i.e., the drive combines the com-bustion engine and electric motor. The respec-tively most effective drive type is preferred.

Turning on
BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driving-fig-7Press the button repeatedly until HY-BRID is displayed in the instrument cluster.

HYBRID ECO PRO

Principle
In HYBRID ECO PRO, the vehicle is driven in hybrid mode based on the various driving situations. HYBRID ECO PRO supports a fuel-efficient driving style by adapting the engine control and comfort functions, such as climate control output.

Turning on

BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driving-fig-7Press the button repeatedly until HY-BRID ECO PRO is displayed in the in-strument cluster.

ELECTRIC STANDARD

Principle
In ELECTRIC STANDARD driving mode, the vehicle is driven exclusively electrically.
If necessary, the maximum electric speed that applies to ELECTRIC STANDARD may be deliberately exceeded with the aid of kick-down. The combustion engine is automatically started and the system switches to the last selected HYBRID mode.
Additional information:
BMW eDrive

Turning on
BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driving-fig-8Press the button repeatedly until ELECTRIC is displayed in the instrument cluster.

ELECTRIC INDIVIDUAL

Principle
The vehicle is driven exclusively by electric power.
In ELECTRIC INDIVIDUAL driving mode, individual settings can be made for comfort functions, such as climate control output. This supports a fuel-efficient driving style.

Configuration
ELECTRIC INDIVIDUAL can be specified as the default mode, for example.

  1. “CAR”
  2. “Settings”
  3. “Driving mode”
  4. “ELECTRIC INDIVIDUAL”
  5. Select the desired setting.

Reset ELECTRIC INDIVIDUAL to the default settings:
“Reset”.

ADAPTIVE

Principle
The ADAPTIVE driving mode is a balanced driving mode that automatically adapts to the driving situation and driving style.
If the navigation system is active, upcoming road sections are considered.

Turning on
BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driving-fig-9Press the button. ADAPTIVE is displayed in the instrument cluster.

BATTERY CONTROL

Principle
A certain charge state of the high-voltage battery can be maintained or increased with BAT-TERY CONTROL.

General information
The state of charge can be adjusted. The electric range can be conserved in this way for a later point in the trip, for instance.
If the current charge state is too low, the battery is charged during the trip. This charging process increases the average consumption.

Turning on

BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driving-fig-10Press the button.
The LED in the button lights up.

Adjusting the charge state
The charge state can be set in various ways. Using the button:

  1. Press the button.
    BATTERY CONTROL is shown in the instrument cluster and on the Control Display.
  2. Select “Set target value” on the Control Display.
  3. Target:”: set the desired value.

Via iDrive:

  1. CAR”
  2. Settings”
  3. Driving mode”
  4. BATTERY CONTROL”
  5. Set the desired value.

The charge state to be conserved is displayed as a percentage value on the Control Display.
A marking is set in the instrument cluster for the adjusted value in the charge state indicator of the high-voltage battery.

Additional information:
High-voltage battery charge state indicator

INDIVIDUAL configuration

General information
The individual configuration set last is activated directly when the driving mode is called up again.
Activating the configuration of the driving mode
Press the button for the desired driving mode several times.

Parking brake 

Principle
The parking brake is used to prevent the vehicle from rolling away when it is parked.

Safety information 

Warning
An unsecured vehicle can begin to move and possibly roll away. There is a risk of an accident. Before leaving the vehicle, secure the vehicle against rolling away.
In order to ensure that the vehicle is secured against rolling away, follow the following:

  • Set the parking brake.
  • On uphill grades or on downhill slopes, turn the front wheels in the direction of the curb.
  • On uphill grades or on downhill slopes, also secure the vehicle, for instance with a wheel chock.

Warning
Unattended children or animals in the vehicle can cause the vehicle to move and endanger themselves and traffic, for instance due to the following actions:

  • Pressing the Start/Stop button.
  • Releasing the parking brake.
  • Opening and closing the doors or windows.
  • Engaging selector lever position N.
  • Using vehicle equipment.
    There is a risk of accidents or injuries. Do not leave children or animals unattended in the vehicle. Take the vehicle key with you when exiting and lock the vehicle.

Overview BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driving-fig-4

BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driving-fig-12Parking brake

Setting the parking brake  With a stationary vehicle 

BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driving-fig-12Pull the switch. The LED lights up.

BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driving-fig-13The indicator light in the instrument cluster illuminates red. The parking brake is set.

While driving
General information
Use while driving serves as an emergency braking function.

BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driving-fig-12Pull the switch and hold it. The vehicle brakes hard while the switch is being pulled.
BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driving-fig-13The indicator light in the instrument cluster illuminates red, a signal sounds, and the brake lights illuminate.

A Check Control message is displayed.
The parking brake is engaged when the vehi-cle is stationary.
With Emergency Stop Assistant

BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driving-fig-12Pull the switch briefly to activate the emergency stop function.

Additional information:
Emergency Stop Assistant

Releasing the parking brake

Releasing the parking brake manually 

  1. Turn on drive-ready state.
  2. BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driving-fig-12Press the switch while stepping on the brake pedal or selector lever position P is set.
    The LED and the indicator light go out. The parking brake is released.

Releasing the parking brake automatically
The parking brake is released automatically when you drive off.
The LED and the indicator light go out.

Automatic Hold

Principle
Automatic Hold assists the driver by automatically setting and releasing the brake, such as when moving in stop-and-go traffic.
The vehicle is automatically held in place when it is stationary.
On uphill grades the system prevents the vehicle from rolling back when driving off.

General information
Under the following conditions, the parking brake is automatically engaged:

  • The drive-ready state is switched off.
  • The driver’s door is opened while the vehicle is stationary.
  • The moving vehicle is brought to a standstill using the parking brake.

Safety information

Warning
An unsecured vehicle can begin to move and possibly roll away. There is a risk of accident. Before leaving the vehicle, secure the vehicle against rolling away.
In order to ensure that the vehicle is secured against rolling away, follow the following:

  • Set the parking brake.
  • On uphill grades or on downhill slopes, turn the front wheels in the direction of the curb.
  • On uphill grades or on downhill slopes, also secure the vehicle, for instance with a wheel chock.

Warning
Unattended children or animals in the vehicle can cause the vehicle to move and endanger themselves and traffic, for instance, due to the following actions:

  • Pressing the Start/Stop button.
  • Releasing the parking brake.
  • Opening and closing the doors or windows.
  • Engaging selector lever position N.
  • Using vehicle equipment.

There is a risk of accidents or injuries. Do not leave children or animals unattended in the vehicle. Take the vehicle key with you when exiting and lock the vehicle.

NOTICE
If the vehicle is stationary, Automatic Hold engages the parking brake and prevents the vehicle from rolling in a car wash. There is
a risk of damage to property, among other potential damage. Deactivate Automatic Hold prior to entering the car wash.

OverviewBMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driving-fig-14

BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driving-fig-15Automatic Hold

Establishing operational readiness of Automatic Hold

  1. Turn on drive-ready state.
  2. BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driving-fig-15Press the button. The LED lights up.

BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driving-fig-16The indicator light lights up green. Automatic Hold is ready to use. After every vehicle restart, the last se-lected setting is active.

Automatic Hold holding the vehicle
Operational readiness is established and the driver’s door is closed.

BMW-X5-PLUG-IN-HYBRID-2023-Driving-fig-37After the brake is applied, the vehicle is kept from rolling away as soon as the indicator light illuminates green.

Driving off
Press the accelerator pedal to drive off.
The brake is released automatically and the indicator light of the parking brake is no longer illuminated.

Activating the parking brake automatically
The parking brake is automatically set if the drive-ready state is switched off while the vehicle is being held by Automatic Hold or if the vehicle is exited.